SIMPSON Strong-Tie PDF

Connectors for
Timber and
Masonry
Construction
C-UK14
+44(0)1827 255600
www.strongtie.co.uk
Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction
Connector Solutions
Building Better Structures

The World’s leading construction connector manufacturer, our mission is to help build better, safer structures – economically.
The first choice for house builders as well as the repair and maintenance and DIY professionals, we offer innovations to make
traditional building methods easier, meet changing legislation and the needs of emerging construction methods.
Customer focussed, we provide industry leading technical and customer care support, with office based teams dedicated to
the engineered wood sector and the repair and maintenance sector. Our field sales team is also on hand to provide on-site
technical support and assist with business development.
Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors and Fastenings for use with Light Gauge Steel
Contents
Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers 19-31
Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists 32-43
Masonry Hanger for I-Joist and Metal Web 44-55
Timber Hangers for Solid Joists 56-63
Connectors for Glulam Timber 64-71
Timber Hangers for I-Joists 72-106
Timber Hangers for Metal Web Joists 107-117
Roof Connectors 118-130
Timber Frame Connectors 132-137
Angle Brackets and Ties 138-145

C-UK14 © 2014 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.
Timber Connectors 146-147
Columns Caps and Post Bases 148-153
Restraint Straps 154-159
Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties 160-167
Bead and Mesh 168-175
Miscellaneous 176-177
Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems 178-201
3
Alphabetical Index
Prefix Description Page Prefix Description Page
1ARBGAL Arrisrail Bracket 176 ESCRC Countersunk Structural Wood Screw 22
1EXT/1FUR/1MP Wall Extension Profile 161 ET Skewed 45° Angle Bracket 63/105
A Angle Tie 139 ETB Concealed Beam Hanger 71
A34/A35 Framing Anchors 138 ETFSS Hold Down Strap 134
ABC Angle Bracket for Cladding 145 FB Fixing Band 159
ABR Reinforced Angle Bracket 142 FMS Folded Mini Strap 158
ABW Adjustable Post Base with Stand Off 149 FT Frame Tie 167
Accessories Chemical Anchoring Tools and Accessories 200 FTC Cavity Frame Tie 166
APB Adjustable Elevated Post Base 150 GLTV I-Joist and Engineered Timber Hanger 94
Archformers Plaster Arch Formers 175 GS Glide Shoe 120
ATF Concealed Beam Hanger 70 H High Wind Tie 146
AT-HP High Performance Concrete Resin 190 H/L Heavy/Light Restraint Strap 156
BOAXII Through Bolt 182 HSA Herringbone Strut 159
BTALU Concealed Beam Hanger 69 HB Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 92
BTS/SWT Brick to Timber and Brick to SIP Tie 135/167 HES/LES Heavy/Light Engineered Restraint Strap 154
C2K Crocodile Universal Wall Starter 160 HGUS/HGUQ Face Fix Girder Truss Hanger 105/121
CB Post Base 150 HI Scrolled Hip Iron 176
CBR Masonry Reinforcement Mesh 171 HRC Hip Ridge Connector 128
CC Column Cap 152 HU/U Heavy Duty Face Fix Hangers 103
CBH Concealed Beam Connector 68 IC Insulation Clip 136

CPT Concealed Post Base 148 ICF Insulated Concrete Form Hanger 43
CWT Cavity Wall Tie 164 IHS I-Joist Hole Support 82
DBT Deck Board Tie 177 IRC Insulation Retaining Clip 165
DML Expanded Metal Lathing 173 ITB/HITB Backer Free, Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 76
DSTC/SSTC Double and Single Sided Toothed Connectors 147 ITBS Backer Free I-Joist Hanger wirh Adjustable Skew 79
E Reinforced Angle Bracket 142 ITSE/MIT Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 88
EA Light Reinforced Angle Bracket 143 IUB/HIUB Metal Web Joist Hangers 110
EB Reinforced Angle Bracket 142 IUBS Metal Web Joist Hanger with Adjustable Skew 114
EC Light Duty Angle Bracket 143 IUC Concealed Flange Face Fix Hanger 58
EFIX Adjustable Angle Bracket 144 IUQ Metal Web to SIP Hanger 116
END Multi Angle Bracket 144 IUSE Face Fix I-Joist Hanger 96
EPC End Post Cap 152 JES Joist End Support (For Loft Conversions) 118
ERS Render Stop Bead 170 JHA Joist Hanger with Adjustable Height Strap 56
ES Nail Plate Angle Bracket 144 JHM/HJHM Masonry Supported Hangers for Solid Joists 38
ESCR Structural Wood Screw 21 JHMI/HJHMI Masonry Supported Hangers for I-Joists 44
4
Alphabetical Index
Prefix Description Page Prefix Description Page
L70 Reinforcing Bracket 139 SAB Standard Angle Bead 171
LBV Top Flange I-Joist Hanger (Skewable) 90 SAE/SAI Heavy Duty Face Fix Hangers 60
LIB Backer Free I-Joist Hanger 72 SDE Width Adjustable Face Fix Hanger 59
LIB Backer Free Metal Web Joist Hanger 107 SDW Structural Wood Screw 20
LITB Back Free Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 74 SES Simpson End Seal 48
LMAS Threaded Rod 201 SET-XP Pure Epoxy Concrete Resin (Seismic Approved) 193
LS Skewable Angle 147 SFH/SFWH Safety Fast Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists 32
LSSU/LSU Light Duty Slope and Skew Adjustable Hangers 126 SFHI/SFWHI Safety Fast Masonry Hangers for I-Joists 53
LSTA Strap Tie 159 SFJC Safety Fast Joist Cap for Solid Joists 37
LTS/MTS Twist Straps 159 SFJC Safety Fast Joist Cap for I-Joists 47
LUP Light Duty Hanger (with Speed Prongs) 62 SFLH Safety Fast Lite Hanger for Solid Joists 34
LWTS Cavity Wall Tie 165 SFLHI Safety Fast Lite Hanger for I-Joists 50
MH Mini Hanger for Solid Joists 62 SML/H Light and Heavy Duty Security Mesh 174
MH Sacrificial Floor Detail 102 SPA Sole Plate Anchor 133
MH Mini Hanger for I-Joists 103 SPR50 Slope Adjustable Hanger 129
MIU/HIU Face Fix I-Joist Hangers 100 SPWG Square Plate Washer 177
MJC Multiple I-Joist Connector 85 SVM Stainless Steel Soffit Vent Mesh 174
MJC Multiple Metal Web Joist Connector 109 T Flat T Shaped Bracket 147
MMB Mini Mesh Bead 171 TCB Thin Coat Bead 171
MP Mending Plate 177 TCP Truss Clip 120

MVB Movement Bead 170 TFLS Levelling System 132
NP Nail Plate 125 THA Truss Hanger with Adjustable Height Strap 123
NS Nail Stopper 176 THAI Adjustable Strap Hanger for I-Joists 106
PBH Heavy Duty Elevated Post Base 151 THGQ Heavy Duty Girder Truss Hanger 124
PBS Post Base with Stand Off 149 THM Mono Truss Hanger 122
PC Post Cap 152 TTCB Toothed Thin Coat Bead (Hook On) 172
PEB Plasterboard Edge Bead 170 TU Concealed Beam Hanger 65
Poly-GP General Purpose Concrete/Masonry Resin 188 VAC/VAS Vinylester Adhesive Capsule and Threaded Rod 196
PPA Elevated Post Base with 100mm Stand Off 150 VP Loft Vent Plate 119
PSB Plaster Stop Bead 170 VPA Variable Pitch Connector 127
PVC-u Bead Plastic Beads 168 VTCR Valley Truss Clip 130
PWT Party Wall Tie 137 WA Wedge Anchor Bolt 180
RHMSK Skewed Masonry Hanger 41 WBT Window Board Tie 176
RBL Rib Lath 173 WTS Stainless Steel Masonry to Masonry Wire Tie 162
RR Ridge Rafter Connector 129 ZS Slotted Z-Clip 86
5
Construction Product
Regulations
CE Marking and Construction Connectors

From the 1st July 2013 the Construction Product Regulations (CPR) became compulsory in the UK. All construction products
covered by the CPR, sold after this date must comply with it. It is the distributors responsibility to ensure that it sells products which
comply with the CPR.
The only way for you to show compliance with the CPR is to CE mark the product.
Simpson Strong-Tie® has CE marked more than 350 product ranges to ensure that this is the case. Any connectors manufactured
by us since March 2013 onwards meet the needs of CPR.
6
oduct label Template 8/07
Construction Product Regulations

Our packaging is labelled in accordance with CPR, an example of which can be seen below.
JHA270/47 1
2
ADJ USTABL E JO I ST H AN G E R
5 Intended Use:
Refer to ETA-06/0270 8
5 0 1 5 6 4 009320
Essential Requirements:
Refer to ETA-06/0270
0836 6
12 ETA-06/0270
13 0836-CPD-06/F007
14 ETAG015:2008
15 DoP-e06/0270
3
07 7 Simpson Strong-Tie
www.strongtie.eu
9
JHA270/47
EACH EAN:
10
DATE: 01/03/13 4
MADE IN UK
QUANTITY: 50 11
WEIGHT: 11KG
PER CARTON
5 0 1 5 6 4 009320
1. Simpson Strong-Tie® item code

2. Item description
3. EAN bar code (each)
4. EAN bar code (box)
5. CE symbol
6. The number of the notified body undertaking factory production control auditing
7. Year that Simpson Strong-Tie® first CE marked the product
8. Information on intended use of product and its essential requirements
9. Name of Manufacturer and web address

10. Date of manufacture
11. Box quantity and weight
12. Technical document number to which the product complies
13. Factory production control certificate number
14. Number of the technical standard to which the product complies
15. Declaration of Performance number (copy available upon request)
If you have any questions about the CPR and how it affects you, please call our Technical Department on 01827 255600 who
will be delighted to help you, or visit www.strongtie.co.uk.
• CPR became effective: 1st July 2013

• Prove compliance by CE marking
• Our products CE marked to the CPR
• Over 350 product ranges CE marked
• Declaration of Performance (DoP) readily available
7
CE Documentation Index
Product Product
Approval Standard DoP Certificate Approval Standard DoP Certificate
Range Range
A34/A35 ETAG015 DoP-e07/0137 IUB/HIUB ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042
ABR ETAG015 DoP-e06/0106 IUBS ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042
APB ETAG015 DoP-e07/0285 IUC ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042
ATF ETAG015 DoP-e07/0290 IUQ ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042
AT-HP ETAG001 DoP-e11/0151 IUSE ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042
AT-HP ETAG001 DoP-e13/0416 JHA ETAG015 DoP-e06/0270
AT-HP ETAG001 DoP-e11/0139 JHM/I EN 845-1 DoP-h06/0002
AT-HP ETAG001 DoP-e11/0150 LBV ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042
B/BI ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042 LES EN 845-1 DoP-h06/0001
BOAXII ETAG001 DoP-e08/0276 LS ETAG015 DoP-e06/0106
BTS/SWT EN845-1 DoP-h07/0002 LSSU ETAG015 DoP-e08/0053
CBH ETAG015 DoP-e07/0245 LSSX EN 14545 DoP-h13/0011
CH/T EN 845-1 DoP-h11/0001 LSTA EN 14545 DoP-h10/0001
DML EN 13658-1 DoP-h08/0002 LSU ETAG015 DoP-e08/0053
DMLS EN 13658-2 DoP-h08/0003 LTS ETAG015 DoP-e07/0137
DSTC/SSTC EN 14545 DoP-h10/0007 LUP ETAG015 DoP-e06/0270
E ETAG015 DoP-e06/0106 LWTS EN 845-1 DoP-h08/0001
EB ETAG015 DoPe06/0106 MH ETAG015 DoP-e06/0270
ERS EN 13658-2 DoP-h08/0003 MIT ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042
ESCR CUPA 06.03/08 DoP-e13/0796 MIU ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042

ET ETAG015 DoP-e07/0234 MJC ETAG015 DoP-e07/0317
ETB ETAG015 DoP-e07/0245 MMB EN 14353 DoP-h13/0005
ETFSS EN 845-1 DoP-h07/0001 MTS ETAG015 DoP-e07/0137
FMS EN845-1 DoP-h11/0002 MVB EN 13658-1 DoP-h08/0002
GS ETAG015 DoP-e07/0317 MVBS EN 13658-2 DoP-h08/0003
H/L EN845-1 DoP-h13/0002 N3.75X30 EN 14592 DoP-h13/0012
H2.5A ETAG015 DoP-e07/0137 N3.75X75 EN 14592 DoP-h13/0018
HES EN 845-1 DoP-h05/0001 N4.0X90 EN 14592 DoP-h13/0018
HGUS/HGUQ ETAG015 DoP-e06/0270 NP EN 14545 DoP-h10/0005
HJHM/I EN 845-1 DoP-h07/0043 PEB EN 14353 DoP-h13/0005
HRC ETAG015 DoP-e08/0053 PISBMAXI ETAG015 DoP-e07/0285
HU ETAG015 DoP-e08/0042 POLY-GP ETAG001 DoP-e13/0415
ITB/HITB ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042 PPA ETAG015 DoP-e07/0285
ITBS ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042 PPR ETAG015 DoP-e07/0285
ITSE/MIT ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042 PPRB ETAG015 DoP-e07/0285
8
CE Documentation Index
Product
Approval Standard DoP Certificate Declaration of Performance
Range
DoP-e06/0270
(Issue 1,0)
1. Product Type: Joist Hangers
PSB EN 13658-1 DoP-h08/0002 2. Identification: ETC, ETCD, ETCG, THAI, HGUQ, GSE, GSE-AL, GSI, GSI-AL, HGUS, JHL,
JHR, LUP, MF, MH, AG703, AG713, BSI, BSIL, BSN, BSS, GLE, GLI, GSEXL,
BSD, BSDI, SAE, SAEL, SAI, SAIL, SAIX, SBE, SBG, SDED/G, JHA and THA
PSBS EN 13658-2 DoP-h08/0003 3. Intended Use: Refer to ETA-06/0270 Section 1
4. Manufacturer: Simpson Strong-Tie Int. Ltd

For local branch addresses refer to www.strongtie.eu
PWT EN 14545 DoP-h10/0001 5. Authorised Representative: N/A
6. System of Assessment: 2+
7, 8. Technical Specifications & Notified Bodies:
RBL EN 13658-1 DoP-h08/0002
RBLS EN 13658-2 DoP-h08/0003

The performance of the products identified in points 1. & 2. is in conformity with the declared performance in point 9.
RR ETAG015 DoP-e08/0053
10.
This declaration of performance is issued under the sole responsibility of the manufacturer identified in point 4.
Signed for and on behalf of the manufacturer by:
SAB EN 13658-1 DoP-h08/0002 Ian Harrison

(European Technical Director) ….……………………………………………… (Tamworth, UK. 01/03/2013)
SABS EN 13658-2 DoP-h08/0003

Each product must have a Declaration of Performance
SAE ETAG015 DoP-e06/0270
(DoP) so that the end user can be assured that the
SAI ETAG015 DoP-e06/0270 product complies with the regulations.
SDE ETAG015 DoP-e06/0270 All Simpson Strong-Tie DoP’s are available at

www.strongtie.co.uk or www.strongtie.eu.
SDS EN 14592 DoP-h10/0014
SDW EN 14592 DoP-h10/0017
SET-XP ETAG001 DoP-e11/0360
SFH/SFHI/
EN 845-1 DoP-h07/0004
SFWH/SFWHI
SFLH EN 845-1 DoP-h10/0006
SPR ETAG015 DoP-e08/0053
SWT EN 845-1 DoP-h07/0002
TC ETAG015 DoP-e07/0317
TCB EN 14353 DoP-h13/0005

TCP ETAG015 DoP-e07/0317
THA/THAI ETAG015 DoP-e06/0270
THM ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042
TU ETAG015 DoP-e07/0245
U ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042
VPA ETAG015 DoP-e08/0053
VTCR ETAG015 DoP-e07/0317
WA ETAG001 DoP-e11/0080
WTS EN 845-1 DoP-h13/0021
ZS ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042
9
Eurocode 5: The New Design Method

The Background
In 1985 a “New Approach to Technical Harmonisation” was Simpson Strong-Tie’s range of products is mainly covered
introduced through the European Commission (EC). A list of by the following European Standards and ETAG’s which
Directives was formulated for a wide range of product types have been used as the basis for capacity determination and
e.g. electrical goods and toys. CE Marking:
One of these Directives was the Construction Products BS EN 845-1: Specification for Ancillary
Directive (CPD). In 1988 the European Committee for Components for Masonry
Standardisation (CEN) commenced preparation of ETAG015: Three Dimensional Nailing Plates
Harmonised Standards for a number of product types. BS EN 14592: Timber Structure - Dowel Type
Fastener Requirements
The standards define the requirements to determine BS EN14545: 2D Nailing Plates
suitability of the products for use under the Construction BS EN 13658-1: Metal Lath and Beads - Platering
Products Directive. They also make provision for CE BS EN 13658-2 Metal lath and Beads - Rendering
Marking of products to demonstrate the product conforms BS EN14353: Metal Beads - Gypsum Plaster Boards
to the Essential Requirements of the CPD. Harmonised ETAG001: Metal Anchors for use in Concrete
Standards have not been developed for all products but it
is possible to obtain European Technical Approvals (ETA) As of July 1st 2013, Construction Products Regulations
when a European Technical Approval Guideline (ETAG) came into force in the UK and Ireland.
exists.
Design Methods
European Design Standards, Eurocodes, have also been In timber design the duration of loading also influences the
developed which supersedes the existing national design design capacity and a modification factor is applied
codes. The Eurocodes which impact on the Simpson dependent on the duration. These modification factors are
Strong-Tie range of products are: also dependent on the materials being used.
EN1993 Eurocode 3 Design of Steel Structures The Simpson Strong-Tie range of products are generally
EN1995 Eurocode 5 Design of Timber Structures connected to either Solid Timbers or LVL materials, which
EN1996 Eurocode 6 Design of Masonry Structures utilise the modification factors kmod shown in the table
below.
Eurocode 5 introduces limit state design principles to
structural timber design in the UK for the first time. This

requires the designer to use characteristic values for
the product capacities. The characteristic capacities (or
resistances) are modified by partial safety factors to arrive
at design capacities. These factors generally increase the
loads and decrease the capacity.
Extract From Table 3.1 in BS EN 1995-1-1:2004 + A1:2008 (Eurocode 5)
Long Term Short Term

Load Duration Permanent Medium Term Instantaneous
(Download) (Uplift)
kmod 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1.1
10
Eurocode 5: The New Design Method

The Background
This catalogue generally presents characteristic resistances selecting and designing a connector. Design Capacities
for timber to timber connectors as Unmodified i.e. Characteristic Capacities factored as described above,
Characteristic Resistances i.e. the characteristic value has shall only be used to check against factored design loads.
not been modifed by the appropriate kmod factor.
Please note the kmod factor does not apply to masonry The Allowable load design method utilises a Global Safety
hangers and connectors. Factor to reduce the Ultimate or Failure Load to a
Safe Working Load, this must be greater than the Actual
Actual Applied Loads x Partial Safety Factor on Loads = Applied Load.
Design Load (or Factored Load)
Characteristic Capacity x kmod / Partial Safety Factor on The 2 methods can be compared graphically using the
Materials = Design Capacity diagram below:
Design Load < Design Capacity
In previous catalogues we published only Safe Working

Loads.
As we are in a period of transition between the use

of allowable load and limit state design this catalogue
includes both types of capacity.
NOTE: It is important Characteristic or Design Capacities

are not compared with Actual Applied Loads when
Unmodified
Ultimate or Failure Load
Characteristic Capacity
x kmod
/ Global Safety Factor
Modified Characteristic
Capacity / Partial Safety Factor
Design Capacity
Design Load
Safe Working Load x Partial Safety Factor
Actual or Applied Load

Actual Applied Load < SWL Design Load < Design Capacity
Service Classes
Timber structures shall be assigned to one of the service classes stated below:
Service Class 1:
Characterised by a moisture content in the materials corresponding to a temperature of 20°C and the relative humidity of
the surrounding air only exceeding 65% for a few weeks per year, e.g. warm roofs, internal timber frame walls, internal/
party walls.
Service Class 2:
Characterised by a moisture content in the materials corresponding to a temperature of20° C and the relative
humidity of the surrounding air only exceeding 85% for a few weeks per year, e.g. ground floors, cold roofs,
external timber frame walls and external walls.
Service Class 3:
Characterised by climatic conditions leading to higher moisture contents than in service class 2, e.g. external
uses, fully exposed.
11
Terms and Conditions

Product Use
Products in this catalogue are designed and manufactured for The performance of such modified products or altered installation
the specific purposes shown, and should not be used with other procedures is the sole responsibility of the designer.
fixings not approved by a qualified designer. Modifications to
products or changes in installation procedures should only be
made by a qualified designer.
Indemnity
® ®
The Buyer’s shall indemnify Simpson Strong-Tie against any Simpson Strong-Tie for any loss, damage or expense in respect
claim or liability in respect of any infringement of a patent or of any liability arising under or by reason of the provisions of the
registered design, copyright or other industrial property resulting Consumer Protection Act 1987 in relation to the specification
from compliance with the Buyer’s instructions, express or or design of such goods or any similar legislation in any other
implied, and the Buyer undertakes further to indemnify the country in which the goods are supplied.
Non-Catalogue & Modified Products

® ®
Consult Simpson Strong-Tie for applications requiring modified Simpson Strong-Tie provides no warranty, express or implied, on
products, or for fixings for use in hostile environments, with non-catalogue products. Any party modifying
®
excessive wood shrinkage, or with abnormal loading or erection Simpson Strong-Tie products must provide the installer with
requirements. specific instructions on the modified product’s specifications,
installation, and use.
Non-catalogue products must be designed by the customer and
®
will be fabricated by Simpson Strong-Tie in accordance with
®
customer specifications. Simpson Strong-Tie cannot and does
not make any representations regarding the suitability of use or
load-carrying capacities of non-catalogue products.
Limited Warranty
a) The Seller warrants that it has good title to the goods and that e) If the Seller is liable under these warranties then (subject to
the goods will, for a period of 12 months from the date of delivery condition 7(j)) the Seller’s only obligation is, at its option, to make
comply with their specification and be free from defects in material good any shortage or non-delivery; replace or repair any goods
and workmanship. The Seller does not warrant that the goods are which are damaged or defective; or refund to the Buyer the amount
fit for any particular purpose and it is the Buyer’s responsibility to paid by the Buyer for the goods that are the subject of the claim.
ensure the goods are suitable for the use(s) to which it intends to
put them. f) Except as expressly set out in these conditions, all conditions,
warranties and representations, expressed or implied by statute,
b) The warranties in condition 7(a) are given on condition that the common law or otherwise, in relation to the goods are excluded.
Seller is not liable for a defect in the goods caused by:
g) The Seller is not liable to the Buyer, whether for negligence, breach

(i) fair wear and tear, wilful damage, negligence, or abnormal or of contract, misrepresentation or otherwise, for:
unsuitable storage or working conditions of the goods by the Buyer;
(i) loss or damage incurred by the Buyer as a result of third party
(ii) failure to follow the Seller’s instructions or guidance whether oral claims; or
or in writing (including but not limited to any instructions set out in
the Seller’s catalogue) as to the storage, commissioning, installation, (ii) indirect or consequential damage suffered by the Buyer,
use and maintenance of the goods or (if there are none) good trade including, without limitation, loss of goodwill, business opportunity
practice regarding the same; or anticipated savings; or
(iii) the Buyer altering or repairing the goods without the written (iii) economic losses including without limitation loss of profit.
consent of the Seller;
h) For the avoidance of doubt, subject to condition 7(j) the entire
(iv) the Buyer making further use of the goods after giving notice in liability of the Seller arising out of or in connection with the goods,
accordance with condition 7(c); or whether for tort (including negligence), breach of contract, breach
of statutory duty, misrepresentation or otherwise, is limited to the
(v) the goods differing from their specification as a result of changes Seller’s level of insurance cover in place from time to time (currently
made to ensure they comply with applicable statutory or regulatory £500,000) and the Buyer shall be responsible for making its own
requirements. arrangements for the insurance of any excess loss.
c) The Seller is not liable for a defect in the goods unless it is notified i) The Seller’s prices are determined on the basis of the liability limits
to the Seller within 5 days of the date of delivery or, if the defect in this condition. The Buyer may by written notice to the seller
would not be apparent on reasonable inspection, of the date on request the Seller to agree a higher limit of liability provided insurance
which it would become apparent to a reasonable buyer. cover can be obtained for that higher limit.
d) The Seller shall not be liable for damage in transit, shortage of j) Nothing in these conditions shall operate to exclude or restrict the
delivery or non-delivery unless the Buyer shall have given the Seller Seller’s liability for death or personal injury resulting from negligence,
written notice of such damage, shortage or loss, with reasonable or breach of the obligations arising from section 12 of the Sale of
particulars of it within 5 days of receipt of the goods or (in the case Goods Act 1979, or for fraud/deceit.
of total loss) of receipt of the invoice or other notification of dispatch.
12
Company Profile
Quality Policy
We help people build safer structures economically. We Simpson Strong-Tie® is an ISO 9001 registered company.
do this by designing, engineering and manufacturing ISO 9001 is an internationally recognised quality
“No Equal” structural connectors and other related management system standard, which lets our customers
products that meet or exceed our customers’ needs and know that they can count on the consistent quality of
expectations. Simpson Strong-Tie’s products and services.
Everyone is responsible for product quality and is

committed to ensuring the effectiveness of the Quality
Management System.
FM14704
Environmental Health and Safety Policy

Simpson Strong-Tie® continues to look for ways to build Simpson Strong-Tie® is accredited to the internationally
safer and stronger homes while being mindful of how recognised standards for environmental health & safety
we can help protect the environment and the health management systems.
and safety of our employees. We are committed to
environmental management, including health, safety and
ecological protection.
EMS517722 OHS57006
Testing Laboratory Accreditation

Our European Test Laboratory located in Tamworth,
Staffordshire is the first manufacturer’s facility to achieve
third party accreditation to the international standard
BS EN ISO/IEC 17025.
13
Disproportionate Collapse - Timber Frame Buildings

The Regulations
It is a requirement under the UK building regulations that extent disproportionate to the cause”.
buildings comply to a minimum level of robustness. This Until a British code is available and referenced in the
is referred to as ‘disproportionate collapse’. The building building regulations the route for timber designers is to
regulations for Scotland and England & Wales in essence adopt alternative methods. The STA (Structural Timber
state, although worded slightly differently from each other, Association) have developed a method and forms the basis
that: “The building shall be constructed so that in the event for the following information.
of an accident the building will not suffer collapse to an
The Methods
Platform timber frame is a lightweight building process components mechanically fixed to each other. Unlike other
that under accidental damage is known to be robust structural concepts, buildings falling outside the scope of
and has significant capacity to span over gaps caused platform cellular layouts e.g. post & beam or portal frames,
by accidental damage. This was demonstrated by tests platform timber frame relies on the full diaphragm action
carried out on the BRE/TRADA TF2000 six storey building of the floors to transfer horizontal forces to an evenly
in 1998 which concluded that: “...timber frames designed distributed layout of load bearing walls, which provide both
and built correctly were robust against disproportionate vertical support and horizontal load resistance.
collapse”.
The building regulations have classified buildings into 4
Platform timber frame comprises wall and floor classes according to building type and risk.
Building Type and

Class Method Design Check Products
Occupancy
No additional requirements above normal design

Single occupancy - 1 Platform:
process.
to 4 storey
Class 1
e.g. Detached and
Horizontal tying (1) force at each junction to be
town houses. Other:
checked.
Use common proven details to provide tying (1) of

Platform:
suspended floors to walls.
ITB, HITB,
Houses or apart-
SAE, SAI,
Class 2A ments - up to 4
HU, HUC,
storey
Check for an accidental horizontal effective tying (1) IUC
Other:
force of 5 kN/m of supported wall.

Use common proven details to provide effective
tying (1) of suspended floors to walls, along with a
Houses, apartments Platform: check on the notional removal of each load bearing
or other residential wall (bridging)(2). Key element(3) design to be used
buildings - 4 to 15 when notional removal is not practical.
SAE, SAI,
storey
HU, HUC,
Class 2B IUC, CC,
Hospitals - up to 3
Check for an accidental horizontal effective tie force CCC, CCT,
storey
of 7 kN/m of supported wall along with check on ECCLL
the notional removal of each load supporting, load
Educational buildings Other:
bearing or wall (bridging)(2).
- up to 15 storey
Key element(3) design to be used when notional
removal is not practical.
Buildings with high

Designer to carry out risk assessment and decide upon a suitable
Class 3 levels of crowd
method.
accumulation
1. Tying – Provision of effective horizontal ties.

2. Bridging – “Rim Beam” method where the structure is designed to bridge over the loss of an untied member.
3. Key Element – A structural member (column) upon which the stability of the remainder of the structure depends.
ITB, HITB, SAE, SAI, HU, HUC, IUC tie the joist to rim beam, providing a vertical support & horizontal tie force.
SAE, SAI, HU, HUC, CC, CCC, CCT, ECCLL join rim beam members at each junction, providing a vertical support &
horizontal tie force.
CC, CCC, CCT, ECCLL join a structural column (Key Element) to the rim beam, providing a horizontal tie force.
14
Important Information
General Notes
This catalogue reflects changes in the product performance and configurations of some Simpson Strong-Tie® products. This catalogue
is effective until 31st December 2016 and supersedes all information in earlier publications of products shown. Information on product
performance and configurations are updated periodically. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie® for the most current product information. Product
performances in the catalogue are for the described specific applications of properly installed products. Product modifications, improper
loading or installation procedures, or deviations from recommended applications will affect product performances.
These notes are provided to ensure proper installation of Simpson products to fit common dry timber dimensions. If you require
Strong-Tie® products and must be followed fully. a connector with dimensions other than those listed, Simpson
may be able to vary connector dimensions; contact the factory.
• Simpson Strong-Tie® reserves the right to change • Top fix hangers may cause unevenness. Possible remedies
specifications, designs and models without notice. should be evaluated by a professional and include using a
• Steel used for each Simpson Strong-Tie® product is individually face-fixing hanger or removing material to accommodate the
selected based on the product’s steel specifications, including top flange thickness.
strength, thickness, formability, finish, and can be welded. • Multiple member timbers must be fastened together to act as
Contact factory for steel information on specific products. one unit to resist the applied load.
• Unless otherwise noted, dimensions are in millimeters (mm) • Do not overload. Do not exceed the product performance
and loads are in kilo Newtons (kN). which would jeopardise the connection.
• Unless otherwise noted, product performances are for use • Some model configurations may differ from illustrations shown.
with C16 (SC3) timber. Products assessed in the USA were Contact factory for details.
evaluated with Spruce-Pine-Fir timber.
• Fill all fastener holes with fastener types specified in the tables,
• Unless otherwise noted, bending steel on site may cause unless otherwise noted. When nailing options are noted, the
fractures at the bend line. Fractured steel will not carry the load fasteners must be the correct type and location to obtain full
and must be replaced. Products designed for bending at time loading.
of installation should only be bent once.
• Hanger options - some combinations of hanger options
• A fastener that splits timber will not take the design load. have not been evaluated. In some cases, combinations of
Evaluate splits to determine if the connection will perform these options may not be installed. Horizontal loads induced
as required. Dry wood may split more easily and should be by sloped joists must be resisted by other members in the
evaluated as required. If wood tends to split, consider pre- structural system. A qualified engineeer must always evaluate
drilling holes with diameters not exceeding 75% of the nail each connection, including the carried and carrying member
diameter. limitations, before specifying the product.
• Take wood shrinkage into account when designing and
installing connections. Simpson Strong-Tie® manufactures
Instructions to the Installer

• All specified fasteners must be installed according to the • Hangers into masonry walls must have the minimum specified
instructions for each connector. Incorrect fastener quantity, height of masonry above the hanger, with the mortar fully
size, type, material, or finish may cause the connection to fail. cured, before load is applied. Top fix masonry hangers will not
• Install all specified fasteners before loading the connection. carry the design load without specified masonry above the top
• Pneumatic or power-actuated fasteners may deflect and flange of the hanger. The exception to this would be the use of
injure the operator or others. Nail guns may be used to install the Safety Fast range of products. Safety Fast hangers allows
connectors, provided the correct number and type of nails are construction work to continue safely just 3 days after the
properly installed in the holes provided. supporting block work has been laid. Protruding nails should
• Guns with hole locators should be used. Follow the always be clinched to avoid injury.
manufacturer’s instructions and use appropriate safety
equipment.
• Masonry supported connectors must be embedded into
correct strength mortar as per British Standard.
Instructions to the Designer

Characteristic capacities specified in this catalogue are based on including: National Design.
C16 timber grades unless otherwise specified and are presented • Wood shear is not considered in the loads given; reduce
for use with Limit State Design methods in accordance with allowable loads when wood shear is limiting.
Eurocode 5. • Simpson Strong-Tie® strongly recommends the following
• The Safe Working Loads (SWL) shown in the Simpson Strong- addition to construction drawings and specifications:
Tie® publications for the United Kingdom are derived from substitutions for Simpson Strong-Tie® products must be pre-
tests, calculations and assessments performed in the UK and approved in writing by the designer’.
the USA. • Verify that the dimensions of the supporting members are
• Safe Working Loads (SWL) are presented for use in permissible sufficient to receive the specified fasteners.
stress design in accordance with BS 5268: Part 2: 2002 for • Some catalogue illustrations show connections that could
Service Classes 1 and 2. cause cross grain tension or bending of timber if not
• Loads from Germany were in accordance to DIN design criteria sufficiently reinforced.
and testing required for Zulassung certification by the Institute • Timber connectors showing the CE mark have been assessed
für Bautechnique. in accordance with Eurocode 5. European Technical Approvals
• Some products in this catalogue are designed, tested (ETA's) have been obtained and are available on request.
and evaluated in accordance with U.S. industry standards
Corrosion Resistance
Connectors are steel and will corrode and lose load-carrying homeowner maintenance. Fasteners of comparable material
capacity if exposed to ocean salt air, corrosive fire-retardant should be used to install the product.
chemicals, fertilizers, or other substances that adversely affect Pressure-preservative treated and fire-retardant wood can be
steel. In corrosive environments, especially for connectors that caustic to zinc coated (or galvanised) steel. Galvanised connectors
are not exposed to rain or periodic washing, deterioration will should not be placed in contact with treated wood that has not
occur at a faster rate. The service life of galvanised connectors been properly air-seasoned or properly kiln dried. See material
in a temperate marine environment can be greatly improved by supplier for specific recommendations.
15
Options and Terminology

Options and Terminology
This information applies only to hangers manufactured by Material: Material thickness may vary from that specified for
Simpson Strong-Tie® and installed as per our installation standard hanger configurations, depending on the manufacturing
instructions. Some combinations of these options on a single process. Generally welded hangers have one-piece stirrups;
hanger have not been evaluated. In some cases, combinations occasionally it may be necessary to create a welded stirrup from
of these options may not be installable. A qualified engineer must two or three pieces. Hanger configurations, height and fastener
always evaluate each connection, including header and joist schedules may vary from the table depending on the joist size,
limitations, before specifying the product. skew and slope
Testing is performed using a standardised hanger test method. Finish: See specific hanger tables. Welded hangers can be
The joist in the test set up may include a certain amount supplied with a galvanised or zinc plated finish.
of structural stability. Header and other attached structural
members are assumed fixed in actual installations. Horizontal Installation: Fastener quantities may be increased beyond the
loads, induced by sloped joists, must be resisted by other amount specified in the standard hanger table. Fill all holes with
members in the structural system. the table specified fastener type.
Terminology - refer to the table below for limits and possible combinations.
Skewed Seat Sloped Seat Sloped Top Flange Offset Top Flange
Straddle Concealed Flanges Return Top Flange

Skewed Seat: Skewed left or right, on plan. Suitable for the top flange, as viewed from joist. Suitable for support
floor or roof members skewed at an angle to the support. of trimmer beams from end of main beam. Specify offset
Specify skew angle and direction. right or left.
Sloped Seat: Sloped up or down on plan. Suitable for Straddle: Two stirrups directly opposite each other.
roof rafters supported on ridge beam. Specifiy slope Suitable for support of joists on either side of main
angle and up or down. support beam. Specify width of support beam or wall.
Sloped Top Flange: Top flange sloped down to the left or Concealed Flanges: SAE, HU and U hangers flanges
right. Suitable for roof member supported on main rafter. concealed. Specify both flanges or single left or right
Specify slope angle to horizontal, slope down to left or flange concealed. For SAE minimum width 100mm, for
right and low, centre or high side of stirrup flush with HU & U minimum width 70mm.
header.
Return Top Flange: Masonry JHM & HJHM hanger.
Offset Top Flange: Stirrup is offset to right or left end of Specify return R dimension.
Skewed Sloped Sloped Offset

Model Return Straddle Combination
Max. Angle Max. Angle Top Flange Top Flange
B/BI 45˚ 45˚ 30˚ •

GLTV 50˚ 45˚ 30˚ • • •
HB 45˚ 45˚
HJHM(I) - - - • •
HU/U 67.5˚ 45˚ - •
JHM(I) 45˚ - - • •
LBV 45˚ 45˚ 30˚ •
-
RHMSK 90˚ -
SAE 67.5˚ 45˚ - •
THG 45˚ 30˚ - •
TU 45˚ - -
16
Nailing Information
CNA4,0X50 CNA4,0X60
CNA4,0X50 CNA4,0X100
CNA4,0X60 CNA4,0X100
Many Simpson Strong-Tie® N4.0X100 N4.0X100 N3.75X75 N3.75X30
NSS3.35X50 NSS3.35X50
N3.75X75
(STAINLESS STEEL)
(STAINLESS STEEL)
N3.75X30 CNA4,0X35 CNA4,0X35
products are designed to

use common nails, readily
available to builders.
30
30
35
35
Certain applications require
50
50
50
50
special fasteners, such as
60
60
those with length limitations
75
75
or for use in hostile
100
100
100
100
environments.
This section shows

common nails referred to in
our design literature along
with special fasteners we
supply upon request.
Round Hole: To fasten a connector. Always fill and make sure to use the correct nail.
Hexagonal Hole: For use with SDS structural screws.
Triangle Hole: Sometimes provided in addition to round holes. Fill triangular holes when specified.
Obround Hole: Provide easier nailing access in tight locations. Fasteners installed at any angle.
Diamond Hole: Optional holes to temporarily secure connectors to the member during installation.
Dome Nailing Double Shear Nailing Positive Angle Nailing Speed Prongs
This feature guides the The nail is installed into Provided when wood Used to temporarily
nail into the joist and the joist and header, splitting may occur and to position and secure the
header at a 45° angle. distributing the load reduce installation time. connector for easier and
US Patent: 5,603,580. through two points on faster installation.
each joist nail for
greater strength
17
Nailing Information
UK Calculated Nail Capacities

Lateral Loads (N) 2,3
Timber
Size (mm) and Description Long Medium Short Characteristic
Grade
Term Term Term Loads
3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Shank C16 397 445 497 876
(Sheradised Coating) TR26 434 486 543 1031
3.75 x 75mm Smooth Shank C16 555 622 694 1309
(Galvanised Coating) TR26 611 685 764 1474
4.0 x 100mm Smooth Shank C16 618 692 772 1498
(Galvanised Coating) TR26 674 755 842 1699
1. Table loads are based upon a metal thickness of 1.2mm.
2. Where metal thickness is less than 1.2mm reduce loads to 80% of the value.
3. Where more than 9 nails are used in a line reduce loads to 90% of the value.
4. Table loads are SWL’s in accordance with BS5268.
5. Characteristic Loads have been calculated in accordance with Eurocode 5.
Nail Reduction Table

When the catalogue specified header nails are substituted with an alternate nail
on Face Fix Hangers and Straight Straps, the specified product performance
should be multiplied by the following adjustment factors.
Catalogue Nail Replacement Nail (mm) Adjustment Factor
3.75 x 75mm 0.84
4.0mm 100mm
3.75 x 30mm 0.60
3.75 x 75mm 3.75 x 30mm 0.66
1. Joist nails may not be substituted in double shear hangers.
2. Face nails on slope and skew combinations or skewed only LSU and LSSU can not be substituted for alternative nails.
3. Characteristic Loads have been calculated in accordance with Eurocode 5.
Connector Nails (CE marked in accordance with ETA-04/0013)

Simpson Strong-Tie® also offers enhanced nails, which provide increased performance when
used in conjunction with the relevant products listed within our design literature.
Timber Characteristic Values (1) (kN)

Size (mm) and Description
Grade Lateral Flat,Rk Axial Fax,Rk
CNA4,0 x 35 Connector Nail
1.70 0.61

(Electroplated)
(Electroplated)
2.22 0.98
C24
(Electroplated)
2.36 1.23
(Electroplated)
2.49 1.43
Steel Thickness Adjustment Factors for Connector Nails

Steel Thickness
Load Direction
0.9 - 1.2 1.5 - 2.5
Lateral 1.00 1.00
Axial 1.00 0.98
Timber Adjustment Factors for Connector Nails

Timber Grade
Load Direction
C16 C24 C27 C30/GL24 SCL(2)
Lateral 0.90 1.00 1.05 1.06 1.26
Axial 0.86 1.00 1.07 1.10 1.42
1. Values are based upon a metal thickness of 1.2mm.
2. SCL = Structural Composite Lumber, with a characteristic density of 480 kg/m3.
18
Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers
Introduction to Structural Screws

Simpson Strong-Tie® have developed a range of structural screws to meet the demands of the construction industry.
The screw ranges are designed to meet the needs of contractor's building in timber frame, SIP (Structural Insulated
Panel), CLT (Cross Laminated Timber), Glulam, but also for joining together multiple truss plies and I-Joists, metal web
and solid joists.
Design Methods
Performance values for both design methods (Permissible and Limit State) are listed and have been determined as
follows:
Permissible Design (BS5268-2) (Safe Working Loads)
The calculations in Annex G, of BS5268-2, have been used to determine the performance tables in section 6 of the
same standard. They can also be used to determine the other lateral loads of varying connections, which are listed in
the following pages.
Joints should be designed so that the permissible loads applied to the fasteners or timbers do not exceed the design
loads of the structure.
Limit State Design (EN1995-1-1 or Eurocode 5) (Characteristic Loads)
The guidelines laid out in Section 8 of EN1995-1-1, are to be used to determine the withdrawal and lateral performance
of a connection when using the Limit State Design method.
Connections should be designed so that the design reactions applied to the structure do not exceed the design
capacity of the connection.
Spacings and Edge / End Distances should be complied with as laid out within the relevant standard to ensure
full capacity of the connection is achieved. Any reduction in the recommendations will result in a reduction of the
connection performance and should be verified by the engineer responsible for the design of the building.
Figure 1. Screw spacing and distances (also applies when screwing from both sides).
SPACING
2 SPACING 100 MIN
35 MIN
50 MIN
50 MIN
35 MIN
100 MIN SPACING SPACING
25 MIN RECOMMENDED STAGGER

Notes:
1. Spacing = 100 min to 600 max. 25 MIN RECOMMENDED STAGGER
2. O = Fixing from this side.
3. X = Fixing from opposite side.
4. When fixing from both sides divide the recommended spacing by 2.
19
SDW Structural Wood Screw

The Strong-Drive® SDW screw is a 8.0mm diameter, high-strength structural T40 Bit
wood screw specifically designed for fastening multi-ply wood members
together such as plated trusses, engineered timber products and solid-sawn
timber.
The SDW installs easily with no pre-drilling and is available in optimized

lengths for fastening 2, 3 and 4-ply trusses or 45mm engineered timber such
as Laminated Veneer Lumber (LVL). The SDW enables single-side fastening,
while still allowing concurrent loading on both sides of the assembly to the full
allowable head or point-side load of the fastener.
• Low-profile head for reduced interference during handling or installation of

hardware on the assembly.
L
• High shear values enable wider screw spacing.
• Bold thread design firmly clinches plies together to close gaps in multi-ply TL
assemblies.
• Optimal screw lengths provide maximum point side penetration.
Material: Heat Treated Carbon Steel. Finish: Black E-coat™
Warning: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience

performance problems in wet or corrosive environments. Accordingly, the
SDW wood screws should only be used in dry, interior and non-corrosive
environments e.g. Service class 1 & 2.
Installation:
• SDW screws install best with a low-speed drill and a T40 6-lobe bit (bit
included with every box of screws).
• Pre-drilling is typically not required. SDW screws may be installed through
metal truss plates as approved by the truss designer.
• Drive the fastener so that the top of the head is slightly embedded into the
top surface of the timber. To ensure correct performance, do not under or
over-drive the fastener.
• Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 75mm to avoid conflicts

with other hardware or to avoid timber defects.
SDW Item Codes
Screw Thread Shank Thread Head

Item Code Length (L) Length (TL) Diameter Diameter Diameter
mm mm mm mm mm
SDW22258 66 36
SDW22300 76 37
SDW22338 86 40
SDW22438 111 37
SDW22458 117 37 5.6 8.0 19.0
SDW22500 127 40
SDW22600 152 37
SDW22638 162 37
SDW22634 172 40
20
ESCR Structural Wood Screw

The ESCR is a washer head screw designed to connect two or more
timber members together. The ESCR screw has a reamer to allow for
smooth driving of the shank. The large washer head gives high head
pull-through resistance while allowing the timber members to close up
firmly.
Material: Heat Treated Carbon Steel

Finish: Electrogalvanised with Yellow Chromate and anti-friction
coating. Zinc coating thickness ≥ 5μm.
Warning: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can

experience performance problems in wet or corrosive environments.
Accordingly, the ESCR wood screws should only be used in dry,
interior and non-corrosive environments e.g. Service class 1 & 2.
Installation:
• ESCR screws install best with a low-speed drill and a T-40 or T50
L
6-lobe bit (one included per box).
• Pre-drilling is typically not required. ESCR screws may be
installed through metal truss plates as approved by the truss
designer. TL
• Drive the fastener so that the top of the head is slightly
embedded into the top surface of the timber. To ensure correct
performance, do not under or over-drive the fastener.
• Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 75mm to avoid
conflicts with other hardware or to avoid timber defects.
ESCR Item Codes

mm mm mm mm mm
ESCR8.0X80 80
ESCR8.0X100 100 54
ESCR8.0X120 120
ESCR8.0X140 140
84
ESCR8.0X160 160
ESCR8.0X180 180
ESCR8.0X200 200
ESCR8.0X220 220
ESCR8.0X240 240 5.9 8.0 20.0
ESCR8.0X260 260
ESCR8.0X280 280
100
ESCR8.0X300 300
ESCR8.0X320 320
ESCR8.0X340 340
ESCR8.0X360 360
ESCR8.0X380 380
ESCR8.0X400 400
21
ESCRC Countersunk Structural Wood Screw

The ESCRC is a countersunk head screw designed to connect two or more timber members together.
The ESCRC screw has a reamer to allow for smooth driving of the shank. The countersunk head gives
flush fitting while allowing the timber members to close up firmly.
Material: Heat Treated Carbon Steel. Finish: Electrogalvanised and anti-friction coating with Yellow
Chromate. Zinc coating thickness is ≥ 5μm.
Warning: Industry studies show that hardened fasteners can experience performance problems in wet
or corrosive environments. Accordingly, the ESCRC wood screw should only be used in dry, interior
and non-corrosive environments e.g. Service class 1 & 2.
Installation:
• ESCRC screws install best with a low-speed drill and a T-30, T40 or T50 6-lobe bit (included).
• Drive the fastener so that the top of the head is slightly embedded into the top surface of the
timber. To ensure correct performance, do not under or over drive the fastener.
• Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 75mm to avoid conflict with other hardware or
to avoid timber defects.
ESCRC Item Codes L

mm mm mm mm mm TL
ESCRC6.0X60 60 36
ESCRC6.0X70 70 36
ESCRC6.0X80 80 48
ESCRC6.0X90 90 48
ESCRC6.0X100 100 48
ESCRC6.0X120 120
ESCRC6.0X140 140
ESCRC6.0X160 160 4.3 6.0 12.0
ESCRC6.0X180 180
ESCRC6.0X200 200
64
ESCRC6.0X220 220

ESCRC6.0X240 240
ESCRC6.0X260 260
ESCRC6.0X280 280
ESCRC6.0X300 300
ESCRC8.0X80 80
ESCRC8.0X100 100 54
ESCRC8.0X120 120
ESCRC8.0X140 140
84
ESCRC8.0X160 160
ESCRC8.0X180 180
ESCRC8.0X200 200
ESCRC8.0X220 220
ESCRC8.0X240 240 5.9 8.0 15.0
ESCRC8.0X260 260
ESCRC8.0X280 280
100
ESCRC8.0X300 300
ESCRC8.0X320 320
ESCRC8.0X340 340
ESCRC8.0X360 360
ESCRC8.0X380 380
ESCRC8.0X400 400
22
Mechanical Properties
SDW Item Codes (Determined in accordance with EN14592. Values documented in ITTR-10/0007)
Property Reference Units Value
Characteristic Tensile Capacity ftens, k kN 20.5

Characteristic Yield Moment My,k Nm 15.5
Characteristic Head Pull-Through Parameter fhead,k N/mm2 10.8
Characteristic Withdrawal Parameter fax,k 90˚ N/mm2 7.8
ESCR8.0 Item Codes (Values from ETA-13/0796)

2
Characteristic Withdrawal Parameter fax,k 90˚ N/mm 10.7
ESCRC6.0 Item Codes (Values from ETA-13/0796)

ESCRC8.0 Item Codes (Values from ETA-13/0796)


23
Roof Trusses
Simpson Strong-Drive® SDW and ESCR Screws can be used for a
fast and effective connection of the multi-ply roof trusses.
Installation:
• Screws can be installed from one side of the truss for faster
installation.
• Screw heads shall be on the same side of the truss to which
the hangers are attached.
• If screws are installed in the wrong face of the truss then
install additional screws in the correct face with the maximum
spacing of twice the required spacing but not exceeding
600mm centres.
• The additional screws shall be offset from the existing screws.
• If hangers or hanger fixings clash with the girder screws,
relocate the girder screw as close as possible to the side
flange of the hanger on the same screw line.
Multi-Ply Roof Truss Item Codes

Safe Working Load (BS5268-2)
Characteristic Loads (EN1995-1-1)
Truss Plys Item Code TR26 Medium Term Shear (lateral)
TR26 - Fv,Rk (N)
Load (N)
2 x 35mm SDW22258 980 2195

3 x 35mm ESCR8.0X100 1090 2485
4 x 35mm ESCR8.0X140 1180 2690
2 x 47mm SDW22300 1140 2145
3 X 47mm SDW22500 1200 2315
4 x 47mm ESCR8.0X180 1200 3705
1. Loads are per shear plane assuming single shear. Timber-to-timber connections.
2. Screws are installed from 1 side only.
Design and Detailing:

• Where multiple trussed rafters are fastened together on site, the fastening of at least the ceiling tie members should be screws or bolts
using the appropriate washer in positions marked by the manufacturer according to BS5268-3 clause 6.5.5.
• Spacing of loads applied to the multi-ply truss shall not exceed 600mm centres.
• The truss engineer shall ensure torsion due to loads framing into one side of the multi-ply truss is adequately catered for.
• Screws shall not be installed through metal truss plates unless approved by the truss engineer, pre-drilling is not required.
• Individual screw locations may be adjusted to avoid conflicts with other hardware or timber defects.
• Use max of 1 row of screws in members up to 120mm deep.
• Use 1 or 2 rows of screws up to 170mm deep (depending on capacity requirements).
• Use 1, 2 or 3 rows of screws in members over 171mm deep (depending on capacity requirements).
SDW 2 Ply Detail SDW 3 Ply Detail ESCR 4 Ply Detail
24
Timber Frame Panels

Simpson Strong-Drive® SDW Screws can be used for a fast and effective connection of Timber Frame Panels as
shown below. The SDW screws allow for a permanent connection pulling the two panels together to help reduce air
leakage at panel to panel junctions as well as panel to sole plate junctions.
SDW screws can be fitted from

one side or both sides if required.
Safe Working Loads (BS5268-2)
C16 - Long Term Shear C16 - Long Term

Timber Plys Item Code How to Install
(Lateral) Load (N) Withdrawal (Axial) Load (N)
2 x 38mm SDW22300 From 1 Side 790 600
Characteristic Loads (EN1995-1-1)

C16 - Shear C16 - Withdrawal

Timber Plys Item Code How to Install
(Lateral) Load (N) (Axial) Load (N)
2 x 38mm SDW22300 From 1 Side 2430 2305
Installation:
• All members shall be full length with no intermediate splices.

• Screws shall be installed with the screw heads in the loaded ply.
• Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 1/2 of the required spacing to avoid conflicts with
other hardware or timber defects.
• Use maximum of 1 row of screws in 89mm timber frame panels.
• Use 1 or 2 rows of screws in 140mm wide timber frame panels.
• The screw guns used to install the screws should have the following (minimum) specification: 100Nm
torque, 14.4V or 18V battery and have impact driving functionality.
• The number of screws being installed needs to be considered against the constant high loads, at high
torque, applied to the screw gun motor. Refer to manufacturer for motor loading conditions.
25
Composite Panels
Simpson Strong-Drive® SDW and ESCR Screws can be used as a fast and effective connection of Composite Panels.
For typical connections see details below. The screws are quick to start and both have a reamer allowing for smooth
passage of the shank even into the denser composite materials.
Safe Working Loads (per screw)

Safe Working Shear (Lateral) Loads Safe Working Withdrawal (Axial) Loads
Thickness of
(BS5268-2) (BS5268-2)
Headside Timber Item Code
C16 - Long Term C24 - Long Term C16 - Long Term C24 - Long Term
(mm)
Load (N) Load (N) Load (N) Load (N)
SDW22438 1050 1150 720 870
69
ESCR8.0X120 1320 1450 910 1100
SDW22438 980 1070 630 770

80
ESCR8.0X120 1160 1270 710 860
SDW22600 1120 1190 890 1080

95-100
ESCR8.0X140 1160 1270 710 860
SDW22600 1120 1130 700 850

111
ESCR8.0X160 1290 1420 870 1060
SDW22600 1060 1170 740 890

119
ESCR8.0X160 1170 1280 930 890
SDW22638 980 1070 630 770

125
ESCR8.0X160 1380 1470 980 1190
SDW22634 960 1060 620 750

136
ESCR8.0X180 1220 1330 780 950
140-145 ESCR8.0X180 1380 1470 980 1190
150 ESCR8.0X200 1300 1430 890 1080
162 ESCR8.0X200 1140 1240 680 820
175-180 ESCR8.0X220 1160 1270 710 860
190-195 ESCR8.0X240 1230 1350 800 970

206 ESCR8.0X260 1360 1470 960 1170
219 ESCR8.0X260 1170 1280 730 890
1. Loads are per shear plane assuming single shear. Timber-to-timber connections.
Typical Wall Corner Typical Wall Typical Typical

Detail "T" Detail Ridge Detail Eaves Detail
26
Composite Panels
Characteristic Loads (per screw)
Characteristic Shear (Lateral) Loads Characteristic Withdrawal (Axial) Loads
Thickness of Headside (EN1995-1-1) (EN1995-1-1)
Item Code
Timber (mm)
C16 - Fv,Rk (N) C24 - Fv,Rk (N) C16 - Fa,Rk (N) C24 - Fa,Rk (N)
SDW22438 2830 3150 1810 2305

69
ESCR8.0X120 3500 3895 3420 4365
SDW22458 2695 2955 1810 2305

80
ESCR8.0X120 3105 3435 2685 3420
SDW22600 3325 3640 1810 2305

95-100
ESCR8.0X140 3235 3585 2685 3420
SDW22600 2880 3130 1810 2305

111
ESCR8.0X160 3670 4085 3290 4190
SDW22638 2960 3220 1810 2305

119
ESCR8.0X160 3405 3710 2750 3505
SDW22638 2730 2922 1810 2305

125
ESCR8.0X160 4020 4485 3690 4705
SDW22634 2680 2900 1760 2245

136
ESCR8.0X180 3620 3905 2950 3765
140-145 ESCR8.0X180 4155 4640 3690 4705
150 ESCR8.0X200 3980 4310 3355 4280
162 ESCR8.0X200 3265 3515 2550 3250
175-180 ESCR8.0X220 3385 3645 2685 3420
190-195 ESCR8.0X240 3685 3970 3020 3850
206 ESCR8.0X260 4245 4590 3625 4620
219 ESCR8.0X260 3445 3710 2750 3505
240 ESCR8.0X280 3385 3645 2685 3420
257 ESCR8.0X300 3560 3840 2885 3680

307 ESCR8.0X360 4180 4520 3555 4535
Installation:
• Screws are to be installed from one side of the composite panel.

• Position and number of screws are to be specified by the person responsible for building design.
Individual screw locations may be adjusted to avoid conflicts with other hardware or timber defects, ensuring
recommendations for spacing and edge distances are maintained.
27
Engineered Timber
Simpson Strong-Drive®
SDW Screws can be 2 Ply Trimming Joist
used for a fast and
effective connection of
solid rectangular multi-ply
engineered timbers. Trimmer
Joist Hanger
Multi-Ply Engineered Timber Performance Values

Safe Working Loads (BS5268-2) Characteristic Loads (EN1995-1-1)
Timber Plys Item Code
LVL - Long Term Shear (Lateral) Load (N) LVL - Fv,Rk (N)
2 x 38mm SDW22300 980 2900
2 x 45mm SDW22338 1110 3110
2 x 75mm SDW22500 1220 3810
2 x 89mm SDW22634 1220 3810
3 x 38mm SDW22438 1090 2950
3 x 45mm SDW22500 1120 3070
4 x 38mm SDW22600 1130 3115
4 x 45mm SDW22634 1120 3070
1. Loads are per shear plane assuming single shear, timber-to-timber connections.
2. Equal plies assumed.

3. Calculations are based on timbers having a characteristic density of 370kg/m3
4. Screws are installed from 1 side only.
Installation:
• All members shall be full length with no intermediate splices.

• Screws shall be installed with the screw heads in the loaded ply.
• Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 1/2 of the required spacing to avoid conflicts with other hardware or
timber defects.
• The spacing of applied uniform loads to the multi-ply member shall not exceed 600mm centres (i.e. Hanger Spacing).
• Use maximum of 1 row of screws in members up to 120mm deep (depending on capacity requirements).
• Use 1, 2 rows in members up to 170mm deep (depending on capacity requirements).
• Use 1, 2 or 3 rows of screws in members over 171mm deep (depending on capacity requirements).
• Screws with self drilling tips require high torque to install, especially when installed into dense wood materials such as
laminated veneer lumber (LVL).
• The screw guns used to install the screws should have the following (minimum) specification: 100Nm torque, 14.4V or
18V Battery and have impact driving functionality.
• The number of screws being installed needs to be considered against the constant high loads, at high torque, applied
to the screw gun motor. Refer to manufacturer for motor loading conditions.
28
Connection Detail for a Multi-Ply Trimmer (UDL1) Connection Detail for a Multi-Ply Trimming Joist
Trimmer 2 Ply Trimming Joist
Trimmer
Joist Hanger
UDL Safe Working Loads (BS5268-2) Screw UDL Characterstic Loads (EN1995-1-1)
Screw
1 Characteristic 1
Timber SWL (N) Maximum UDL (kN/m) Maximum UDL (kN/m)
Item Load (N)
Plys Code
SCL Long 1 Row 2 Row 3 Row 1 Row 2 Row 3 Row
SCL
Term @ 600 ctrs @ 600 ctrs @ 600 ctrs @ 600 ctrs @ 600 ctrs @ 600 ctrs
2 x 38mm SDW22300 980 3.27 6.53 9.80 2900 9.67 19.33 29.00
2 x 45mm SDW22338 1110 3.70 7.40 11.10 3110 10.37 20.73 31.10
2 x 75mm SDW22500 1220 4.07 8.13 12.20 3810 12.70 25.40 38.10
2 x 89mm SDW22634 1220 4.07 8.13 12.20 3810 12.70 25.40 38.10
3 x 38mm SDW22438 1090 2.73 5.45 8.18 2950 7.38 14.75 22.13
3 x 45mm SDW22500 1120 2.80 5.60 8.40 3070 7.68 15.35 23.03
4 x 38mm SDW22600 1130 2.51 5.02 7.53 3115 6.92 13.84 20.77
1. Uniformly Distributed Load.

2. The load is uniformly distributed from hangers at regular centres of up to 600mm maximum.
3. To calculate the maximum allowable end reaction for each hanger - multiply the UDL by the spacing e.g. 3.51 x 0.6 = 2.1kN per hanger.
4. To calculate the maximum span of trimmed joists use the 2 x UDL (from above table) e.g. 2 x 3.51 = 3.12m
Floor Load (kN/m2) 2.25
Load Transfer
Max. Permissible
Max. Characteristic Load (kN)

Timber Load (kN)
Item
Plys Code
4 No. Screws 6 No. Screws 4 No. Screws 6 No. Screws
2 x 38mm SDW22300 7.84 11.76 23.20 34.80
2 x 45mm SDW22338 8.88 13.32 24.88 37.32
2 x 75mm SDW22500 9.76 14.64 30.48 45.72
2 x 89mm SDW22634 9.76 14.64 30.48 45.72
3 x 38mm SDW22438 6.54 9.81 17.70 26.55
3 x 45mm SDW22500 6.72 10.08 18.42 27.63
4 x 38mm SDW22600 6.03 9.04 16.61 24.92
4 x 45mm SDW22634 5.97 8.96 16.37 24.56
4 Screw
4 Screw
Arrangement
Arrangement
6 Screw
6 Screw
Arrangement
Arrangement
29
Solid Flange I-Joists

Simpson Strong-Drive SDW® & ESCR screws can be used for a fast and effective connection of 2 or 3 ply I-Joists (with
a minimum flange height of 45mm).
Safe Working Load Design Resistance

No. Joist (BS5268) (EC5)
Item How to
of Width
Code Install
Plies (mm)
SWL (kN) Rd (kN)
2 47 SDW22338 From 1 side 1.00 2.40

2 63 SDW22458 From 1 side 1.27 3.09
2 72 SDW22500 From 1 side 1.25 2.96
2 97 SDW22634 From 1 side 1.25 2.99
3 47 SDW22500 From 1 side 1.03 2.43
3 63 SDW22634 From 1 side 1.05 2.46
3 72 SDW22500 From both sides 0.97 2.29
Screw installed Screw installed
3 72 ESCR8.0X200 From 1 side 0.73 1.77 from one side from both sides
3 97 ESCR8.0X280 From 1 side 0.87 2.06
3 97 SDW22634 From both sides 0.79 1.86
Installation:
• No pre-drilling required.
Backer block details
• For best installation use a low speed drill.
for face fix hangers
• Install the bottom of the screw head flush to the surface of the member being
connected.
• Do not over-drive the screws.
• Install backer blocks on to both sides of the load carrying member only, when
using face fix hangers that require backer block (see diagram below right).
Backer blocks
installed as
Design and Detailing: recommended
by I-Joist
Manufacturer
• It is common practice to facilitate handling of the multi-ply I-Joists to also install
screws uniformly distributed along the length of the joist at centres not exceeding
600mm and a minimum distance of 400mm from each end.
• Gap between joists not to exceed 3mm. Note: For top flange hangers, including

• Floor sheathing to be attached to the top of both floor joists by nailing, screwing or ITB enhanced, install backer blocks tight
to the I-Joist top flange.
gluing.
• The floor designer to ensure each joist is designed for the appropriate loads
considering the location of the applied loads.
• For 2 ply trimmers / headers with supported hangers at less than 600mm centres
- refer to SST technical department.
Screw spacing and distances when fixed Screw spacing and distances when fixed from two sides
from one side
Centre Line Centre of incoming load

of Joist Hanger This Side
Opposite Side
Flange Thickness
30
Metal Web Joists

Simpson Strong-Drive® SDW & ESCR Screws can be used for a fast and effective connection of the multi-ply open web
floor joists manufactured from metal webs and timber chords.
Safe Working Load Characteristic Loads

How to
Joist Plys Item Code (BS5268-2) (EN1995-1-1)
Install
Long Term Load (kN) Fk(kN)
2 x 72mm SDW22500 1.59 3.76

2 x 97mm SDW22600 1.66 3.93
Fom
2 x 122mm SDW22634 1.07 2.53
One
2 x 147mm ESCR8.0X200 1.74 4.13
Side
3 x 72mm ESCR8.0X200 0.97 2.29
3 x 97mm ESCR8.0X280 0.81 1.83
1. Loads are based on TR26 timbers with a minimum pointside penetration of 50mm.
2. Loads are per shear plane assuming single shear, timber-to-timber connections.
Load Transfer
Maximum Permissible Applied Load
Maximum Design Load (kN)
(kN)
Joist Plys Item Code
2 No. 4 No. 6 No. 8 No. 2 No. 4 No. 6 No. 8 No.
Screws Screws Screws Screws Screws Screws Screws Screws
2 x 72mm SDW22500 3.18 6.36 9.54 12.72 7.52 15.04 22.56 30.08 1. Maximum loads are based on screw capacity only, designer of
floor to check joist capacity and ply sizes required to support
2 x 97mm SDW22600 3.32 6.64 9.96 13.28 7.86 15.72 23.58 31.44
the applied loads.
2 x 122mm SDW22634 2.14 4.28 6.42 8.56 5.06 10.12 15.18 20.24 2. The above are examples of mulit-ply combinations; other
47
2 x 147mm ESCR8.0X200 3.48 6.96 10.44 13.92 8.26 16.52 24.78 33.04 combinations can be used provided the minimum of 50mm
pointside penetration is achieved into the last ply.
3 x 72mm ESCR8.0X200 1.94 3.88 5.82 7.76 4.58 9.16 13.74 18.32
3. Joist designer to check capability of joists to take applied load.
3 x 97mm ESCR8.0X280 1.62 3.24 4.86 6.48 3.66 7.32 10.98 14.64
Installation:
• No pre-drilling required.
• For best installation use a low
speed drill.
• Install the bottom of the screw head Joist Hanger
integral washer flush to the surface

of the member being connected.
• Do not over-drive the screws. Typical Screw
• Screws are recommended for use
Minimum Spacing
in dry environments. Care should Examples:
be taken during construction to 47
prevent prolonged exposure to Install screws central
water or wet weather. to the chord height.
• Screw to be installed centrally in
Screw Spacing Requirements (mm)
the depth of the flange (+/- 2.5mm) For A-D dimensions A Minimum End Distance 100
typically at 400mm centres about refer to the diagram B Minimum Spacing Along Chords 100
the centre of the joist hanger - see above. C Maximum Spacing Along Chords 600
opposite. D Maximum Distance Either Side of Concentrated Load 300
• Flanges to be a minimum of 47mm deep.

• Screws shall be installed within 300mm of either side of a concentrated load, to be considered effective in transferring loads.
• It is common practice to facilitate handling of the multi-ply to also include screws uniformly distributed along the length of the joist
at centres not exceeding 600mm.
• Gap between joists not to exceed 3mm.
• If screws are installed in the wrong face of the joist then install additional screws in the correct face with a maximum spacing of
twice the required spacing but not exceeding 600mm centres. The additional screws shall be offset from the existing screws to
prevent splitting.
• Floor sheathing to be attached to the top of both floor joists by nailing, screwing or gluing.
• Floor designer to ensure each joist is designed for the appropriate loads considering the location of the applied loads.
• Do not install screws through the metal web plates unless approved by the joist manufacturer; pre-drilling would be required.
• Individual screw locations may be adjusted up to 75mm to avoid conflicts with other hardware or timber defects.
31
Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists

SFH/SFWH
Safety Fast Masonry Restraint Hangers
The SFH/SFWH Safety Fast Hangers are designed to support timber
joists, beams and trussed rafters from masonry walls without the need for
SFH
masonry above the top flange.
100
• Requires no masonry above the top flange to achieve the published
performance values.
• Improved vertical and lateral load distribution.
• Mini Strap simply hooks onto the hanger.
• Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the next lift of
masonry.
• Reduces Health & Safety risks associated with the use of the
traditional masonry hangers with no masonry above.
• Eliminates the need for propping of floor joists.
• Mini Strap provides lateral restraint capacity in accordance with NHBC
guidelines.
• Allows for retrofit of lateral restraint straps.
Material:
SFH: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

PATENT NOS.
SFWH: Mild steel. GB2316103, GB2354267
Mini Strap - Pre-galvanised mild steel. GB2390380
EP1200684
Finish: SFWH: Hot-dip galvanised.
Installation:
SFWH
• Use all specified nails. 100
• Build masonry to required level, ensuring any coursing bricks or blocks
are at least one course below the supporting block, and leave to cure.
• Place the Safety Fast Restraint Hanger over the inner leaf of block
work, ensuring the bearing plate is fully located onto the top of the
masonry, sitting tight against the front face and top of the block work.
• Sit the floor joist into the masonry hanger and ensure all joists are
correctly installed. The joist should be tight into the back of the hanger

where possible. The maximum gap between the back of the hanger
and the end of the joist is 6mm.
• Clip the Safety Fast Mini Strap onto the restraining hooks on either side
of the hanger and nail to the side face of the joist with 3.75 x 30mm
square twist nails. INSTALL ONLY ONE STRAP PER HANGER.
General Installation Notes PATENT NOS.

GB2354267, GB2390380
EP1200684
• The floor decking may be stored on the joists provided the load is
uniformly distributed between the several joists and does not exceed
the hanger or joist capacities. Refer to joist manufacturer or supplier
for joist capacity and maximum construction loads.
• The floor decking must be securely attached to each joist before
additional loads can be placed on the system.
• Floor decking and block work is to be cut where necessary to fit Mini Strap (included with Safety Fast Hanger)
around the upstand stiffeners.
• Pallets of blocks or other construction materials should be placed onto
the scaffolding and NOT directly onto the floor. The materials can then
be evenly distributed around the floor manually, ensuring hanger or
joist capacities are not exceeded.
32

Typical SFH Installation Typical SFWH Installation
SFH/SFWH Hanger Loads

Safe Working Loads (kN)
(kN)
Joist Fasteners
Model No. Joist Width Block Strength Block Strength
Hanger MiniStrap 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2

Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC Solid LAC Solid DAC
Qty Nail Qty Nail
< 61mm 5.34 6.67 6.67 13.34 13.34

SFH 2 3.75 x 30 3 3.75 x 30
> 66mm 9.98 12.47 12.47 24.93 24.93
< 61mm 7.44 9.30 9.30 18.59 18.59

SFWH 2 3.75 x 30 3 3.75 x 30
> 66mm 11.58 14.47 14.47 28.94 28.94
Loads are based upon tests conducted by CERAM Building Technology Ltd and are determined in accordance with EN 845.
1. Stated loads are achieved without masonry above the top flange.
2. The block thickness must be the same as the top plate depth.
3. The lateral capacity when installed with the FMS ministrap, exceeds that provided by traditional staps placed at 2m centres.
4. 3.75 x 30 refers to a square twist nail (not supplied with hanger).
SFH Hangers SFWH Hangers

Joist Size Hanger Dimension (mm) Joist Size Hanger Dimension (mm)
Model No. Model No.
Width Height Width (W) Height (H) Width Height Width (W) Height (H)
150 SFH150/40/100 40 140 35 225 SFWH225/38/100 38 215

38
225 SFH225/40/100 40 215 225 SFWH225/40/100 40 215
38
150 SFH150/50/100 50 140 250 SFWH250/40/100 40 240
175 SFH175/50/100 50 165 150 SFWH150/50/100 50 140
50 200 SFH200/50/100 50 190 175 SFWH175/50/100 50 165
225 SFH225/50/100 50 215 50 200 SFWH200/50/100 50 190
250 SFH250/50/100 50 240 225 SFWH225/50/100 50 215
175 SFH175/75/100 75 165 250 SFWH250/50/100 50 240
75 200 SFH200/75/100 75 190 75 225 SFWH225/75/100 75 215
225 SFH225/75/100 75 215 100 225 SFWH225/100/100 100 215
175 SFH175/100/100 100 165

2 Ply 50
or 200 SFH200/100/100 100 190
100
225 SFH225/100/100 100 215
33

SFLH Safety Fast Lite Hanger
The SFLH is an innovative single piece hanger designed to support timber joists from masonry walls without the need for
masonry above the course of blockwork supporting the hanger.
The SFLH has been designed to assist in meeting the air

leakage requirements as part of the Code for Sustainable
Homes. Since the joist is supported by a hanger and does
not penetrate the inner leaf of blockwork, the potential for air
leakage is reduced and avoids the time consuming and costly
mortaring and sealing with mastic around built in joist ends.
This hanger allows construction work to continue safely just

3 days after the supporting blockwork has been laid - as
opposed to 28 days in the case of traditional masonry hangers.
100mm
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Patent No. EP2064395
Features and Benefits H
• Avoids joist penetrating block work, minimising air leakage.

• Achieves published performance values with no masonry
above the supporting course of block work.
• Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the next W
lift of masonry. 75mm
• Reduces health & safety risks associated with the use of
traditional masonry hangers with no masonry courses
above them.
• Eliminates the need for propping to support the floor joists.
• Web stiffeners are not required with joists to achieve
published performance values.
• Use FMS strap range with every hanger spaced up to
600mm centres to provide lateral restraint of the floor joist
in accordance with EN845-1.
• CE Approved: meets the requirements of EN845-1 and
tested in accordance with EN 846-8.

SFLH joist hanger used in conjunction with FMS strap.
34
Step 1: Build masonry Step 2: Place the Safety Step 3: Install the floor Step 4: Install the
to the required level, Fast Lite Masonry Hanger joist into the SFLH. The appropriate restraint strap
ensuring any coursing for solid joists (SFLH) end of the joist should be (see note 1), ensuring the
bricks or blocks are at over the inner leaf of the tight against the back of strap is tight against the
least one course below the block work, ensuring the hanger. Maximum gap back face of the block work
supporting block. the top flanges are fully allowed: 6mm. hanger return and the side
bearing onto the top of the of the floor joist. Fix with
Leave the masonry to cure supporting block work and Install the specified joist fasteners as specified in the
for at least three days. are also tight against the nails (see table below). table below.
front face of the block work.
SFLH - Safety Fast Lite Masonry Hanger for Solid Joist Performance Data
Joist Fastener Qty Safe Working Loads (kN) Characteristic Capacity (kN)
Size Range
3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nail Block Strength Block Strength
(1) 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7.0N/mm2 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7.0N/mm2

Height (mm) Width (mm) Hanger FMS Strap
Solid AAC Solid AAC Solid DAC Solid AAC Solid AAC Solid DAC
140 - 400 38 -100 2 3 3.9 4.5 4.5 6.8 7.9 7.9
Please note:
1. Appropriate variant from FMS strap range, depending on connection detail - refer to FMS page of this brochure.
2. Performance values are with NO masonry above supporting block work.
About working on the floor prior to the next lift of masonry.

1. The floor decking may be

stored on the joists provided
the load is uniformly distributed
among several joists and does
not exceed the hanger or
joist capacities. Refer to joist
manufacturer or supplier for
joist capacity and maximum
construction loads.
2. The floor decking must be

securely attached to each joist
before additional loads can be
placed on the system.
3. Pallets of blocks or other

construction material should
be placed onto the scaffolding
and not directly onto the floor. For example, total number of blocks per pair of joists (4 hangers) @ 600 c/c:
The materials can then be • 2.8N/mm2 AAC = 24
evenly distributed around the • 3.5N/mm2 AAC = 20
floor manually, ensuring the • 7.0N/mm2 DAC = 16
hanger or joist capacities are not Note: I-Joist shown above for illustration purposes, SFLH is compatible with
exceeded. solid sawn joists.
35

SFLH Hanger Sizes SFLH Hanger Sizes
Model No. Model No.
Width Height Height (H) Width (W) Width Height Height (H) Width (W)
100 SFLH100/38 100 100 SFLH100/91 100
125 SFLH125/38 125 125 SFLH125/91 125
150 SFLH150/38 140 150 SFLH150/91 140
175 SFLH175/38 165 175 SFLH175/91 165

2 Ply 45
35 38 91
or 91
200 SFLH200/38 190 200 SFLH200/91 190
225 SFLH225/38 215 225 SFLH225/91 215
250 SFLH250/38 240 250 SFLH250/91 240
300 SFLH300/38 290 300 SFLH300/91 290
100 SFLH100/47 100 100 SFLH100/100 100
125 SFLH125/47 125 125 SFLH125/100 125
150 SFLH150/47 140 150 SFLH150/100 140
175 SFLH175/47 165 2 Ply 50 175 SFLH175/100 165

45 47 or 97 100
200 SFLH200/47 190 or 100 200 SFLH200/100 190
225 SFLH225/47 215 225 SFLH225/100 215
250 SFLH250/47 240 250 SFLH250/100 240
300 SFLH300/47 290 300 SFLH300/100 290
100 SFLH100/50 100
125 SFLH125/50 125
150 SFLH150/50 140
175 SFLH175/50 165

50 50
200 SFLH200/50 190
225 SFLH225/50 215
250 SFLH250/50 240
300 SFLH300/50 290

100 SFLH100/63 100
125 SFLH125/63 125
150 SFLH150/63 140
175 SFLH175/63 165

63 63
200 SFLH200/63 190
225 SFLH225/63 215
250 SFLH250/63 240
300 SFLH300/63 290
100 SFLH100/75 100
125 SFLH125/75 125
150 SFLH150/75 140
175 SFLH175/75 165

75 75
200 SFLH200/75 190
225 SFLH225/75 215
250 SFLH250/75 240
300 SFLH300/75 290
36

SFJC Safety Fast Joist Cap
The SFJC is an innovative product which enables a safe, practical and
robust solution that satisfies the requirements of ‘Approved Document B &
L’ of the Building Regulations.
The SFJC is designed to be used where timber joists are built into a
masonry external wall and eliminates the air leakage problems associated
with shrinkage of timber joists. It also provides resistance to fire for up to 60
minutes when gaps are filled with mineral wool.
• SFJC225/50 specifically designed for 50mm solid sawn joists up to

225mm deep.
• SFJC305/50, SFJC305/100 and SFJC225/100 models accommodate
a large range of joists types and sizes.
• Air leakage around the joist end is eliminated.
• Wide face flanges provide an air tight seal.
Material: Black Polypropylene.
The SFJC does not provide any lateral stability to the joists during
construction phase. It is therefore necessary to install temporary bracing SFJC
in accordance with the joist manufacturers instructions and/or standard PATENT GB2392928, GB2393459
construction practice, to ensure temporary stability of the floor joists.
• Place floor joist onto wall and adjust to ensure correct bearing at each
end.
• Lift the floor joist and install SFJC over the end of the joist, ensuring
the SFJC face flanges are tight against the inner face on the masonry Typical SFJC Installation
wall.
SFJC225/50: SOLID SAWN JOISTS

• Solid sawn joists up to 50mm wide and 225mm high can be installed
directly into the SFJC225/50.
SFJC305/50 SOLID SAWN JOISTS

• Solid sawn joists up to 50mm wide and 300mm high can be installed
directly into the SFJC305/50. For narrower joist widths use the wedge
cut outs to pack the joist.
SFJC305/100 & SFJC225/100: SOLID SAWN JOISTS

• Steel joist plates slides into the slots within the SFJC and are fixed to
the top and bottom of the floor joists.
• Nail in place with 2 No 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails per plate.
• Install horizontal restraint straps at maximum 2m centres and nail to
the timber joists with 8 No 3.75 x 30 square twist nails.
• Build up masonry between SFJC and continue with wall construction.
• Ensure all joints between the masonry and SFJC are fully filled with
mortar.
• With the SFJC305/50 check the tightness of the wedges once wall is
completed.
• If necessary, hammer wedges in tight.
• Also if necessary, fill the void around the joist with mineral wool or
expanding foam.
Solid Sawn Joist Sizes

Dimensions (mm)
(mm)
Model No.
Width Height Width Height
SFJC225/50 50 225 up to 50
up to 225
SFJC225/100 100 225 up to 100
SFJC305/50 50 305 up to 50
up to 302
SFJC305/100 100 305 up to 100
1. 2 No. SFJC Wedges supplied with each SFJC305/50.

2. 2 No. Steel Joist Plates supplied with each SFJC305/100 and SFJC225/100.
37

JHM/HJHM Masonry Hangers
JHM
JHMs and HJHMs are for supporting timber joists, beams and trussed rafters
from masonry walls.
• Built-in inspection slot at the base of the hanger to aid inspection from the
ground.
• HJHM: Heavy duty masonry hanger for higher load carrying capacity.
• Top flange provides widest area in contact with masonry support allowing
superior performance. Embossments on JHM stiffen top flange and holes
allow improved mortar keying.
• JHM side flange on deeper hangers is much higher than traditional style,
providing greatly enhanced resistance to joist rotation.
Material:
JHM and HJHM: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes".
• Set hanger back flange tight against block wall when built to desired level,
then continue with additional courses to complete wall height. Joist should
be tight into back of hanger when possible. Maximum gap permitted is
6mm.
• MINIMUM 3 COURSES OF SOLID BLOCK (675MM MASONRY) REQUIRED
ABOVE HANGER WITH MORTAR FULLY CURED BEFORE APPLYING
LOAD. HJHM
• Do not stack blocks or heavy loads on the joists during construction unless
the joists have additional support to take the full load of the blocks vertically
and horizontally.
• The JHM joists hangers can be fixed to steel beams by means of power
actuated fasteners (see table below).
• The shot-fired pins must be installed by a qualified person in accordance
with the manufacturer’s installation requirements.
Options
• Return configuration provides additional support by wrapping around three
sides of the block. Designate “return” and length of return dimensions when
ordering.

• RETURN HANGERS DO NOT SATISFY THE REQUIREMENTS FOR
LATERAL RESTRAINT TYPE HANGERS.
• Straddle configuration provides two hangers connected across top
of support enabling exact alignment on both sides of supporting wall.
Designate “straddle” and length of straddle dimensions when ordering.
• Other widths and heights available to order. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie®
for details. JHM Shot-fired to steel
• SPEC JHM’s up to 61mm width can be skewed from 5 to 45 deg. See
skewed hanger load table.
JHM Shot Fired to Steel Girder
Fasteners
Safe Working
Model No.
Load (kN)
Steel Support Joist Nails
JHM 4 - Shot Fired Pins 4 - 3.75 x 30mm 5.17
1. The above Safe Working Loads are based upon product tests using four No. Hilti 12mm X-EDNI steel
pins fired through holes provided in the top flange of the hangers onto 4mm thick steel plate. Other
pins may be used provided similar structural performance is verified by the pin manufacturer. Pin
Head size must be sufficient to prevent pull through during loading.
2. The designer must ensure that the steel support member will support the imposed loads.
3. Install shot-fired pins in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.
38

Typical JHM Installation JHMS Straddle Configuration JHMR Return Configuration
JHM Hanger Loads

Safe Working Loads (kN) Characteristic Capacity (kN)
Joist Fasteners
Block Strength Block Strength
Model Short Term
Uplift
2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 Uplift 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2
Qty Nail kN
Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC kN Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC
JHM (1)(2) 2 3.75x30mm 5.29 6.42 10.01 1.00 10.59 12.83 20.01 1.80
HJHM Hanger Loads

Size Range Safe Working Loads (kN) Characteristic Capacity (kN)
Joist Fasteners
(mm) Block Strength Block Strength
Short Term
Uplift
2.8N/mm 2
3.5N/mm 2
7N/mm 2 Uplift 2.8N/mm 2
3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2
Width Height Qty Nail kN
Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC kN Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC
40 - 74 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30mm 8.01 8.01 15.00 16.02 16.02 30.01
75 - 200 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30mm 7.99 14.84 15.00 15.98 29.67 30.01
1.00 1.80
91 - 200 140 - 400 8 4.00 x 90mm 7.99 14.84 20.88 15.98 29.67 41.76
201 - 300 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30mm 8.15 8.15 21.49 15.11 37.61 37.61
1. Test conducted by CERAM Building Technology in accordance with EN846-4 and evaluated in accordance with EN845-1.
2. 3.75 x 30mm refers to square twist nails.
3. 4.0 x 90mm refers to round wire nails.
4. Loads apply to solid block with minimum compressive strengths indicated. The block thickness must be at least the same size as the top flange length, as
shown in the illustrations above. For straddle hangers the minimum S dimension is 100mm to achieve published loads, except for HJHM hangers which must
be twice the top flange length of a single hanger.
Skewed JHM Hanger Loads

Joist Fasteners
Model Block Strength
2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2

Qty Nail
Solid AAC Solid AAC Solid DAC
SPEC JHMSK 4 3.75x30mm 5.05 5.17 5.17

45°
SKR
45°
SKR
1. Maximum width 61mm.

2. Maximum skew 45°. SPEC JHMSK Top
SPEC View
JHMSK
39

JHM Hanger Sizes HJHM Hanger Sizes
Joist Size (mm) Hanger Dimension (mm) Joist Size (mm) Hanger Dimension (mm)
Model No. Model No.
Width Height Width (H) Height (W) Width Height Width (H) Height (W)
100 JHM100/38 38 100 150 HJHM150/38 38 140
125 JHM125/38 38 125 35 200 HJHM200/38 38 190
150 JHM150/38 38 140 225 HJHM225/38 38 215
35 175 JHM175/38 38 165 150 HJHM150/40 40 140
200 JHM200/38 38 190 38 220 HJHM220/40 40 210
225 JHM225/38 38 215 225 HJHM225/40 40 215
250 JHM250/38 38 240 150 HJHM150/50 50 140
100 JHM100/44 44 100 50 200 HJHM200/50 50 190
125 JHM125/44 44 125 225 HJHM225/50 50 215
150 JHM150/44 44 140 150 HJHM150/75 75 140
44 175 JHM175/44 44 165 175 HJHM175/75 75 165
200 JHM200/44 44 190 2 Ply 35 200 HJHM200/75 75 190
225 JHM225/44 44 215 or 75 225 HJHM225/75 75 215
250 JHM250/44 44 240 250 HJHM250/75 75 240
100 JHM100/47 47 100 300 HJHM300/75 75 290
125 JHM125/47 47 125 150 HJHM150/100 100 140
150 JHM150/47 47 140 175 HJHM175/100 100 165
47 175 JHM175/47 47 165 2 ply 50 200 HJHM200/100 100 190
200 JHM200/47 47 190 or 100 225 HJHM225/100 100 215
225 JHM225/47 47 215 250 HJHM250/100 100 240
250 JHM250/47 47 240 300 HJHM300/100 100 290
100 JHM100/50 50 100 150 HJHM150/125 125 140
125 JHM125/50 50 125 200 HJHM200/125 125 190
2 Ply 63
150 JHM150/50 50 140 225 HJHM225/125 125 215
50 175 JHM175/50 50 165 250 HJHM250/125 125 240
200 JHM200/50 50 190 150 HJHM150/150 150 140
225 JHM225/50 50 215 3 Ply 50 200 HJHM200/150 150 190
or
250 JHM250/50 50 240 2 Ply 75 225 HJHM225/150 150 215
125 JHM125/63 63 125 250 HJHM250/150 150 240
150 JHM150/63 63 140 3 Ply 63 225 HJHM225/190 190 215
175 JHM175/63 63 165 150 HJHM150/200 200 140
63 4 Ply 50
200 JHM200/63 63 190 200 HJHM200/200 200 190
or
225 JHM225/63 63 215 2 Ply 100 225 HJHM225/200 200 215
250 JHM250/63 63 240 250 HJHM250/200 200 240
100 JHM100/75 75 100 225 HJHM225/225 225 215
3 Ply 75

125 JHM125/75 75 125 250 HJHM250/225 225 240
150 JHM150/75 75 140 3 Ply 100 225 HJHM225/300 300 215
2 Ply 35
175 JHM175/75 75 165
or 75
200 JHM200/75 75 190
225 JHM225/75 75 215
250 JHM250/75 75 240
100 JHM100/91 91 100
125 JHM125/91 91 125
150 JHM150/91 91 140
2 Ply 44
175 JHM175/91 91 165
or 91
200 JHM200/91 91 190
225 JHM225/91 91 215
250 JHM250/91 91 240
100 JHM100/100 100 100
125 JHM125/100 100 125
150 JHM150/100 100 140
2 Ply 50
175 JHM175/100 100 165
or 100
200 JHM200/100 100 190
225 JHM225/100 100 215
250 JHM250/100 100 240
125 JHM125/125 125 125
225 JHM225/125 125 215
2 Ply 63
250 JHM250/125 125 240
300 JHM300/125 125 290
175 JHM175/150 150 165
225 JHM225/150 150 215
2 Ply 75
250 JHM250/150 150 240
300 JHM300/150 150 290
40

RHMSK Skewed Masonry Hanger
The RHMSK is designed to support solid timber joists,
I-Joists or metal web joists from masonry walls.
• Hanger design enables skew angles from 5˚-90˚ left

or right.
• Full 90˚ skew option replaces the trimming detail
around soil pipes.
Material
Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation Notes:
• Set the hanger back flange tight against the block
wall when the wall is built to the desired level.
• The joist should be set tight into the back of the
hanger - a maximum gap of 6mm is permitted.
• Fix the joist into the hanger using all specified
fasteners.
• Web stiffeners are required for I-Joist applications.
• Continue with additional masonry courses above the
hanger top flange to complete the wall height.
• Do not stack blocks or heavy loads on the joists
during construction unless the joists have additional
support to take the full load of the blocks.
• A minimum of 675mm of masonry is required above
the hanger top flange with the mortar fully cured
before applying the load.
RHMSK Performance Values

Performance Values (kN)
Masonry Type and Strength
Dimensions (mm)l Fasteners
Model Safe Working Loads Characteristic Loads
Skew 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2

Width Height Qty Nail
(degree) Solid AAC Solid AAC Solid DAC Solid AAC Solid AAC Solid DAC
61 - 150 100 - 400 5 - 85 4 3.75x30mm - 6.50 7.50 - 13.00 14.00

SPEC RHMSK
100 100 - 400 90 4 3.75x30mm - 3.00 3.00 - 6.00 6.00
1. Loads are based upon tests conducted by CERAM Building technology, are determined in accordance to BS EN 845-1:2013 and apply to masonry
blocks with a minimum compressive strength as indicated.
2. The block thickness must be at least the same size as the top flange depth.
3. 3.75x30mm refers to galvanised square twist nails: 3.75mm diameter, 30mm length.
4. Skew angle to be specified in accordance to illustration below.
How to Order:
Specify hanger finished height and width.

Specify skew angle and direction.
Example:
For joist 200mm deep by 100mm wide with a right directional skew of
45˚ the code to order would be: RHMSK200/100 SKR45.
SPEC RHMSK
Top View. 45° skewed right example.
41
Above Left: JHMI supporting an I-Joist. Above right: RHMSK support solid joist at 90˚ angle to the block wall.
Installation Sequence
45˚ Skew Example
Step 1: Build the masonry to the required level and leave to cure.
Step 2: Place hangers onto supporting block work, ensuring the

hanger back flange is tight against the face of the block work.

Step 3: Continue with masonry above hanger ensuring a
minimum of 675mm of masonry is above the hanger top flange
and leave to cure. Mortar must be fully cured before any load is
applied to the hanger.
Step 4: Install the joist into the hanger. The joist should be tight
into the back of the hanger where possible. A maximum gap of
6mm is permitted.
Step 5: Fix the joist to the hanger using all specified fasteners.
Step 6: If installing I-joist, web stiffeners are required. Web 90˚ Skew Example
stiffeners should be installed in accordance with I-Joist
manufacturers recommendations.
Step 7: Where the 90˚ skewed variant is used to frame around soil
vent pipes, a solid blocking piece is to be fitted between the joist
and hanger back flange so the joist is positioned 50mm from the
face of the masonry wall.
The blocking piece must be fitted to the joist prior to installing into
the hanger. The blocking piece must be the same depth as the
joist, width to suit the remaining gap and be at least 100mm long.
42

ICF Insulated Concrete Form Hanger
The ICFLC and ICFVL-CW ledger connector system is engineered to solve the challenges of mounting steel or wood
ledgers on insulated concrete walls.
The ledger connector system is easy, quick and versatile to use. The perforations in the embedded leg of the ICFLC
permit the concrete to flow around it, anchoring the ICFLC securely within the wall. The exposed flange provides a
structural surface for mounting either a wood or a steel ledger.
25.4
150 57
ICFVL-CW
178
1
182
13 46
4
Measurements are in mm.

3
1 Attach interior partition walls with suitable 3 Use ICFVL-CW to attach ledger to ICF wall.
drill point screws into ICFLC where needed.
2 Use ICFLC to connect to the concrete 4 Use a face fix hanger for I-joist floor system.
wall through the ICF.
Max. 70mm
Typical Wood Ledger Installation with ICFLC and ICFVL-CW. Typical Steel Ledger Installation with
ICFLC (minimum 1.6mm steel ledger).
Solid Sawn Ledger - ICFLC with ICFVL-CW (67mm forms) Requires 3 screws at each location.
Table provides centre spacing.
Maximum
Download per ICF connector (kN)
Connector Spacing (mm) General Notes
8.5 1200
1. Spacings shown apply to vertical loads
1. Use 8 No. D3 screws (provided). only.
2. Loads assume a minimum C16 ledger 2. No load duration increase is allowed.
3. Minimum concrete grade C20/25.
Steel Ledger - ICFLC 67mm
4. Do not splice ledger at ICFLC location.
Download per ICF connector (kN) Ledger Thickness (mm) Connector Spacing (mm)
WARNING: Industry studies show that
8.5 1.6 350 hardened fasteners can experience
performance problems in wet environments.
Steel Ledger - ICFLC 70mm Accordingly, use this product in dry, interior
applications only.
Download per ICF connector (kN) Ledger Thickness (mm) Connector Spacing (mm)
7.8 1.6 350
1. Minimum steel ledger specification is A-653 SS Grade 50.

2. Use three 1/4-14x3/4”, #3 drill point screws (not provided).
3. Minimum screw shear capacity is 3.3kN.
43
Masonry Hangers for I-Joist and Metal Web

JHMI/HJHMI
Masonry Supported I-Joist Hangers
JHMI and HJHMI are joist hangers for supporting timber joists, beams and JHMI
trussed rafters from masonry walls.
• Built-in inspection slot at the base of the hanger to aid inspection from
the ground.
• HJHMI: Heavy duty masonry hanger for higher load carrying capacity.
• Top flange provides widest area in contact with masonry support
allowing superior performance. Embossments on JHMI stiffen top
flange and holes allow improved mortar keying.
• Side flange is much higher than traditional style, providing greatly
enhanced resistance to joist rotation.
Material:
JHMI and HJHMI: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes".

• Set hanger back flange tight against block wall when built to desired
level, then continue with additional courses to complete wall height.
Joist should be tight into back of hanger when possible. Maximum gap
permitted is 6mm.
• MINIMUM 3 COURSES OF SOLID BLOCK (675MM MASONRY) HJHMI
REQUIRED ABOVE HANGER WITH MORTAR FULLY CURED BEFORE
APPLYING LOAD.
• JHMI hangers have two PAN or obround nail holes located so that
nails can be driven at an angle into the lower chord of an I-joist. Web
stiffeners may be required by the I-joist manufacturer.
• Do not stack blocks or heavy loads on the joists during construction
unless the joists have additional support to take the full load of the
blocks vertically and horizontally.
• JHMI range of joists hangers can be fixed to steel beams by means of
powder actuated fasteners. See table below.
• The shot-fired pins must be installed by a qualified person in

accordance with the manufacturer’s installation requirements.
Options
• Return configuration provides additional support by wrapping around

three sides of the block. Designate “return” and length of return
dimensions when ordering.
• Return hangers do not satisfy the requirements for lateral restraint type
hangers.
JHMI Shot-fired to steel
• Straddle configuration provides two hangers connected across top
of support enabling exact alignment on both sides of supporting wall.
Designate “straddle” and length of straddle dimensions when ordering.
• Other widths and heights available to order.
JHMI Shot Fired to a Steel Girder

Fasteners
Safe Working
Model No.
Load (kN)
JHMI 4 - Shot Fired Pins 2 - 3.75 x 30mm 5.17
1. The above Safe Working Loads are based upon product tests using four No. Hilti 12mm
X-EDNI steel pins fired through holes provided in the top flange of the hangers onto 4mm thick
steel plate. Other pins may be used provided similar structural performance is verified by the
pin manufacturer. Pin Head size must be sufficient to prevent pull through during loading.
2. The designer must ensure that the steel support member will support the imposed loads.
3. Install shot-fired pins in accordance with manufacturers instructions.
44

Typical JHMI Installation JHMIS Straddle Configuration JHMIR Return Configuration
JHMI Hangers for Engineered Wood Sizes - Loads

Joist Fasteners
Model Block Strength Block Strength

Short Term
Uplift
Uplift
2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 kN
Qty Nail kN
Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC
JHMI1,2 2 3.75x30 5.29 6.42 10.01 1.07 10.59 12.83 13.98 1.80
HJHMI Hangers for Engineered Wood Sizes - Loads

(mm) Joist Fasteners
Block Strength Short Term Block Strength

Uplift
Uplift
Width Height 2.8N/mm 2
3.5N/mm 2
7N/mm 2
2.8N/mm 2
3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 kN
Qty Nail kN
Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC
40 - 74 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30 8.01 8.01 15.00 16.02 16.02 30.01
75 - 200 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30 7.99 14.84 15.00 15.98 29.67 30.01
1.00 1.80
91 - 200 140 - 400 8 (4) 4.00 x 90 7.99 14.84 20.88 15.98 29.67 41.76
201 - 300 140 - 400 2 3.75 x 30 8.15 8.15 21.49 15.11 15.11 37.61
1. Test conducted by CERAM Building Technology in accordance with EN846-8 and evaluated in accordance with EN845-1.
2. 3.75 x 30 refers to square twist nails.
3. Loads apply to solid block with minimum compressive strengths indicated. The block thickness must be at least the same size as the top flange length, as shown in the illustrations above.
For straddle hangers the minimum S dimension is 100mm to achieve published loads, except for HJHM hangers which must be twice the top flange length of a single hanger.
4. Installation requires web stiffeners when used to support I-joists.
SKEWED JHMI Hangers - Loads

Joist Fasteners
Model Block Strength
2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2

Qty Nail
Solid AAC Solid AAC Solid DAC
JHMI (1)(2) 4 3.75x30mm 5.05 5.17 5.17
1. Maximum width: 61mm

2. Maximum skew 45o
45

JHMI Hangers for Engineered Wood HJHMI Hangers for Engineered Wood
Joist Size Hanger Dimension (mm) Joist Size Hanger Dimension (mm) Joist Size Hanger Dimension (mm)
Model No. Model No. Model No.
Width Height Width (W) Height (H) Width Height Width (W) Height (H) Width Height Width (W) Height (H)
114 JHM114/40 40 114 225 HJHMI225/47 47 225 195 HJHMI195/129 129 195
140 JHMI140/40 40 140
240 HJHMI240/47 47 240 220-225 HJHMI225/129 129 225
184 JHMI184/40 40 184
195 JHMI195/40 40 195 45 300 HJHMI300/47 47 300 2ply 63 240 HJHMI240/129 129 240
38
220 JHMI225/40 40 225 350 HJHMI350/47 47 350 300 HJHMI300/129 129 300
240 JHMI240/40 40 240 400 HJHMI400/47 47 400 400 HJHMI400/129 129 400
300 JHMI300/40 40 300
225 HJHMI225/50 50 225 225 HJHMI225/142 142 225
350 JHMI350/40 40 350
145 JHMI145/47 47 145 235 HJHMI235/50 50 235 240 HJHMI240/142 142 240
184 JHMI184/47 47 184 240 HJHMI240/50 50 240 2ply 70 300 HJHMI300/142 142 300
195 JHMI195/47 47 195 47 245 HJHMI245/50 50 245 350 HJHMI350/142 142 350
200 JHMI200/47 47 200
300 HJHMI300/50 50 300 400 HJHMI400/142 142 400
45 220 JHMI225/47 47 225
240 JHMI240/47 47 240 350 HJHMI350/50 50 350 195 HJHMI195/146 146 195
300 JHMI300/47 47 300 400 HJHMI400/50 50 400 220 HJHMI225/146 146 225
350 JHMI350/47 47 350 195 HJHMI195/66 66 195 235 HJHMI235/146 146 235
400 JHMI400/47 47 400
225 HJHMI225/66 66 225 2ply 72 245 HJHMI245/146 146 245
145 JHMI145/50 50 145
195 JHMI195/50 50 195 235 HJHMI235/66 66 235 300 HJHMI300/146 146 300
225 JHMI225/50 50 225 63 245 HJHMI245/66 66 245 350 HJHMI350/146 146 350
235 JHMI235/50 50 235 300 HJHMI300/66 66 300 400 HJHMI400/146 146 400
47 240 JHMI240/50 50 240
350 HJHMI350/66 66 350 184 HJHMI184/180 180 184
245 JHMI245/50 50 245
300 JHMI300/50 50 300 400 HJHMI400/66 66 400 195 HJHMI195/180 180 195
350 JHMI350/50 50 350 200 HJHMI200/72 72 200 4ply 220 HJHMI225/180 180 225
400 JHMI400/50 50 400 225 HJHMI225/72 72 225 45 220 HJHMI225/180 180 225
240 JHMI240/53 53 240
240 HJHMI240/72 72 240 or 2ply 235 HJHMI235/180 180 235
300 JHMI300/53 53 300 70
51 300 HJHMI300/72 72 300 90 240 HJHMI240/180 180 240
350 JHMI350/53 53 350
400 JHMI400/53 53 400 350 HJHMI350/72 72 350 or 1ply 178 300 HJHMI300/180 180 300
195 JHMI195/61 61 195 400 HJHMI400/72 72 400 350 HJHMI350/180 180 350
200 JHMI200/61 61 200
195 HJHMI195/75 75 195 400 HJHMI400/180 180 400
220 JHMI225/61 61 225
235 JHMI235/61 61 235 225 HJHMI225/75 75 225 220 HJHMI225/184 184 225
58 or 60 240 JHMI240/61 61 240 72 235 HJHMI235/75 75 235 240 HJHMI240/184 184 240
245 JHMI240/61 61 240 245 HJHMI245/75 75 245 2ply 90 300 HJHMI300/184 184 300
300 JHMI300/61 61 300
300 HJHMI300/75 75 300 350 HJHMI350/184 184 350
350 JHMI350/61 61 350
400 JHMI400/61 61 400 195 HJHMI195/78 78 195 400 HJHMI400/184 184 400
195 JHMI195/66 66 195 220 HJHMI225/78 78 225 195 HJHMI195/196 196 195
220-225 JHMI225/66 66 225 235 HJHMI235/78 78 235 220 HJHMI225/196 196 225
235 JHMI235/66 66 235
2ply 38 240 HJHMI240/78 78 240 235 HJHMI235/196 196 235
240 JHMI240/66 66 240
63 245 HJHMI245/78 78 245 245 HJHMI245/196 196 245
245 JHMI245/66 66 245 2ply 97
300 JHMI300/66 66 300 300 HJHMI300/78 78 300 300 HJHMI300/196 196 300
350 JHMI350/66 66 350 400 HJHMI400/78 78 400 350 HJHMI350/196 196 350
400 JHMI400/66 66 400
145 HJHMI145/91 91 145 400 HJHMI400/196 196 400
220 JHMI225/70 70 225
240 JHMI240/70 70 240 184 HJHMI184/91 91 184 450 HJHMI450/196 196 450
245 JHMI245/70 70 245 195 HJHMI195/91 91 195 225 HJHMI225/212 212 225
68 3ply 70
300 JHMI300/70 70 300 200 HJHMI200/91 91 200 240 HJHMI240/212 212 240
350 JHMI350/70 70 350
2ply 220 HJHMI225/91 91 225
400 JHMI400/70 70 400
200 JHMI200/72 72 200 45 235 HJHMI235/91 91 235
220 JHMI225/72 72 225 or 89 240 HJHMI240/91 91 240
240 JHMI240/72 72 240 245 HJHMI245/91 91 245
70

300 JHMI300/72 72 300
300 HJHMI300/91 91 300
350 JHMI350/72 72 350
400 JHMI400/72 72 400 350 HJHMI350/91 91 350
195 JHMI195/75 75 195 400 HJHMI400/91 91 400
220 JHMI225/75 75 225 195 HJHMI195/96 96 195
235 JHMI235/75 75 235
220 HJHMI225/96 96 225
72 245 JHMI245/75 75 245
300 JHMI300/75 75 300 235 HJHMI235/96 96 235
350 JHMI350/75 75 350 240 HJHMI240/96 96 240
2ply 47
400 JHMI400/75 75 400 245 HJHMI245/96 96 245
114 JHMI114/78 78 114
300 HJHMI300/96 96 300
140 JHMI140/78 78 140
184 JHMI184/78 78 184 350 HJHMI350/96 96 350
220 JHMI225/78 78 225 400 HJHMI400/96 96 400
2ply 38
235 JHMI235/78 78 235 195 HJHMI195/96 85 195
240 JHMI240/78 78 240
220 HJHMI225/100 100 225
300 JHMI300/78 78 300
350 JHMI350/78 78 350 245 HJHMI245/100 100 245
184 JHMI184/91 91 184 97 300 HJHMI300/100 100 300
195 JHMI195/91 91 195 350 HJHMI350/100 100 350
200 JHMI200/91 91 200
400 HJHMI400/100 100 400
220 JHMI225/91 91 225
2ply 45 235 JHMI235/91 91 235 450 HJHMI450/100 100 450
or 89-90 240 JHMI240/91 91 240 240 HJHMI240/105 105 240
245 JHMI245/91 91 245 300 HJHMI300/105 105 300
300 JHMI300/91 91 300 2ply 51
350 HJHMI350/105 105 350
350 JHMI350/91 91 350
400 JHMI400/91 91 400 400 HJHMI400/105 105 400
195 JHMI195/96 96 195 195 HJHMI195/120 120 195
225 JHMI225/96 96 225 200 HJHMI200/120 120 200
235 JHMI235/96 96 235
220 HJHMI225/120 120 225
240 JHMI240/96 96 240
2ply 47 235 HJHMI235/120 120 235
245 JHMI245/96 96 245 2ply
300 JHMI300/96 96 300 240 HJHMI240/120 120 240
58 or 2ply 60
350 JHMI350/96 96 350 245 HJHMI245/120 120 245
400 JHMI400/96 96 400
300 HJHMI300/120 120 300
195 JHMI195/100 100 195
220 JHMI225/100 100 225 350 HJHMI350/120 120 350
245 JHMI245/100 100 245 400 HJHMI400/120 120 400
97
300 JHMI300/100 100 300
350 JHMI350/100 100 350
400 JHMI400/100 100 400
46

SFJC Safety Fast Joist Cap
The SFJC is an innovative product which enables a safe, practical and
robust solution that satisfies the requirements of ‘Approved Document B &
L’ of the Building Regulations.
The SFJC is designed to be used where timber joists are built into a
masonry external wall and eliminates the air leakage problems associated
with shrinkage of timber joists. It also provides resistance to fire for up to 60
minutes when gaps are filled with mineral wool.
• SFJC225/50, SFJC305/50, SFJC305/100 and SFJC225/100 models

accommodate a large range of joists types and sizes.
• Air leakage around the joist end is eliminated.
• Wide face flanges provide an air tight seal.
Material: Black Polypropylene.
The SFJC does not provide any lateral stability to the joists during
construction phase. It is therefore necessary to install temporary bracing
in accordance with the joist manufacturers instructions and/or standard
construction practice, to ensure temporary stability of the floor joists. SFJC
PATENT GB2392928, GB2393459
• Place the I-joist onto wall and adjust to ensure correct bearing at each
end. Installation Sequence
• Lift the floor joist and install SFJC over the end of the joist, ensuring
the SFJC face flanges are tight against the inner face on the masonry
wall.
SFJC225/50 and SFJC305/50: I-Joists

• I-joists up to 50mm wide and 225/300mm wide can be installed
directly into the SFJC305/50. For narrower joist widths use the wedge
cut outs to pack the joist.
SFJC305/100 & SFJC225/100: I-Joists

•
• For use with double I-joists up to 300mm wide.
• Steel joist plates slides into the slots within the SFJC and are fixed to
the top and bottom of the floor joists.
• Nail in place with 2 No 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails per plate.
• Install horizontal restraint straps at maximum 2m centres and nail to
the timber joists with 8 No 3.75 x 30 square twist nails.
• Build up masonry between SFJC and continue with wall construction.
• Ensure all joints between the masonry and SFJC are fully filled with
mortar.
• With the SFJC305/50 check the tightness of the wedges once wall is
completed. If necessary, hammer wedges in tight.
• Also if necessary, fill the void around the joist with mineral wool or
expanding foam.
SFCJ Item Codes
Dimensions (mm) I-Joist Sizes (mm)

Model No.
SFJC225/50 50 225 up to 50
up to 225
SFJC225/100 100 225 up to 100
SFJC305/50 50 305 up to 50
up to 302
SFJC305/100 100 305 up to 100
1. 2 No. SFJC Wedges supplied with each SFJC225/50 and SFJC305/50.

2. 2 No. Steel Joist Plates supplied with each SFJC305/100 and SFJC225/100.
47

SES Simpson End Seal
Simpson End Seal: One solution for air leakage and sound transference requirements.
The SES Simpson End Seal provides a fast and effective solution to reduce air leakage
through ‘pocket masonry’ in block walls. Once installed, it removes the need for mastic
sealant around the perimeter of joists (subject to good workmanship when mortar keying).
The SES is a cost effective way to help comply with the requirements of Part L (reduced air
leakage) and Part E (reduced sound transference).
The SES allows for a full 100mm bearing of joist onto masonry walls.
• Air leakage - reduces air leakage without the need for mastic sealant.
• Sound - meets the sound requirements of a proprietary joist cap as specified by
Appendix A, Robust Details Part E Handbook.
• Fire - provides 1 hour of fire resistance (in compliance with Approved Document B).
• Can be used on external and party walls.
• Meets the NHBC Technical requirements.
• Secure fixing - provided by 30mm Square Twist Nails.
Step 1: Prepare block work to accept floor joists - no need for mortar on Step 2: When preparing a double joist, repeat installation step
top. Position floor joists onto wall (only one joist shown for clarity). Fit the 1 on the second I-Joist. Apply mastic sealant to the inside face
End Seal to the end of the joist as shown. Ensure that the End Seal is of the End Seal between the joists (see diagram) and to the top
tight against the joist end and secure with two 3.75x30 square twist nails. and bottom chords of the I-Joist.
Top Chord
SES
Mastic Sealant

Step 3: Join the I-joists together, checking that the mastic sealant has Step 4: Apply mortar to the void between the top and bottom
been compressed between the end seals. It is recommended that the chords of the I-joist on both sides of a single joist and to the
I-joists are joined together using 2 MJC (multi joist connector), one on outsides of a double joist, ensuring the mortar is packed
top and one on the bottom of the I-joist at 200mm from the bearing point against the End Seal.
(SDW screws can be used as an alternative to MJC). Check with I-Joist
manufacturer.
200mm
Mortar
MJC
(optional)
Mastic Sealant Mortar
Step 5: Lay a bed of mortar onto the top of the blocks ensuring mortar
is laid tight up against the joist end. Lay blocks either side of the joist,
ensuring mortar is applied to the block ends, completely fill all joints.
Lay the next bed of mortar on top of the blocks. Continue to build the
wall as normal.
48

SES End Seal Sizes SES End Seal Sizes
Hanger Dimension (mm) Hanger Dimension (mm)
Flange Height Flange Height
Model No. Model No.
(mm) (mm)
Height (H) Width (W) Height (H) Width (W)
39 200 38 SES118/38 38 241 63 SES159/63
39 220 38 SES138/38 45 300 63 SES206/63
39 240 38 SES158/38 38 302 63 SES220/63
39 300 38 SES218/38 38 356 63 SES274/63
39 200 45 SES118/45 38 406 63 SES324/63
28 220 45 SES158/45 39 200 70 SES118/70
39 220 45 SES138/45 39 220 70 SES138/70
39 240 45 SES158/45 39 240 70 SES158/70
28 241 45 SES179/45 39 300 70 SES218/70
39 300 45 SES218/45 39 360 70 SES278/70
28 302 45 SES240/45 39 400 70 SES318/70
39 360 45 SES278/45 45 195 72 SES101/72
39 400 45 SES318/45 45 220 72 SES126/72
45 195 47 SES101/47 45 245 72 SES151/72
45 220 47 SES126/47 45 300 72 SES206/72
45 235 47 SES141/47 45 350 72 SES256/72
45 245 47 SES151/47 45 400 72 SES306/72
45 300 47 SES206/47 39 200 89 SES118/89
28 220 51 SES158/51 38 220 89 SES138/89
28 241 51 SES179/51 39 220 89 SES138/89
28 302 51 SES240/51 38 225 89 SES143/89
28 356 51 SES294/51 39 240 89 SES158/89
39 200 58 SES118/58 38 241 89 SES158/89
39 220 58 SES138/58 39 300 89 SES218/89

39 240 58 SES158/58 38 302 89 SES220/89
39 300 58 SES218/58 38 356 89 SES274/89
39 360 58 SES278/58 39 360 89 SES278/89
39 400 58 SES318/58 39 400 89 SES318/89
38 220 59 SES138/59 38 406 89 SES324/89
38 241 59 SES159/59 45 195 97 SES101/97
28 241 59 SES179/59 45 220 97 SES126/97
38 302 59 SES220/59 45 245 97 SES151/97
28 302 59 SES240/59 45 300 97 SES206/97
38 356 59 SES274/59 45 350 97 SES256/97
28 356 59 SES294/59 45 400 97 SES306/97
38 406 59 SES324/59 45 450 97 SES356/97
45 195 63 SES101/63
45 220 63 SES126/63
45 235 63 SES141/63
38 225 63 SES143/63
45 245 63 SES151/63
49

SFLHI Safety Fast Lite Hanger
The SFLHI is an innovative single piece hanger designed to support timber joists from masonry walls without the need for
masonry above the course of blockwork supporting the hanger.
The SFLHI has been designed to assist in meeting the air

leakage requirements as part of the Code for Sustainable
Homes. Since the joist is supported by a hanger and does
not penetrate the inner leaf of blockwork, the potential for
air leakage is reduced and avoids the time consuming and
costly mortaring and sealing with mastic around built in
joist ends.
This hanger allows construction work to continue safely

just 3 days after the supporting blockwork has been laid -
as opposed to 28 days in the case of traditional masonry
hangers. 100mm
Features and Benefits

Patent No. EP2064395
• Avoids joist penetrating blockwork, minimising air
leakage.
H
• Achieves published performance values with no
masonry above the supporting course of blockwork.
• Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the
next lift of masonry.
• Reduces health & safety risks associated with the
use of traditional masonry hangers with no masonry
courses above them. 75mm
• Eliminates the need for propping to support the joist. W
• Web stiffeners are not required with I-Joists to achieve
published performance values.
• Use FMS strap range with every hanger spaced up to
600mm centres to provide lateral restraint of the floor
joist in accordance with EN845-1.
• CE Approved: meets the requirements of EN845-1 and

tested in accordance with EN 846-8.
SFLH joist hanger used in conjunction with FMS strap.
50
Step 1: Build masonry Step 2: Place the Safety Step 3: Install the floor Step 4: Install the
to the required level, Fast Lite Masonry Hanger joist into the SFLHI. The appropriate restraint strap
ensuring any coursing for I-Joists (SFLHI) over the end of the joist should be (see note 1), ensuring the
bricks or blocks are at inner leaf of the block work, tight against the back of strap is tight against the
least one course below the ensuring the top flanges are the hanger. Maximum gap back face of the block work
supporting block. fully bearing onto the top of allowed: 6mm. hanger return and the side
the supporting block work of the floor joist. Fix with
Leave the masonry to cure and are also tight against Install the specified joist fasteners as specified in the
for at least three days. the front face of the block nails (see table below). table below.
work.
SFLHI - Safety Fast Lite Masonry Hanger for I-Joist Performance Data
Joist Fastener Qty Safe Working Loads (kN) Characteristic Capacity (kN)
Size Range
3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nail Block Strength Block Strength
(1) 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7.0N/mm2 2.8N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7.0N/mm2

Height (mm) Width (mm) Hanger FMS Strap
Solid AAC Solid AAC Solid DAC Solid AAC Solid AAC Solid DAC
140 - 400 38 -100 2 3 3.9 4.5 4.5 6.8 7.9 7.9
Please note:
1. Appropriate variant from FMS strap range, depending on connection detail - refer to FMS page of this brochure.
2. Performance values are with NO masonry above supporting block work.
About working on the floor prior to the next lift of masonry.

1. The floor decking may be

stored on the joists provided
the load is uniformly distributed
among several joists and does
not exceed the hanger or
joist capacities. Refer to joist
manufacturer or supplier for
joist capacity and maximum
construction loads.
2. The floor decking must be

securely attached to each joist
before additional loads can be
placed on the system.
3. Pallets of blocks or other

construction material should
be placed onto the scaffolding
and not directly onto the floor. For example, total number of blocks per pair of joists (4 hangers) @ 600 c/c:
The materials can then be • 2.8N/mm2 AAC = 24
evenly distributed around the • 3.5N/mm2 AAC = 20
floor manually, ensuring the • 7.0N/mm2 DAC = 16
hanger or joist capacities are not Note: I-Joist shown above for illustration purposes, SFLH is compatible with
exceeded. solid sawn joists.
51

SFLHI Hanger Sizes SFLHI Hanger Sizes
Model No. Model No.
Width Height Height (H) Width (W) Width Height Height (H) Width (W)
200 SFLHI200/40 200 220 SFLHI225/72 225
220 SFLHI225/40 225 240 SFLHI240/72 240

38 40
240 SFLHI240/40 240 300 SFLHI300/72 300
70 72
300 SFLHI300/40 300 350 SFLHI350/72 350
195 SFLHI195/47 195 360 SFLHI360/72 360
200 SFLHI200/47 200 400 SFLHI400/72 400
220 SFLHI225/47 225 220 SFLHI225/75 225
240 SFLHI240/47 240 240 SFLHI240/75 240
45 245 SFLHI245/47 245 47 72 300 SFLHI300/75 300 75
300 SFLHI300/47 300 350 SFLHI350/75 350
350 SFLHI350/47 350 400 SFLHI400/75 400
350 SFLHI360/47 360 200 SFLHI200/78 200
350 SFLHI400/47 400 220 SFLHI225/78 225

2 Ply 38
78
or 75
195 SFLHI195/50 195 240 SFLHI240/78 240
220 SFLHI225/50 225 300 SFLHI300/78 300
235 SFLHI235/50 235 200 SFLHI200/91 200
240 SFLHI240/50 240 220 SFLHI225/91 225

47 50
245 SFLHI245/50 245 240 SFLHI240/91 240
300 SFLHI300/50 300 89 or 90 300 SFLHI300/91 300 91
350 SFLHI350/50 350 350 SFLHI350/91 350
400 SFLHI400/50 400 360 SFLHI360/91 360
240 SFLHI240/53 240 400 SFLHI400/91 400
51 300 SFLHI300/53 300 53 195 SFLHI195/100 195
350 SFLHI350/53 350 220 SFLHI225/100 225

195 SFLHI195/61 195 235 SFLHI235/100 235
220 SFLHI225/61 225 245 SFLHI245/100 245
235 SFLHI235/61 235 97 254 SFLHI254/100 254 100
240 SFLHI240/61 240 300 SFLHI300/100 300
58 or 60 245 SFLHI245/61 245 61 350 SFLHI350/100 350
300 SFLHI300/61 300 400 SFLHI400/100 400
350 SFLHI350/61 350 450 SFLHI450/100 450
360 SFLHI360/61 360
400 SFLHI400/61 400
195 SFLHI195/66 195
220 SFLHI225/66 220
235 SFLHI235/66 235
240 SFLHI240/66 240

63. or 65 66
245 SFLHI245/66 245
300 SFLHI300/66 300
350 SFLHI350/66 350
400 SFLHI400/66 400
52

SFHI/SFWHI
Safety Fast Masonry Restraint Hangers
The SFHI/SFWHI Safety Fast Hangers are an innovative range of products
that have been designed to support timber I-Joists, beams and trussed
SFHI
rafters from masonry walls without the need for masonry above the top
flange. 100
• Requires no masonry above the top flange to achieve the published

performance values.
• Improved vertical and lateral load distribution.
• Mini Strap simply hooks onto the hanger.
• Enables the construction of the floor deck prior to the next lift of
masonry.
• Reduces Health & Safety risks associated with the use of the
traditional masonry hangers with no masonry above.
• Eliminates the need for propping.
• Mini Strap provides lateral restraint capacity in accordance with NHBC
guidelines.
• Allows for retrofit of lateral restraint straps.
• Web stiffeners are not required with I-Joist to achieve the performance
values.
PATENT NOS.
Material: GB2316103, GB2354267
GB2390380
EP1200684
SFHI: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
SFWHI: Mild steel.
Mini Strap - Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Finish: SFWHI: Hot-dip galvanised.
SFWHI
Installation: 100
• Use all specified nails.

• Build masonry to required level, ensuring any coursing bricks or blocks
are at least one course below the supporting block, and leave to cure.
• Place the Safety Fast Restraint Hanger over the inner leaf of block
work, ensuring the bearing plate is fully located onto the top of the
masonry, sitting tight against the front face and top of the block work.
• Sit the floor joists into the masonry hanger and ensure all joists are
correctly installed. The joists should be tight into the back of the
hanger where possible. The maximum gap between the back of the
hanger and the end of the joist is 6mm.
• Clip the Safety Fast Mini Strap onto the restraining hooks on either side
of the hanger and nail to the side face of the joist with 3.75 x 30mm
square twist nails. INSTALL ONLY ONE STRAP PER HANGER. PATENT NOS.
GB2354267, GB2390380
EP1200684
General Installation Notes
• The floor decking may be stored on the joists provided the load is
uniformly distributed between the several joists and does not exceed
the hanger or joist capacities. Refer to joist manufacturer or supplier
for joist capacity and maximum construction loads.
• The floor decking must be securely attached to each joist before
additional loads can be placed on the system.
• Floor decking and block work is to be cut where necessary to fit
Mini Strap (included with Safety Fast Hanger)
around the upstand stiffeners.
• Pallets of blocks or other construction materials should be placed onto
the scaffolding and NOT directly onto the floor. The materials can then
be evenly distributed around the floor manually, ensuring hanger or
joist capacities are not exceeded.
53

Typical SFHI Installation Typical SFWHI Installation
SFHI/SFWHI Hanger Loads

(kN)
Joist Fasteners
Model No. Joist Width Block Strength Block Strength
2
Hanger MiniStrap 2.8N/mm 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2 3.5N/mm2 7N/mm2
Solid AAC Solid LAC Solid DAC Solid LAC Solid DAC
Qty Nail Qty Nail
< 61mm 5.34 6.67 6.67 13.34 13.34

SFHI 2 3.75 x 30 3 3.75 x 30
> 66mm 9.98 12.47 12.47 24.93 24.93
< 61mm 7.44 9.30 9.30 18.59 18.59

SFWHI 2 3.75 x 30 3 3.75 x 30
> 66mm 11.58 14.47 14.47 28.94 28.94
Loads are based upon tests conducted by CERAM Building Technology Ltd and are determined in accordance with EN 845.
1. Stated loads are achieved without masonry above the top flange.
2. The block thickness must be the same as the top plate depth.
3. The lateral capacity when installed with the ministrap, exceeds that provided by traditional staps placed at 2m centres.
4. 3.75 x 30 refers to a square twist nail (not supplied with hanger).
54
Hanger Dimension Hanger Dimension Hanger Dimension

Joist Size Joist Size Joist Size
(mm) (mm) (mm)
Model No. Model No. Model No.
Width Height Width Height Width Height
Width Height Width Height Width Height
(W) (H) (W) (H) (W) (H)
195 SFHI195/40/100 40 195 220 SFWHI225/72/100 72 225 184 SFWHI184/135/100 135 184
200 SFHI200/40/100 40 200 240 SFWHI240/72/100 72 240 200 SFWHI200/135/100 135 200
220 SFHI225/40/100 40 225 70 300 SFWHI300/72/100 72 300 220 SFWHI225/135/100 135 225
38
235 SFHI235/40/100 40 235 350 SFWHI350/72/100 72 350 3ply 45 240 SFWHI240/135/100 135 240
240 SFHI240/40/100 40 240 400 SFWHI400/72/100 72 400 or 245 SFWHI245/135/100 135 245
300 SFHI300/40/100 40 300 195 SFWHI195/78/100 78 195 135 300 SFWHI300/135/100 135 300
195 SFHI195/47/100 47 195 220 SFWHI225/78/100 78 225 350 SFWHI350/135/100 135 350
200 SFHI200/47/100 47 200 235 SFWHI235/78/100 78 235 400 SFWHI400/135/100 135 400
220 SFHI225/47/100 47 225 240 SFWHI240/78/100 78 240 450 SFWHI450/135/100 135 450
45 235 SFHI235/47/100 47 235 2ply 38 245 SFWHI245/78/100 78 245 220 SFWHI225/142/100 142 225
240 SFHI240/47/100 47 240 300 SFWHI300/78/100 78 300 240 SFWHI240/142/100 142 240
300 SFHI300/47/100 47 300 400 SFWHI400/78/100 78 400 350 SFWHI350/142/100 142 350
195 SFHI195/50/100 50 195 450 SFWHI450/78/100 78 450 400 SFWHI400/142/100 142 400
225 SFHI225/50/100 50 225 195 SFWHI195/91/100 91 195 195 SFWHI195/146/100 146 195
235 SFHI235/50/100 50 235 200 SFWHI200/91/100 91 200 220 SFWHI225/146/100 146 225
47
240 SFHI240/50/100 50 235 220 SFWHI225/91/100 91 225 235 SFWHI235/146/100 146 235
300 SFHI300/50/100 50 300
2ply 45 240 SFWHI240/91/100 91 240 300 SFWHI300/146/100 146 300
240 SFHI240/53/100 53 240 or 90
51 245 SFWHI245/91/100 91 245 350 SFWHI350/146/100 146 350
300 SFHI300/53/100 53 300
300 SFWHI300/91/100 91 300 400 SFWHI400/146/100 146 400
195 SFHI195/61/100 61 195
350 SFWHI350/91/100 91 350 195 SFWHI195/152/100 152 195
200 SFHI200/61/100 61 200
400 SFWHI400/91/100 91 400 220 SFWHI225/152/100 152 225
220 SFHI225/61/100 61 225
58 450 SFWHI450/91/100 91 450 235 SFWHI235/152/100 152 235
235 SFHI235/61/100 61 235
or 60 195 SFWHI195/96/100 96 195 240 SFWHI240/152/100 152 240
240 SFHI240/61/100 61 240 2ply 75
220 SFWHI225/96/100 96 220 300 SFWHI300/152/100 152 300
245 SFHI245/61/100 61 245
235 SFWHI235/96/100 96 235 350 SFWHI350/152/100 152 350
300 SFHI300/61/100 61 300
240 SFWHI240/96/100 96 240 400 SFWHI400/152/100 152 400
195 SFHI195/66/100 66 195 2ply 47
245 SFWHI245/96/100 96 245 450 SFWHI450/152/100 152 450
225 SFHI225/66/100 66 225
300 SFWHI300/96/100 96 300 195 SFWHI195/180/100 180 195
235 SFHI235/66/100 66 235
63 350 SFWHI350/96/100 96 350 200 SFWHI200/180/100 180 200
240 SFHI240/66/100 66 240
400 SFWHI400/96/100 96 400 220 SFWHI225/180/100 180 225
245 SFHI245/66/100 66 245
195 SFWHI195/100/100 100 195 235 SFWHI235/180/100 180 235
300 SFHI300/66/100 66 300 2ply 89
220 SFWHI225/100/100 100 225 245 SFWHI240/180/100 180 240
220 SFHI225/72/100 72 225 or 178
235 SFWHI235/100/100 100 235 300 SFWHI300/180/100 180 300
70 240 SFHI240/72/100 72 240
245 SFWHI245100/100 100 245 350 SFWHI350/180/100 180 350
300 SFHI300/72/100 72 300 97
300 SFWHI300/100/100 100 300 400 SFWHI400/180/100 180 400

195 SFHI195/75/100 75 195
350 SFWHI350/100/100 100 350 450 SFWHI450/180/100 180 450
220 SFHI225/75/100 75 220
400 SFWHI400/100/100 100 400 220 SFWHI225/184/100 184 225
72 235 SFHI235/75/100 75 235
450 SFWHI450/100/100 100 450 240 SFWHI240/184/100 184 240
245 SFHI245/75/100 75 245
240 SFWHI240/105/100 105 240 2ply 90 300 SFWHI300/184/100 184 300
300 SFHI300/75/100 75 300 2ply
195 SFHI195/78/100 78 195 300 SFWHI300/105/100 105 300 350 SFWHI350/184/100 184 350
51
200 SFHI200/78/100 78 200 350 SFWHI350/105/100 105 350 400 SFWHI400/184/100 184 400
220 SFHI225/78/100 78 225 195 SFWHI195/120/100 120 195 195 SFWHI195/196/100 196 195
2ply 38 200 SFWHI200/120/100 120 200 220 SFWHI225/196/100 196 225
235 SFHI235/78/100 78 235
240 SFHI240/78/100 78 240 220 SFWHI225/120/100 120 225 235 SFWHI235/196/100 196 235
300 SFHI300/78/100 78 300 235 SFWHI235/120/100 120 235 245 SFWHI245/196/100 196 245
2ply 58 2ply 97
195 SFHI195/91/100 91 195 240 SFWHI240/120/100 120 240 300 SFWHI300/196/100 196 300
or 60
200 SFHI200/91/100 91 200 245 SFWHI245/120/100 120 245 350 SFWHI350/196/100 196 350
220 SFHI225/91/100 91 225 300 SFWHI300/120/100 120 300 400 SFWHI400/196/100 196 400
2ply 45 350 SFWHI350/120/100 120 350 450 SFWHI450/196/100 196 450
235 SFHI235/91/100 91 235
or 89
240 SFHI240/91/100 91 240 400 SFWHI400/120/100 120 400
245 SFHI245/91/100 91 245 195 SFWHI195/129/100 129 195
300 SFHI300/91/100 91 300 220-225 SFWHI225/129/100 129 225
220 SFHI225/96/100 96 225 235 SFWHI235/129/100 129 235
235 SFHI235/96/100 96 235 240 SFWHI240/129/100 129 240
2ply 63
2ply 47 240 SFHI240/96/100 96 240 245 SFWHI245/129/100 129 245
245 SFHI245/96/100 96 245 300 SFWHI300/129/100 129 300
300 SFHI300/96/100 96 300 350 SFWHI350/129/100 129 350
195 SFHI195/100/100 100 195 400 SFWHI400/129/100 129 400
220 SFHI225/100/100 100 225
235 SFHI235/100/100 100 235
97
240 SFHI240/100/100 100 240
245 SFHI245/100/100 100 245
300 SFHI300/100/100 100 300
55
Timber Hangers for Solid Joists

JHA Joist Hanger with Adjustable Height Strap
JHA is a height adjustable joist hanger for supporting timber joists from timber members.
JHA270
Adjustable Hanger
• A galvanised joist hanger that provides great support with ease of installation.
• Published performance values are based upon 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails being
used throughout.
• Wider strap provides more surface area on the supporting timber and allows increased
nail spacing, enhancing the performance of the critical hanger-to-support part of the
connection.
• Minimum and maximum nailing schedules are stamped into the strap providing correct
installation information for site operatives.
• Speed-prong holds the hanger in position to allow easier attachment. The installer no
longer has to try to hold hanger, joist and nail with one hand and swing a hammer with H
the other!
• JHA270 range features a location tab which allows easier alignment of the hanger.
• The model number and size is stamped into the seat of the hanger for easy identifica-
tion, even after installation. C
Material:
Pre-galvanised mild steel. B
W
Installation:
Alternative installation methods are available depending on the availability of nailing surface.
JHA450
Adjustable Hanger
Maximum Nailing: All nails must be applied according to the table.
Minimum Nailing: For a lower installed cost the minimum nailing schedule can be used. A
minimum wrap over of 45mm is required.
Loft Conversions (JHA450 Range): For applications where the hanger extends below the
support. Install top, face, and joist nails according to the table. A minimum wrap over of
45mm is required or maximum nailing.
OPTIONS:
Because these hangers are fully die-formed they cannot be modified.

H
C
Speed Location Tab (JHA270) JHA270 JHA450
Prongs Installation Below Support Installation
B
W
Used to temporarily
position and secure the
hanger for easier and faster
installation.
56

JHA270 Specifications
Characteristic Loads
Dimensions (mm) (1) Qty Fasteners (2) Safe Working Loads (kN)(4)
(kN)
Supporting Supported
Installation Model
Member Member
Method No. Header Download Short
Depth Width
W H B C Joist Term Download Uplift
Medium Uplift
Face Top Long Term
Term
1 ply 38 JHA270/38 38 241 50 106 4.2 4.8 1.1 10.0 2.1
1 ply 44 JHA270/44 44 238 50 103 4.8 5.5 1.1 11.6 2.1
1 ply 45 JHA270/47 47 248.5 50 102 5.2 5.9 1.1 12.4 2.1
125mm 1 ply 50 JHA270/50 50 247 50 100 5.5 6.2 1.1 13.1 2.1
Wrap Over to 8 4 4
200mm 1 ply 63 JHA270/63 63 249 50 114 5.5 6.3 1.1 13.2 2.1
1 ply 75 JHA270/75 75 243 50 108 5.5 6.3 1.1 13.2 2.1
2 ply 45 JHA270/91 91 234 50 100 5.5 6.3 1.1 13.2 2.1
2 ply 50 JHA270/100 100 230 50 95 5.5 6.3 1.1 13.2 2.1
1 ply 38 JHA270/38 38 241 50 106 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
1 ply 44 JHA270/44 44 238 50 103 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
1 ply 45 JHA270/47 47 248.5 50 102 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
200mm 1 ply 50 JHA270/50 50 247 50 100 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
Face Fix to 20 ~ 4
250mm 1 ply 63 JHA270/63 63 249 50 114 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
1 ply 75 JHA270/75 75 243 50 108 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
2 ply 45 JHA270/91 91 234 50 100 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
2 ply 50 JHA270/100 100 230 50 95 3.2 3.6 1.1 7.6 2.1
1. W, H, B & C dimensions are depicted in the illustration on previous page.

2. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails used throughout.
3. Characteristic and Safe Working Loads are based upon C16 graded timber.
4. Published performance values are not dependent on the location tab being nailed.
JHA450 Specifications
Qty Characteristic Loads
Number of [2] Safe Working Loads (kN)(4)
Fasteners (kN)
Supported
Model
Installation Method Member
No. Header Download Short
Width
W H B C Joist Term Download Uplift
Medium Uplift
Face Top Long Term
Term
1 ply 38 JHA450/38 38 481 50 191 4.2 4.8 1.6 10.0 3.13
1 ply 44 JHA450/44 44 478 50 188 4.8 5.5 1.6 11.6 3.13
1 ply 45 JHA450/47 47 477 50 187 5.2 5.9 1.6 12.4 3.13
1 ply 50 JHA450/50 50 475 50 185 5.5 6.3 1.6 13.2 3.13
1 ply 63 JHA450/63 63 469 50 179 5.5 6.3 1.6 13.2 3.13
Wrap Over 1 ply 75 JHA450/75 75 463 50 173 8 4 6 5.5 6.3 1.6 13.2 3.13
2 ply 45 JHA450/91 91 455 50 165 5.5 6.3 1.6 13.2 3.13
2 ply 50 JHA450/100 100 450 50 160 5.5 6.3 1.6 13.2 3.13
2 ply 63 JHA450/125 125 453 63 163 5.7 6.5 1.6 13.6 3.13
3 ply 45 JHA450/137 137 447 63 157 5.7 6.5 1.6 13.6 3.13
3 ply 50 JHA450/150 150 440 63 150 5.7 6.5 1.6 13.6 3.13
1 ply 38 JHA450/38 38 481 50 191 4.2 4.8 1.6 10.0 3.13
1 ply 44 JHA450/44 44 478 50 188 4.4 5.1 1.6 10.6 3.13
1 ply 45 JHA450/47 47 477 50 187 4.4 5.1 1.6 10.6 3.13
1 ply 50 JHA450/50 50 475 50 185 4.4 5.1 1.6 10.6 3.13
1 ply 63 JHA450/63 63 469 50 179 4.4 5.1 1.6 10.6 3.13
Face Fix 1 ply 75 JHA450/75 75 463 50 173 20 - 6 4.4 5.1 1.6 10.6 3.13
2 ply 45 JHA450/91 91 455 50 165 4.4 5.1 1.6 10.6 3.13
2 ply 50 JHA450/100 100 450 50 160 4.4 5.1 1.6 10.6 3.13
2 ply 63 JHA450/125 125 453 63 163 4.8 5.5 1.6 11.6 3.13
3 ply 45 JHA450/137 137 447 63 157 4.8 5.5 1.6 11.6 3.13
3 ply 50 JHA450/150 150 440 63 150 4.8 5.5 1.6 11.6 3.13
1 ply 38 JHA450/38 38 481 50 191 4.0 4.6 - 9.6 -
1 ply 44 JHA450/44 44 478 50 188 4.0 4.6 - 9.6 -
1 ply 45 JHA450/47 47 477 50 187 4.0 4.6 - 9.6 -
1 ply 50 JHA450/50 50 475 50 185 4.0 4.6 - 9.7 -
1 ply 63 JHA450/63 63 469 50 179 4.1 4.6 - 9.8 -
Loft Conversion 1 ply 75 JHA450/75 75 463 50 173 4 4 6 4.1 4.6 - 9.8 -
2 ply 45 JHA450/91 91 455 50 165 4.1 4.6 - 9.8 -
2 ply 50 JHA450/100 100 450 50 160 4.1 4.6 - 9.8 -
2 ply 63 JHA450/125 125 453 63 163 4.2 4.8 - 10.1 -
3 ply 45 JHA450/137 137 447 63 157 4.2 4.8 - 10.1 -
3 ply 50 JHA450/150 150 440 63 150 4.2 4.8 - 10.1 -
1. W, H, B & C dimensions are depicted in the illustration on previous page.

2. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails used throughout.
3. Characteristic and Safe Working Loads are based upon C16 graded timber.
57

IUC Concealed Flange Face Fix Hanger
IUC is a face mounted concealed flange hanger for both
I-joists and solid timber sections.
Installation:
Use all specified fasteners (see table below). Verify that
the header can take the fasteners specified in the table.
H
Web stiffeners are not required with I-Joists when the
top flange is laterally supported by both sides of the
hanger.
IUC is also suitable for I-joist installations provided backer
blocks are used.
Options:
These hangers cannot be skewed but will normally
accomodate a skew of up to 5°. For concealed flange
hangers with widths greater than 91mm see SAI hanger
catalogue page.
B
W
IUC Specifications
Joist Safe
Dimensions Characteristic Capacity (kN)
Size(mm) Working Load (kN)
Model Number of Fasteners
C16 & I-Joist C16 & I-Joist
No. LVL Header LVL Header
Width Height H W B Header Header
Face Joist Long Term Long Term Download Download
Opt 1 6 Opt 1 2 2.09 2.44 3.80 8.10
145 IUC142/40 142 40 51
Opt 2 6 Opt 1 2 2.57 2.97 7.86 10.68
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
38 195-200 IUC192/40 192 40 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 10.00 16.20
220-245 IUC217/40 217 40 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.73 20.74
Opt 1 6 Opt 1 2 2.09 2.44 3.80 8.10
145 IUC142/47 142 47 51
Opt 2 6 Opt 1 2 2.57 2.97 7.86 10.68
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50

45 195-200 IUC192/47 192 47 5
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 10.00 16.20
220-245 IUC217/47 217 47 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.73 20.74
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
195 IUC192/50 192 50 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
47
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 10.00 16.20
220-245 IUC217/50 217 50 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.73 20.74
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
195-200 IUC192/53 192 53 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
53
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 10.00 16.20
220-245 IUC217/53 217 53 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.73 20.74
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
195-200 IUC192/61 192 61 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
58-60
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 10.00 16.20
220-245 IUC217/61 217 61 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.73 20.74
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
195-200 IUC192/66 192 66 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
63
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 10.00 16.20
220-245 IUC217/66 217 66 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.73 20.74
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
195-200 IUC192/72 192 72 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
70
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 10.00 16.20
220-245 IUC217/72 217 72 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.73 20.74
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
195-200 IUC192/75 192 75 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
72
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 10.00 16.20
220-245 IUC217/75 217 75 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.73 20.74
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
195-200 IUC192/91 192 91 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
89-90
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 10.00 16.20
220-245 IUC217/91 217 91 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.73 20.74
Option 1 use 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.
Option 2 use 3.75 x 75mm nails.
58

SDE Width Adjustable Face Fix Hanger
The SDE is a two piece, width adjustable face fix hanger.
The two separate components that make up the SDE system

can be adjusted to suit a range of joist widths between 60mm to
120mm. Each SDE is supplied as a pair.
Optional bolt holes (13mm diameter).
H
Material:
• Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation:
• Use all fasteners as specified in the table below. Check

that the header can accomodate the fasteners specified.
Each SDE piece must also be nailed through the holes B
underneath the joist.
W
SDE Specifications
Dimensions Safe
Number of Fasteners Characteristic Capacity (kN)
Working Load (kN) C24
Model
No.
W H B Download Uplift
Header Joist Download Uplift
30 120 84 181 141 1.30 2.30 3.00 4.50

SDE300/30
30 120 84 182 141 4.00 4.80 9.60 9.60
30 140 84 221 161 1.60 3.20 3.90 6.30

SDE340/30
30 140 84 222 161 4.80 5.80 11.50 11.50
30 160 84 221 161 4.80 3.20 11.50 6.30

SDE380/30
30 160 84 222 161 4.80 5.80 11.50 11.50
30 190 84 281 201 6.00 4.70 14.30 9.40

SDE440/30
30 190 84 282 201 6.00 7.20 14.30 14.30
1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nail.

2. 4.0 x 100mm Smooth Shank Nail.
59

SAE/SAI Face Fix Hangers
SAE and SAI ranges are heavy-duty hangers designed for
SAE
applications requiring additional strength.
40
• SAE hangers have bolt holes for 12mm fasteners into the face.
• SAE Timber Bolted capacity to be determined according to the relevant
standards. Do not exceed the load values given in the Bolt Attachment
table.
• SAI hangers are not recommended for bolted applications.
• The hanger depth is to be at least 60% of the carried member depth to
prevent rotation, unless additional lateral restraint is added to the top of
the carried member.
Material:
Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required
fasteners specified in the table. SAI
• SAE hangers can be installed by filling all round holes, or all bolt holes,
with the specified fasteners. A combination of the two would not give any
increase to the performance values.
Options:
• Other widths of the SAE hangers are available to order. H
• For special SAE Hangers, the fastener specifications and performance
values may differ from the normal hanger specifications. See SAE Hanger
Specials Table for details.
• Skews right or left up to 67.5° and slopes up or down, up to 45°.
• Hangers with skews greater than 15° may have all joist nailing on the
outside angle.
• For SAE hangers with combined skews and slopes the maximum SWL is B
80% of the medium term loads stated within the table.

W
• Concealed flanges available on some models. See SAI Table for Hanger
Range.
• Sloped and skew options can be manufactured, however these would
Not suitable for bolted
not include bolt holes. Please refer to the “SAE Hangers Specials” Table applications.
opposite.

Typical SAI
Typical SAE(X) Sloped Down, Skewed Top View SAE(X) Hanger
Installation on a Post
Right installation (no bolt holes) Skewed Right (no bolt holes)
ACUTE
SIDE
SPECIFY SKEW W
ANGLE
60

SAE and SAI Hangers
Qty Fasteners
Joist Dimensions Safe Working Loads (kN) Characteristic Capacities
Model Model (3.75 X 30mm)
Range Width
No. Short Term Uplift Long Term Download Uplift Download
(mm) W H B Header Joist
(C16 Joists) C16 Header C24 Header (C16 Joist) C16 Header C24 Header
SAE380/38 38 171 84 22 12 5.09 8.44 8.99 10.19 20.25 21.57
38 SAE500/38 38 231 84 34 18 7.62 14.78 15.76 15.23 35.47 37.82
SAE620/38 38 291 75 40 22 9.30 19.56 20.87 18.60 46.94 50.08
SAE380/45 45 167.5 84 22 12 5.09 8.44 8.99 10.19 20.25 21.57
45 SAE500/46 46 227 84 34 18 7.62 14.78 15.76 15.23 35.47 37.82
SAE620/44 44 288 75 40 22 9.30 19.56 20.87 18.60 46.94 50.08
SAE250/50 50 100 84 12 7 2.97 5.29 5.63 5.93 12.69 13.51
SAE380/50 50 165 84 22 12 5.09 8.44 8.99 10.19 20.25 21.57
47 - 50
SAE500/50 50 225 84 34 18 7.62 14.78 15.76 15.23 35.47 37.82
SAE620/50 50 285 75 40 22 9.30 19.56 20.87 18.60 46.94 50.08
SAE380/64 64 158 84 22 12 5.09 8.44 8.99 10.19 20.25 21.57
SAE500/64 64 218 84 34 18 7.62 14.78 15.76 15.23 35.47 37.82
63 SAE620/64 64 278 75 40 22 9.30 19.56 20.87 18.60 46.94 50.08
SAE380/66 66 157 84 22 12 5.09 8.44 8.99 10.19 20.25 21.57
SAE500/66 66 217 84 34 18 7.62 14.78 15.76 15.23 35.47 37.82
SAE250/76 76 87 84 12 7 2.97 5.29 5.63 5.93 12.69 13.51
SAE SAE380/76 76 152 84 22 12 5.09 8.44 8.99 10.19 20.25 21.57
75 - 76
SAE500/76 76 212 84 34 18 7.62 14.78 15.76 15.23 35.47 37.82
SAE620/76 76 272 75 40 22 9.30 19.56 20.87 18.60 46.94 50.08
SAE380/90 90 145 84 22 12 5.09 8.44 8.99 10.19 20.25 21.57
SAE380/92 92 144 84 22 12 5.09 8.44 8.99 10.19 20.25 21.57
2 Ply 44
SAE500/91 91 204.5 84 34 18 7.62 14.78 15.76 15.23 35.47 37.82
SAE620/91 91 264.5 75 40 22 9.30 19.56 20.87 18.60 46.94 50.08
SAE380/100 100 140 84 22 12 5.09 8.44 8.99 10.19 20.25 21.57
100 SAE500/100 100 200 84 34 18 7.62 14.78 15.76 15.23 35.47 37.82
SAE620/100 100 260 75 40 22 9.30 19.56 20.87 18.60 46.94 50.08
115 SAE620/116 116 252 75 40 22 9.30 19.56 20.87 18.60 46.94 50.08
SAE500/125 125 187.5 84 30 16 6.78 12.26 13.07 13.55 29.42 31.36
125
SAE620/125 125 247.5 75 40 22 9.30 19.56 20.87 18.60 46.94 50.08
SAEL500/150 150 175 84 30 16 6.78 12.26 13.07 13.55 29.42 31.36
150
SAE620/150 150 235 75 40 22 9.30 19.56 20.87 18.60 46.94 50.08
200 SAE590/200 200 195 78 30 20 8.46 12.26 13.07 16.92 29.42 31.36
201-300 SAE690X 201-300 195 78 30 20 8.46 12.26 13.07 16.92 29.42 31.36
SAI380/90 90 145 76 20 12 5.10 7.91 10.00 10.19 18.98 20.01
2 Ply 44 SAI500/91 91 204.5 76 32 18 7.62 11.40 14.00 15.23 27.37 28.00
SAI620/91 91 264.5 75 40 22 9.30 14.56 17.51 18.60 34.94 35.03
SAI380/100 100 140 76 20 12 5.10 7.91 10.00 10.19 18.98 20.01
100 SAI500/100 100 200 76 32 18 7.62 11.40 14.00 15.23 27.37 28.00
SAI620/100 100 260 75 40 22 9.30 14.56 17.51 18.60 34.94 35.03
SAI
115 SAI620/116 116 252 75 40 22 9.30 14.56 17.51 18.60 34.94 35.03
SAI500/125 125 187.5 84 32 16 6.78 11.40 14.00 13.55 27.37 28.00
125
SAI620/125 125 247.5 75 40 22 9.30 14.56 17.51 18.60 34.94 35.03
SAI500/150 150 175 84 32 16 6.78 11.40 14.00 13.55 27.37 28.00
150
SAI620/150 150 235 75 40 22 9.30 14.56 17.51 18.60 34.94 35.03
200 SAI590/200 200 195 78 30 20 8.46 10.73 13.24 16.92 25.75 26.47
SAE Hangers - Bolt Attachment

Safe
Working Load (kN)
Qty Fasteners
Model
No. Timber Support Masonry Support
Carried Long Medium
Support4 2.8 N/mm2 3.5 N/mm2 7 N/mm2 20 N/mm2
Member5 Term Term
SAE380 - All 4 M12 12 6.95 7.94 1.80 2.20 4.00 4.00
SAE500/38-100 6 M12 18 10.10 11.54 3.60 4.40 8.00 16.00
SAE500/125-150 6 M12 18 7.99 9.13 3.60 4.40 8.00 16.00
SAE620/38-100 8 M12 22 13.03 14.89 3.60 4.40 8.00 16.00
SAE620/125-150 8 M12 22 10.86 12.41 3.60 4.40 8.00 16.00
1. Safe working loads apply to bolt attachment only.

2. Timber support safe working loads are based upon calculation from BS 5268 Part 2 with grade 4.6 12mm bolts into C16 timber and load testing performed at Simpson Strong-Tie testing facility. Timber support safe
working loads apply to a minimum support member thickness of 72mm. Safe working loads for smaller support members must be reduced in accordance with BS 5268 Part 2. Bolts are to be installed in accordance with
recommendations within BS 5268: Part 2.
3. Masonry support safe working loads are based upon calculation with Rawl R-KF2 and 12mm stud anchors. Select and install fixings according to manufacturers recommendations. Other manufacturers anchors can be
used. The designer is to check the alternate fixing suitability and reduce the safe working load where limited by the fixing. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for bolt hole locations.
4. M12 Bolts.
5. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails
SAE(X) Made to Order Specials

Safe
Dimensions
Qty Fasteners Working Load (kN)
Model (Use 3.75 x 30mm)
No.
Long Term
W H B
Download
Header Joist
SAE380X 38 - 100 140 - 175 64 14 6 5.40
SAE500X 38 - 150 175 - 235 64 18 8 7.00
SAE620X 38 - 150 235 - 290 64 28 10 10.80
1. These hangers are based upon Composite Wood style SAE hangers and contain round and triangular nail holes only. ie. No Bolt Holes.
2. SWL’s are based upon a maximum nailing schedule—all round and triangular holes filled.
3. Skews right or left up to 67.5° and slopes up or down up to 45°. For combined skew and sloped hangers the maximum SWL is 80% of the stated loads.
4. Enables hangers to be manufactured for any combination of widths and heights listed for a model number. 61
5. To order specify model number, width, height, skew and/or slope.eg SAE380/63 Skewed Right at 15° becomes SAE380X, W = 63, H = 159, SKR = 15° (for no skewed/sloped options please specify skew = 0° & slope = 0°).

LUP Light Duty Hanger with Speed Prongs
LUP is a light duty joist hanger for supporting timber
joists from timber members. LUP230
22
• Precision formed and engineered for fast installation
and maximum loads.
• Speed prongs are curved steel for extra strength.
• One hit positions the hanger for header nailing.
• Prongs into the joist eliminate the need for nails to H
hold the joist into the hanger.
Typical LUP Installation

Material:
W
38
Installation:
Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.
Speed prongs provide instant location of the hanger onto
the carrying beam and secures the joist into the hanger.
If a speed prong is deflected and bent on a knot, simply
use a 3.75 x 30mm nail or equal through that slot.
Number of Fasteners Safe Characteristic

Dimensions
Joist (Use 3.75 x 30mm) Working Loads (kN) Capacity (kN)
Model
Size
No.
(mm) Carried Long Term
W H Support Download
Member Download
38 x 100 to 150 LUP230/38 38 96 6 2 Prongs 2.90 4.08
44 x 100 to 150 LUP230/44 44 93 6 2 Prongs 2.90 4.08
47 x 100 to 150 LUP230/47 47 92 6 2 Prongs 2.90 4.08
50 x 100 to 150 LUP230/50 50 90 6 2 Prongs 3.00 4.08
MH Mini Hanger

The MH is a one piece galvanised hanger available in a range of widths for light
duty applications such as trimmers and ceiling joists of rectangular section.
• Tab on seat ensures easy and accurate placement with easy bend feature
when not required.
• Fully tested on a range of solid headers. H
• See sacrificial joist detail catalogue page.

B
Installation: For solid headers fill all round and triangular holes with nails.
The hanger depth should be at least 60% of the carried member depth to W
prevent rotation, if less than 60% additional lateral restraint is required to the
top of the carried member.

Number of
Dimensions
Fasteners(1)
Model C16 TR26 C16 C16 TR26 C16
No.
Carried Long Term Long Term Uplift Uplift Short
W H B Support Download Download
Member Download Download Short Term Term
MH40 40 55 56 6 4 2.50 2.80 1.80 3.90 5.00 3.60

MH46 46 52 56 6 4 2.50 2.80 1.80 3.90 5.00 3.60
1
MH50 50 50 56 6 4 2.50 2.80 1.80 3.90 5.00 3.60
1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails.
62

ET Skewed 45˚ Hanger
The ET is used for supporting skewed timber
joists from timber members.
This range is tested and standardised with a

W2
45° skew angle left or right.
A1
Material:
Installation:
Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes.

Verify that the header can take the required
fasteners specified in the table.
H
W1
Number of Safe
Characteristic
Dimensions Fasteners Working
Capacity (kN)
Joist (4.0 x35) Load (kN)
Model
Width
No.
(mm) Supporting Member Supported Member Long
W1 W2 H B A1 Term Download
Face Side Base Download
38 ET248 59 187 95 65 45 14 3 3 3.60 8.80
47 ET260 67 177 97 55 34 16 5 5 4.40 10.60
2 x 38 ET301 108 218 97 55 34 16 5 11 4.70 11.30
1. 4.0x35 refers to CNA4,0x35 nails (available from Simpson Strong-Tie).

2. Use an LS skewable angle for extra stability if the joist heigh exceeds 195mm.
ET248 Installed
(shown as installed ‘left to right’.
Can also be skewed ‘right to left.’)
63
Glulam:
Sustainable
Durable
Beautiful
With the Construction Industry becoming
ever more conscious of environmental issues,
companies are taking a fresh look at building
structures and carbon emissions. As a
more sustainable material than steel, Glulam
contributes to this goal.
Glulam timbers are being used where steel

beams and columns would have been employed
in buildings such as schools, supermarkets and
large commercial buildings.
Simpson Strong-Tie® have designed a range of

connectors to help build Glulam structures safely
and economically, by standardising the products
and obtaining CE approval where possible.
Bespoke Connectors
Due to the nature of Glulam construction, there
are occasions when standard products will
Simpson Strong-Tie
® Pièces hors standard
Pièces horsnot standard

be sufficient. To this end, Simpson Strong-
Tie® operates
Simpson
Simpson
Simpson Strong-Tie
Strong-Tie
Strong-Tie Pièces
Pièces
a
Pièces
hors
hors
speedy
hors standard
standard
standard
fabrication service to
®® ®
Outre la gamme laPièces

plus
Pièces large hors
hors dustandard
marché, nos ressources techniques et nos capacités de fabrication nous
standard
manufacture connectors for customers which
permettent de répondre aux demandes de pièces hors standard. Sur la base d’un plan fourni par vos soins,
haveOutreeither
Outre la la gamme
gamme beenla laplus designed
nous fabriquons votre connexion bois sur mesure.marché,
plus large
large dudu by nos
marché, Architects,
nosressources
ressourcestechniques
techniquesetetnos
noscapacités
capacitésdedefabrication
fabricationnous
nous
permettentde
permettent
Designers derépondre
and répondre auxdemandes
aux
Structural demandes dedepièces
Engineers, pièceshors
hors standard.
are SurSurlalabase
orstandard. based’un
d’unplan
planfourni
fournipar
parvos
vossoins,
soins,
nousfabriquons
nous fabriquonsvotre votreconnexion
connexionbois boissursurmesure.
mesure.
based on FABRICATIONa full design and SPECIALE
manufacturingSUR PLANservice
provided by Simpson
• Aciers S235JR, Inox 304L ou Inox 316L FABRICATION
FABRICATION
Strong-Tie®, SPECIALE
SPECIALE
on SUR
SUR
provision
• Soudure PLANTIG/MIG
PLAN
manuelle
of dimensional
• Epaisseur et diamètre desand
• AciersS235JR,
• Aciers S235JR, loading
perçages
Inox304L
Inox 304Louou 316L ou robot• Soudure
information.
Inox316L
Inox pour grande
• Soudure séries
manuelle
manuelle TIG/MIG
TIG/MIG
sur demande • Epaisseur
• Epaisseuretetdiamètre
diamètredes perçages • Finitions auouou
desperçages robot
robot
choix pourgrande
:pour grandeséries
galvanisation, séries
• Pliage manuel ou surdemande

sur demande
numérique électrozingage,
• Finitionsbichromatage,
• Finitions
auauchoix époxy,
choix: galvanisation,
: galvanisation,
These items can be as diverse as large heavyélectrozingage,
• Pliagemanuel
• Pliage manuelouounumérique
numérique antirouille électrozingage,bichromatage,
bichromatage,époxy,
époxy,
duty post bases, moment plates or small, butantirouille
antirouille
heavy duty angle brackets.
®
®®
®
Catalogue D/G-F 2010 © SIMPSON Strong-Tie

The following section lists a range of conncealed

connectors. Many other products applicable to
thie Glulam construction process can be found
elsewhere in this cataloge, including:
• PSB/PISB MAXI Post Bases
• SAE/SAI Face Fix Hangers
• SDE Adjustable Face Fix Hanger
• HGUS Heavy Duty Face Fix Hanger
• Chemical and Mechanical Anchor Systems

Pièces
Pièces
Pièces
spéciales
spéciales
spéciales
1515
www.strongtie.eu
Pièces 113
www.strongtie.eu
www.strongtie.eu
spéciales
113
113
15
Connectors for Glulam Timber

TU Concealed Beam Hanger
This galvanised steel, load rated hanger provides an aesthetically attractive
connection for exposed beams. Mild steel dowels and screws are included.
Material: Pre-Galvanised Mild Steel. Dowels: Mild Steel Electroplated Zinc coating.
Installation:
• Dowels aligned across the grain may cause splitting if the wood shrinks excessively.
Use only in glulam, composite timber or well dried timber. Verify that the header can
take the required fasteners specified in the table.
• Attach to the supporting beam with 5.0 x 40mm screws (supplied).
• Specify dowel length and TU size to fit the application.
• Preparation of carried beam is best done off-site with cutting and boring tools.
• Holes in beam should be same diameter as dowel to ensure tight fit.
• Centre the TU within height of carried beam.
• Centre dowels within the width of the carried member
• For a sloped installation the TU hanger remains as standard and the timber is cut and
angled to suit the slope.
• Recommended for internal dry environments (service class 1 & 2) only.
OPTIONS: Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details of special installation tools.

• The standard installation will leave a 5mm gap between carried and supporting beams. TU20 (other sizes similar)
• Pocket installation gives a fully concealed connection. U.S. Patent 5,062,733
• Skewed installation up to 60°. Sloped installation maximum 45°.
• Options: Skewed TU available. To be factory ordered.
• Additional screws are available to order.
TU Item Codes and Performance Values

Connector
Fasteners
Min. Dimensions
Model Dowel Embedment Length (mm) Dowel Embedment Length (mm)
Joist
No.
Height Header Screw Joist Dowels
W H B 60 80 100 120 60 80 100 120
Qty Type Qty Ø
Standard Installation (Slope = 0° and Skew = 0°)
TU12 120 40 96 101 6 5.0 X 40 4 8 2.6 3.6 4.3 - 7.8 8.4 9.1 9.5
TU16 160 60 134 108 18 5.0 X 40 3 12 3.4 4.8 6.1 7.5 19.0 19.4 20.1 21.1
TU20 200 60 174 108 22 5.0 X 40 4 12 5.5 7.7 9.8 12.0 27.5 28.0 29.0 30.4
TU24 240 60 214 108 26 5.0 X 40 5 12 8.0 11.1 14.2 17.4 36.1 36.7 38.0 39.7
TU28 280 60 254 108 30 5.0 X 40 6 12 10.7 14.9 19.2 21.5 44.7 45.4 47.0 48.9
Skewed Installation (Slope = 0° and Maximum Skew = 60°)

TU12 120 40 96 101 6 5.0 X 40 4 8 2.5 2.5 2.5 - 6.7 7.3 8.0 8.4
TU16 160 60 134 108 18 5.0 X 40 3 12 3.4 4.8 6.1 6.1 15.6 16.0 16.7 17.5
TU20 200 60 174 108 22 5.0 X 40 4 12 5.5 7.7 9.8 9.8 23.5 24.0 25.0 26.3
TU24 240 60 214 108 26 5.0 X 40 5 12 8.0 11.1 13.3 13.3 31.9 32.6 34.0 35.8
TU28 280 60 254 108 30 5.0 X 40 6 12 10.7 14.9 16.3 16.3 40.7 41.6 43.4 45.6
Sloped Installation (Maximum Slope = 45° and Skew = 0°)

TU12 160 40 96 101 6 5.0 X 40 4 8 2.3 3.1 3.9 - 7.8 8.4 9.1 9.5
TU16 190 60 134 108 18 5.0 X 40 3 12 3.0 4.1 5.3 5.3 18.1 18.5 19.0 19.6
TU20 225 60 174 108 22 5.0 X 40 4 12 4.8 6.7 8.5 8.5 26.3 26.9 27.6 28.5
TU24 260 60 214 108 26 5.0 X 40 5 12 6.9 9.6 12.3 12.3 34.8 25.6 36.4 37.6
TU28 295 60 254 108 30 5.0 X 40 6 12 9.3 12.9 16.6 16.6 43.3 44.2 45.3 46.7
Skewed and Sloped Installation (Maximum Slope = 45° and Maximum Skew = 60°)
TU12 160 40 96 101 6 5.0 X 40 4 8 2.3 2.5 2.5 - 6.5 6.9 7.3 7.9
TU16 190 60 134 108 18 5.0 X 40 3 12 3.0 4.1 5.3 5.3 16.3 16.6 17.0 17.5
TU20 225 60 174 108 22 5.0 X 40 4 12 4.8 6.7 8.5 8.5 24.3 24.8 25.4 26.1
TU24 260 60 214 108 26 5.0 X 40 5 12 6.9 9.6 12.3 12.3 32.9 33.6 34.4 35.5
TU28 295 60 254 108 30 5.0 X 40 6 12 9.3 12.9 16.3 16.3 42.0 42.9 43.9 45.3
1. 5.0 x 40 refers to CSA 5,0 x 40 Connector Screw
65

Beam-to-Beam Skewed Sloped Sloped
Beam-to-Post
Beam-to-Beam Beam-to-Beam Beam-to-Beam
Skew Angle
INSTALLATION PROCEDURE FOR A TU CONCEALED CONNECTOR:
ATTACH CONNECTOR TO HEADER
• Position the connector at the pre determined height and screw the connector to the header or post.
• Fill all holes with screws supplied.
PREPARE THE BEAM
• Cut the beam to the length specified.

• Cut a slot into the end of the beam. Slot width for TU12 is 6mm and 9mm for all others.
• Cut the slot 3mm deeper than the TU and short of the beam height for concealed connector. This allows the connector to be hidden
from below. Otherwise cut the slot 3mm deeper than the TU and through the entire beam height.
• Fully Concealed Only: Rout a pocket into the beam end. The pocket should be 6mm deep. Enough to hide the thickness of the TU and
the screw heads. This eliminates the gap between the beam & header (see Pocket Installation Illustration).
DRILL BEAM DOWEL HOLES
• Position drill guide to provide the proper dowel end distance & height. Clamp in place (Drill guide available from Simpson Strong-Tie).
• Drill the dowel holes to the required diameter. Dowel hole diameter for the TU12 is 8mm and 12mm for all others.
INSTALL BEAMS
• Install top dowel into the carried beam first. Slip beam into place and install the remaining dowels working from the top downwards.
• Fully Concealed Only: To hide exposed dowel holes when the installation is complete, glue and plug the holes.

STANDARD INSTALLATION POCKET (CONCEALED) INSTALLATION
TU12
66
TU Supporting Timber Rotated About Axis

The TU connectors can be used to support timbers rotated about their axis - e.g. purlins.
Applied Load

Safe Working Loads (kN) Characteristic Lateral Capacity (kN)

Minimum
Hanger
Joist Dowel Embedment Length (mm) Dowel Embedment Length (mm)
Model
Height
No.
(mm)
60 80 100 120 60 80 100 120
TU12 120 0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.5 2.0 2.5 3.0
TU16 160 0.8 1.1 1.4 1.6 2.0 2.6 3.3 4.0
TU20 200 1.1 1.5 1.8 2.1 2.7 3.5 4.4 5.1
TU24 240 1.4 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.4 4.4 5.3 6.4
TU28 280 1.8 2.2 2.7 3.2 4.3 5.3 6.4 7.7
1. Values are based on C24 timber grade.

2. Lateral Loads can only be applied to connections with no slope or skew.
3. The following design check must be completed if combined loads are applied at the same time.
( ) ( )
F1,d
R1,d
2
+ F2,d
R2,d
2
+
( )F3,d
R3,d
2
≤1
67
H
Simpson Strong-Tie Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction

®
Connectors for Glulam Timber W

W
CBH Concealed Beam Connector

The CBH hanger is a development of the TU range. It allows for concealed timber to timber connections
and can be face fixed or pocketed on to the header timber.
Material: Pre-Galvanised Steel B B
Order nails and dowels separately.

H
Slot Width 9mm H
CBH150 CBH180 CBH220
W
W W
H
B H
B
BH
HB
BH
W
BH
W
H
CBH Items Codes and Performance Values

H
W Characteristic Download Capacity (kN)
Connector
Minimum Fasteners
Dimensions
Model Joist Dowel Embedment Length (mm)
No. Height
(mm) Header Nails Joist Dowels
W H B 60 80 100 120 140 160
Qty Type Qty Ø
Standard Installation (Slope = 0°)
CBH150/2,5 190 60 150 113.5 14 4.0 X 60 5 10 17.96 18.63 20.65 22.40 24.00 24.00
CBH180/2,5 220 60 180 113.5 16 4.0 X 60 6 10 24.98 26.45 29.54 32.07 32.63 32.63
CBH220/2,5 250 60 220 113.5 22 4.0 X 60 7 B 10 32.61 34.24 37.90 41.11 42.83 42.83
Slope = 15°
CBH150/2,5 190 60 150 113.5 14 4.0 X 60 5 10 17.31 17.86 19.63 21.22 22.90 23.26
CBH180/2,5 220 60 180 113.5 16 4.0 X 60 6 10 23.97 25.22 28.03 30.47 31.76 31.76
CBH220/2,5 250 60 220 113.5 22 4.0 X 60 7 10 31.36 32.71 35.95 38.91 41.58 41.58
H
Slope = 30°
CBH150/2,5 190 60 150 113.5 14 4.0 X 60 5 10 16.73 17.16 18.68 20.08 21.59 22.49
CBH180/2,5 220 60 180 113.5 16 4.0 X 60 6 10 23.08 24.12 26.58 28.82 30.81 30.81
CBH220/2,5 250 60 220 113.5 22 4.0 X 60 7 10 30.38 31.49 34.30 36.96 39.72 40.37
Slope = 45°
CBH150/2,5 190 60 150 113.5 14 4.0 X 60 5 10 16.35 16.71 18.03 19.28 20.64 21.91
CBH180/2,5 220 60 180 113.5 16 4.0 X 60 6 10 22.50 23.39 25.59 27.64 29.74 30.07
CBH220/2,5 250 60 220 113.5 22 4.0 X 60 7 10 29.84 30.80 33.32 35.73 38.28 39.52
1. 4.0 x 60 refers to CNA 4,0 x 60 Annular Ring Shank Nail.

2. Minimum carried member width 60mm.
68

BTALU Concealed Beam Hanger
The BTALU concealed hanger is one solution to connecting timber members together
without seeing the connector.
It is designed to be fixed to the header timber and then fully inserted into a slot in the in-coming beam, and held in
place with dowels. Holes are drilled through the timber and fin of the BTALU, allowing accurate alignment. This method
provides an aesthectically pleasing connection for feature beams.
Material: Aluminium
Order nails and dowels separately. BTALU Installation
H 6mm
BTALU Installed
BTALU Item Codes and Performance Values

Characteristic Download Capacity (kN)
Connector
Fasteners
Minimum Dimensions
Model Dowel Embedment Length (mm)
Joist
No.
Height Header Nail Joist Dowels
W H B 60 80 100 120 140 160
Qty Type Qty Ø

BTALU90-B 142 62 86 103 16 4.0 x 60 4 8 10.30 11.30 12.4 13.20 13.20 13.20
BTALU120-B 172 62 116 103 24 4.0 x 60 3 12 18.10 18.70 19.80 21.20 22.70 24.30
BTALU160-B 212 62 156 103 32 4.0 x 60 4 12 29.80 30.70 23.30 34.40 36.80 39.30
BTALU200-B 252 62 196 103 40 4.0 x 60 5 12 42.70 43.80 46.00 48.90 52.20 55.60
BTALU240-B 292 62 236 103 48 4.0 x 60 6 12 56.00 57.30 60.20 63.90 68.20 72.60
Slope = 15°
BTALU90-B 142 62 86 103 16 4.0 x 60 4 8 10.30 11.30 12.40 13.20 13.20 13.20
BTALU120-B 172 62 116 103 24 4.0 x 60 3 12 17.50 18.00 18.90 20.10 21.40 22.90
BTALU160-B 212 62 156 103 32 4.0 x 60 4 12 28.90 29.50 30.90 32.70 34.70 36.90
BTALU200-B 252 62 196 103 40 4.0 x 60 5 12 41.50 42.30 44.10 46.60 49.40 52.40
BTALU240-B 292 62 236 103 48 4.0 x 60 6 12 54.00 55.70 58.10 61.20 64.90 68.80
Slope = 30°
BTALU90-B 142 62 86 103 16 4.0 x 60 4 8 10.30 11.30 12.40 13.20 13.20 13.20
BTALU120-B 172 62 116 103 24 4.0 x 60 3 12 17.00 17.30 18.10 19.10 20.30 21.50
BTALU160-B 212 62 156 103 32 4.0 x 60 4 12 28.00 28.70 29.90 31.40 33.20 35.10
BTALU200-B 252 62 196 103 40 4.0 x 60 5 12 40.30 41.50 43.10 45.20 47.60 50.30
BTALU240-B 292 62 236 103 48 4.0 x 60 6 12 53.40 55.20 57.20 60.00 63.20 66.60
Slope = 45°
BTALU90-B 142 62 86 103 16 4.0 x 60 4 8 10.30 11.30 12.40 13.20 13.20 13.20
BTALU120-B 172 62 116 103 24 4.0 x 60 3 12 16.50 17.00 17.60 18.50 19.50 20.70
BTALU160-B 212 62 156 103 32 4.0 x 60 4 12 27.50 28.40 29.40 30.80 32.40 34.10
BTALU200-B 252 62 196 103 40 4.0 x 60 5 12 40.30 41.50 42.90 44.80 47.00 49.40
BTALU240-B 292 62 236 103 48 4.0 x 60 6 12 54.10 55.50 57.50 60.00 63.00 66.10
1. 4.0 x 60 refers to CNA 4,0 x 60 Annular Ring Shank Nail

69

ATF Concealed Beam Hanger
The first part of the connector is fixed into a pocket on the header timber with nails and the second part is fitted on the
end of the in-coming beam with screws. No slots or dowel holes are necessary, speeding up production.
Material: Pre-Galvanised Steel
Order nails and screws separately.

5mm
5mm
ATF Item Codes and Performance Values

Connector Characteristic
Fasteners
Minimum Dimensions Capacity (kN)
Model
Joist
No.
Height Header Nails Joist Screws
W H Download
Qty Type Qty Type
ATF55/110-B 140 55 110 8 4.0 X 60 11 9555000 5.5
ATF55/150-B 180 55 150 11 4.0 X 60 15 9555000 7.5
ATF55/190-B 220 55 190 14 4.0 X 60 21 9555000 10.5
ATF75/150-B 180 75 150 17 4.0 X 60 22 9555000 11.0
ATF75/190-B 220 75 190 21 4.0 X 60 28 9555000 14.0
1. 4.0 x 60 refers to CNA 4,0 x 60 Annular Ring Shank Nail

2. 9555000 refers to CSA 5,0 x 50-DE Connector Screw with a reduced head height
70

ETB Concealed Beam Hanger
The ETB concealed connector comes in two parts. The first is pocketed in the header timber and fixed with nails, while
the second part is fitted to the end of the beam with screws.
Material: Joist Plate: 10mm Aluminium. Header Plate: 6mm Aluminium
Order nails and screws separately.
W
10 mm
Strong-Tie®
SIMPSO N
H
SIMPSO N ®
Strong-Tie
Header Joist
ETB Item Codes and Performance Values
Connector Characteristic
Fasteners
Minimum Dimensions Capacity (kN)
Model
Joist
No.
Height
Header Nails Joist Screws

W H Download
Qty Type Qty Type
ETB90-B 115 60 92 6 4.0 x 60 4 5.0 x 80 13.0
ETB120-B 150 60 123 9 4.0 x 60 6 5.0 x 80 18.7
ETB160-B 185 60 168 11 4.0 x 60 8 5.0 x 80 24.2
ETB190-B 220 75 197 19 4.0 x 60 11 5.0 x 80 32.2
ETB230-B 255 75 232 19 4.0 x 60 14 5.0 x 80 40.0
1. 4.0 x 60 refers to CNA 4,0 x 60 Annular Ring Shank Nails

2. 5.0 x 80 refers to SCRB/95580 Screw
71
Timber Hangers for I-Joists

LIB Backer Free I-Joist Hanger
The LIB hanger is an innovative face fix hanger for connecting joists to I-Joist headers without
the need for backer blocks.
• Bend over the bottom tabs to provide increased performance.

• Backer free installation saves time and cost.
• Only one nail type required (3.75x30mm square twist).
• Can be used for sacrificial floor details (not reusable).
• Available in sizes 40-100mm widths and 195-300mm heights.
• Tested in accordance with ETAG015.
LIB Performance Values

Number of Fasteners Safe Working Load Characteristic
Dimensions (mm)
Model (Use 3.75 x 30mm) (kN) Capacity (kN)
Installation
No. LongTerm Short Term

Width Height Header Joist Download Uplift
Download Uplift
I-Joist Headers with LVL Flanges Less Than 35mm Thick
53 Min 220 Min
Standard 10 4 2.2 2.0 5.2 3.4
61 Max 300 Max
LIB (H/W)
53 Min 220 Min
Enhanced 14 4 4.8 2.0 11.2 3.4
61 Max 300 Max
I-Joist Headers with LVL Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 35mm Thick
40 Min 195 Min
Standard 10 4 3.2 2.0 7.4 3.4
91 Max 300 Max
LIB (H/W)
40 Min 195 Min
Enhanced 14 4 4.8 2.0 11.2 3.4
9 Max 300 Max
I-Joist Headers with Solid Sawn Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 45mm Thick
47 Min 195 Min
Standard 10 4 3.8 2.0 8.9 3.4
100 Max 300 Max
LIB (H/W)
47 Min 195 Min
Enhanced 14 4 5.6 2.0 13.4 3.4
100 Max 300 Max
1. Standard Installation: no backer blocks.

2. Enhanced Installation: backer blocks fitted.
72

LIB Hanger Sizes LIB Hanger Sizes LIB Hanger Sizes
Joist Size Hanger Dimension (mm) Joist Size Hanger Dimension (mm) Joist Size Hanger Dimension (mm)
Model Model Model
No. No. No.
195 LIB195/40 190 195 LIB195/61 190 195 LIB195/91 190

200 LIB200/40 195 200 LIB200/61 195 200 LIB200/91 195
220 LIB220/40 215 220 LIB220/61 215 220 LIB220/91 215
38 40 58-60 61
225 LIB225/40 220 240 LIB240/61 235 2 Ply 45 225 LIB225/91 91 220
240 LIB240/40 235 245 LIB245/61 240 240 LIB240/91 235
300 LIB300/40 295 300 LIB300/61 295 245 LIB245/91 240
145 LIB145/47 140 195 LIB195/66 190 300 LIB300/91 295
195 LIB195/47 190 220 LIB220/66 215 195 LIB195/96 190
200 LIB200/47 195 225 LIB225/66 220 220 LIB220/96 215
220 LIB220/47 215 63 235 LIB235/66 66 230 235 LIB235/96 230
2 Ply 47 96
45 225 LIB225/47 47 220 240 LIB240/66 235 240 LIB240/96 235
240 LIB240/47 235 245 LIB245/66 240 245 LIB245/96 240
245 LIB245/47 240 300 LIB300/66 295 300 LIB300/96 295
254 LIB254/47 249 200 LIB200/72 195 195 LIB195/100 190
300 LIB300/47 295 220 LIB220/72 215 220 LIB220/100 215
70 72
195 LIB195/50 190 240 LIB240/72 235 235 LIB235/100 230
220 LIB220/50 215 300 LIB300/72 295 97 245 LIB245/100 100 240
235 LIB235/50 230 195 LIB195/75 190 254 LIB254/100 249
47 240 LIB240/50 50 235 220 LIB220/75 215 300 LIB300/100 295
245 LIB245/50 240 235 LIB235/75 230 380 LIB380/100 375
72 75
254 LIB254/50 249 245 LIB245/75 240
300 LIB300/50 295 254 LIB254/75 249
200 LIB200/53 195 300 LIB300/75 295
51 240 LIB240/53 53 235 195 LIB195/78 190
300 LIB300/53 295 200 LIB200/78 195
220 LIB220/78 215
2 Ply 38 78
225 LIB225/78 220
240 LIB240/78 235
300 LIB300/78 295
Installation
Step 1: Position hanger onto I-Joist header, ensuring Step 2: Install 8 face nails as specified, starting with the bottom face
seat is flush with bottom of header. nails. Ensure side flanges are vertical before nailing top face nails.
Step 3: Bend tabs over bottom chord of header and Step 4: Insert joist into hanger and secure with 4 joist nails.
secure with specified fastener.
73

LITB Backer Free, Top Flange I-Joist Hanger
The LITB hanger is a new top fix hanger for connecting I-Joists to I-Joist headers without the
need for backer blocks.
• Top flange helps reduce installation time.

• Only one nail type required (3.75x30mm square twist).
LITB Performance Values

Dimensions (mm)
Installation
No. Long Term Short Term
Download Uplift
53 Min 220 Min
Standard 12 4 3.2 2.0 7.6 3.4
61 Max 300 Max
LITB (H/W)
53 Min 220 Min
Enhanced 16 4 6.8 2.0 16.1 3.4
61 Max 300 Max
40 Min 195 Min
Standard 12 4 3.8 2.0 8.9 3.4
91 Max 300 Max
LITB (H/W)
40 Min 195 Min
Enhanced 16 4 6.8 2.0 16.1 3.4
91 Max 300 Max
I-Joist Headers with Solid Sawn Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 45mm Thick
47 Min 195 Min
Standard 12 4 4.3 2.0 10.1 3.4
100 Max 300 Max
LITB (H/W)
47 Min 195 Min
Enhanced 16 4 7.3 2.0 17.2 3.4
100 Max 300 Max
1. Standard Installation: no backer blocks.

2. Enhanced Installation: backer blocks fitted.
74

LITB Hanger Sizes LITB Hanger Sizes LITB Hanger Sizes
Joist Size (mm) Hanger Dimension (mm) Joist Size (mm) Hanger Dimension (mm) Joist Size (mm) Hanger Dimension (mm)
Model Model Model
No. No. No.
195 LITB195/40 195 195 LITB195/61 195 195 LITB195/78 195

200 LITB200/40 200 200 LITB200/61 200 200 LITB200/78 200
220 LITB220/40 220 220 LITB220/61 220 220 LITB220/78 220
38 40 58-60 61 2 Ply 38 78
225 LITB225/40 225 240 LITB240/61 240 225 LITB225/78 225
240 LITB240/40 240 245 LITB245/61 245 240 LITB240/78 240
300 LITB300/40 300 300 LITB300/61 300 300 LITB300/78 300
145 LITB145/47 145 195 LITB195/66 195 195 LITB195/91 195
195 LITB195/47 195 220 LITB220/66 220 200 LITB200/91 200
200 LITB200/47 200 225 LITB225/66 225 220 LITB220/91 220
220 LITB220/47 220 63 235 LITB235/66 66 235 2 Ply 45 225 LITB225/91 91 225
45 47
225 LITB225/47 225 240 LITB240/66 240 240 LITB240/91 240
240 LITB240/47 240 245 LITB245/66 245 245 LITB245/91 245
245 LITB245/47 245 300 LITB300/66 300 300 LITB300/91 300
300 LITB300/47 300 200 LITB200/72 200 195 LITB195/96 195
195 LITB195/50 195 220 LITB220/72 220 220 LITB220/96 220
70 72
220 LITB220/50 220 240 LITB240/72 240 235 LITB235/96 235
2 Ply 47 96
235 LITB235/50 235 300 LITB300/72 300 240 LITB240/96 240
47 50
240 LITB240/50 240 195 LITB195/75 195 245 LITB245/96 245
245 LITB245/50 245 220 LITB220/75 220 300 LITB300/96 300
300 LITB300/50 300 72 235 LITB235/75 75 235 195 LITB195/100 195
200 LITB200/53 200 245 LITB245/75 245 220 LITB220/100 220
51 240 LITB240/53 53 240 300 LITB300/75 300 97 235 LITB235/100 100 235
300 LITB300/53 300 245 LITB245/100 245
300 LITB300/100 300
Installation
Step 1: Position hanger onto I-Joist header, ensuring Step 2: Install 8 face nails and 2 top nail as specified, starting with the
seat is flush with bottom of header. bottom face nails. Ensure side flanges are vertical before nailing top face
and top nails.
Step 3: Bend tabs over bottom chord of header and Step 4: Insert joist into hanger and secure with 4 joist nails.
secure with specified fastener.
75

ITB/HITB Backer Free, Top Flange I-Joist Hanger
The ITB/HITB hangers eliminates the requirement for backer blocks when ITB
supported from an I-joist header.
OPEN TOP
FLANGE
The bottom flange location tabs and an open top flange provide enhanced TO EASE
INSTALLATION
capacity and improved ease of installation.
• Eliminates the need for backer blocks with an I-joist to I-joist

connection.
• Bottom flange location tabs quickly set the hanger onto the I-joist TRIANGULAR
H OPTIONAL
header. NAIL HOLES
FOR ADDITIONAL
• Open top flange improves ease-of-installation. UPLIFT
• Only one size of nail required - 3.75mm x 30mm Square Twist.
• Optional nail holes for additional download and uplift capacity.
Material: 50
BOTTOM
Pre-galvanised mild steel. FLANGES
W
PAN NAIL HOLES

ITB Installation:
Patent: GB2400384
• Standard Installation (I-joist headers without backer blocks), position
the ITB hanger onto the face of supporting I-joist, ensuring the
bottom flanges are tight up against the underside of the bottom HITB/-LT
chord and fill all round and obround holes with the specified nails,
starting with the bottom face nails and ensuring the hanger sides are
vertical before fixing the top nails.
• Sit the carried joist into the ITB Hanger and install the specified nails
through the angled pan nail holes into the joist.
• Enhanced Installation (I-joist headers with backer blocks installed)
it is necessary to fit backer blocks into the web of the I-joist header,
ensuring they are tight to the underside of the top chord. All round,
obround and triangular holes are then to be filled with the specified
nails, starting with the bottom face nails and ensuring the hanger
sides are vertical before fixing the top nails.
• Enhanced Uplift (I-joists or solid joists with additional joist nails) fit
web stiffeners onto the carried joist and fill all joist triangular nail
holes with specified nails.
• When required, backer blocks and web stiffeners are to be installed
in accordance with I-Joist manufacturer’s recommendations.

Patent: GB2400384
HITB Installation:
• Designed for use with multiple headers.
• Use 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails during this installation.
• Ensure the supporting I-joists are connected together in accordance
with the manufacturer’s recommended connection methods, i.e.
MJC Connectors, or filler blocks.
• Position the HITB hanger onto the face of the supporting I-joists,
ensuring the bottom flanges are tight up against the underside of the
bottom chord.
• Fill all face round and obround holes with nails. Install nails into the
holes within the bottom flanges.
Typical ITB
• Flatten the hanger’s open flanges to the top chords of the supporting Installation
I-joist and install a minimum of 4 nails per flange, 2 to the front and 2
to the rear of the joists.
• Bend the bottom chord tabs over the top face of the bottom chord
and install nails through the obround holes into the the top face of the
bottom chord.
• Sit the carried joist into the HITB hanger and install the nails through
the round and obround holes into the joist.
• Web stiffeners required with HITB and HITB-LT.
Typical HITB
Installation
76

ITB for Timber I-Joists HITB for I-Joist/Solid Sawn Flange HITB for I-Joist/LVL Flange
Joist Dimension (mm) Joist Dimension (mm) Joist Dimension (mm)
Width Model No. Width Model No. Width Model No.
(mm) Height (H) Width (W) (mm) Height (H) Width (W) (mm) Height (H) Width (W)
ITB195/40 195 40 HITB-LT195/47 195 47 HITB200/40 200 40

ITB200/40 200 40 HITB-LT200/47 200 47 HITB220/40 220 40
38 ITB220/40 220 40 HITB-LT220/47 220 47 38
HITB240/40 240 40
ITB240/40 240 40 45 HITB-LT235/47 235 47
HITB300/40 300 40
ITB300/40 300 40 HITB-LT240/47 240 47
ITB145/47 145 47 HITB-LT245/47 245 47 HITB200/47 200 47
ITB195/47 195 47 HITB-LT300/47 300 47 HITB220/47 220 47

45
ITB200/47 200 47 HITB-LT195/50 195 50 HITB240/47 240 47
ITB220/47 220 47 HITB-LT220/50 220 50
45 HITB300/47 300 47
ITB240/47 240 47 HITB-LT235/50 235 50
47 HITB220/53 220 53
ITB245/47 245 47 HITB-LT240/50 240 50
ITB300/47 300 47 HITB-LT245/50 245 50 51 HITB240/53 240 53
ITB195/50 195 50 HITB-LT300/50 300 50 HITB300/53 300 53

ITB220/50 220 50 HITB-LT195/61 195 61 HITB200/61 200 61
ITB235/50 235 50 HITB-LT200/61 200 61
47 HITB220/61 220 61
ITB240/50 240 50 HITB-LT220/61 220 61 58
HITB240/61 240 61
ITB245/50 245 50 60 HITB-LT235/61 235 61
HITB300/61 300 61
ITB300/50 300 50 HITB-LT240/61 240 61
ITB220/53 220 53 HITB-LT245/61 245 61 HITB220/66 220 66
51 ITB240/53 240 53 HITB-LT300/61 300 61 HITB225/66 225 66

63
ITB300/53 300 53 HITB-LT195/66 195 66 HITB240/66 240 66
ITB195/61 195 61 HITB-LT220/66 220 66
HITB300/66 300 66
ITB200/61 200 61 63 HITB-LT235/66 235 66
HITB200/78 200 78
ITB220/61 220 61 HITB-LT245/66 245 66
58-60 HITB220/78 220 78
ITB240/61 240 61 HITB-LT300/66 300 66
2ply 38
ITB245/61 245 61 HITB-LT220/72 220 72 HITB240/78 240 78
ITB300/61 300 61 70 HITB-LT240/72 240 72 HITB300/78 300 78
ITB195/66 195 66 HITB-LT300/72 300 72
HITB200/91 200 91
ITB220/66 220 66 HITB-LT195/75 195 75
HITB220/91 220 91
ITB225/66 225 66 HITB-LT220/75 220 75
89 HITB225/91 225 91
63 ITB235/66 235 66 72 HITB-LT235/75 235 75
ITB240/66 240 66 HITB-LT245/75 245 75 HITB240/91 240 91
ITB245/66 245 66 HITB-LT300/75 300 75 HITB300/91 300 91

ITB300/66 300 66 HITB-LT195/91 195 91 2 Ply 63 HITB225/128 225 128
ITB200/72 200 72 HITB-LT200/91 200 91
ITB220/72 220 72 HITB-LT220/91 220 91

70
ITB240/72 240 72 89 HITB-LT235/91 235 91
ITB300/72 300 72 HITB-LT240/91 240 91
ITB195/75 195 75 HITB-LT245/91 245 91
ITB220/75 220 75 HITB-LT300/91 300 91
72
ITB245/75 245 75 HITB-LT195/96 195 96
ITB300/75 300 75 HITB-LT220/96 220 96
ITB195/78 195 78 HITB-LT235/96 235 96
2ply 47
ITB200/78 200 78 HITB-LT240/96 240 96
2ply 38 ITB220/78 220 78 HITB-LT245/96 245 96
ITB240/78 240 78 HITB-LT300/96 300 96
ITB300/78 300 78 HITB-LT195/100 195 100
ITB195/91 195 91 HITB-LT220/100 220 100
ITB200/91 200 91 97 HITB-LT235/100 235 100
2ply 45 ITB220/91 220 91 HITB-LT245/100 245 100

or ITB225/91 225 91 HITB-LT300/100 300 100
89-90 ITB240/91 240 91 HITB-LT195/128 195 128
ITB245/91 245 91 HITB-LT220/128 220 128
ITB300/91 300 91 2 Ply 63 HITB-LT235/128 235 128
ITB195/96 195 96 HITB-LT245/128 245 128
ITB220/96 220 96 HITB-LT300/128 300 128
ITB235/96 235 96
2ply 47
ITB240/96 240 96
ITB245/96 245 96
ITB300/96 300 96
ITB195/100 195 100
ITB220/100 220 100
97
ITB245/100 245 100
ITB300/100 300 100
77

ITB Performance Values
Dimensions (mm)
Model (Use 3.75 x 30mm) (kN)(kN) Capacity (kN)
Installation
Height Width Header Joist Download Uplift
Download Uplift
240 Min 53 Min
Standard 12 2 4.60 1.00 10.83 1.06
300 Max 61 Max
ITB (H/W)
240 Min 53 Min
Enhanced 18 6 7.38 4.71 17.44 9.33
300 Max 61 Max
195 Min 40 Min
Standard 12 2 4.63 1.00 9.15 1.20
300 Max 91 Max
ITB (H/W)
195 Min 40 Min
Enhanced 18 6 8.35 3.81 19.45 7.61
300 Max 91 Max
I-Joist Headers with C24 Solid Sawn Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 38mm Thick
195 Min 47 Min
Standard 12 6 4.84 1.00 10.93 1.14
300 Max 100 Max
ITB (H/W)
195 Min 47 Min
Enhanced 18 4 7.61 4.04 17.92 7.96
300 Max 100 Max
HITB Performance Values

Dimensions (mm)
Installation
Height Width Header Joist Download Uplift
Download Uplift
240 Min 53 Min
HITB (H/W) Standard 22 8 6.50 4.80 15.60 11.43
300 Max 61 Max
200 Min 53 Min
HITB (H/W) Standard 22 8 8.00 3.60 17.50 11.43
300 Max 91 Max
195 Min 47 Min
HITB-LT (H/W) Standard 22 8 8.10 4.60 19.10 11.07
300 Max 128 Max
Typical ITB Typical HITB

Installation Installation
78

ITBS
Backer Free I-Joist Hanger with Adjustable Skew
The revolutionary ITBS reduces build cost, confusion, speed of ITBS
installation and stock holding.
The ITBS solves the problem of skew hangers in timber to timber

connections. It can be handed left or right on site by the carpenter,
removing confusion when the floor is built opposite to the drawing. The
ITBS is also fully adjustable from 5° to 67.5° skew, reducing the need
for ‘special’ skew hangers. Finally, the ITBS is a Backer Free hanger
removing the need for Backer Blocks in standard installation. Overall, the
revolutionary ITBS reduces build cost, confusion, speed of installation
and stock holding.
• Standard 45° skew, with site adjustable skew from 5° to 67.5°. H

• Non-handed hanger, can be left or right skew - adjusted on site,
removing any handing confusion and reducing stock holding.
• Eliminates the need for backer blocks when supported from an
I-joist header.
• Open top flange improves ease-of-installation.
• Only one size of nail required - 3.75 x 30mm.
• Can be used on I-joist or Solid Joist headers.
• Optional nail holes for additional download.
MATERIAL: Pre-galvanised mild steel.

W
ITBS Skewable Hanger Sizes ITBS Skewable Hanger Sizes

Joist Hanger Dimension (mm) Joist Hanger Dimension (mm)
Model Model
Width Width
No. No.
(mm) Height (H) Width (W) (mm) Height (H) Width (W)
ITBS195/40 195 40 ITBS220/66 220 66

ITBS200/40 200 40 63 ITBS240/66 240 66
38 ITBS220/40 220 40 ITBS301/66 301 66
ITBS240/40 240 40 ITBS200/72 200 72

ITBS301/40 301 40 ITBS220/72 220 72
70
ITBS195/47 195 47 ITBS240/72 240 72
ITBS200/47 200 47 ITBS301/72 301 72
ITBS220/47 220 47 ITBS195/75 195 75
45
ITBS240/47 240 47 ITBS220/75 220 75
72
ITBS245/47 245 47 ITBS245/75 245 75
ITBS301/47 301 47 ITBS301/75 301 75
ITBS195/50 195 50 ITBS195/78 195 78
ITBS220/50 220 50 ITBS200/78 200 78
ITBS235/50 235 50 2 Ply 38 ITBS220/78 220 78
47
ITBS240/50 240 50 ITBS240/78 240 78
ITBS245/50 245 50 ITBS301/78 301 78
ITBS301/50 301 50 ITBS195/91 195 91
ITBS200/53 200 53 ITBS200/91 200 91
ITBS220/53 220 53 2 Ply 45 ITBS220/91 220 91
51 or
ITBS240/53 240 53 89-90 ITBS240/91 240 91
ITBS301/53 301 53 ITBS245/91 245 91
ITBS195/61 195 61 ITBS301/91 301 91
ITBS200/61 200 61 ITBS220/96 220 96
ITBS220/61 220 61 2 Ply 47 ITBS240/96 240 96
58-60
ITBS240/61 240 61 ITBS301/96 301 96
ITBS245/61 245 61 ITBS195/100 195 100
ITBS301/61 301 61 ITBS220/100 220 100
97
ITBS245/100 245 100
ITBS301/100 301 100
79

Standard Installation Sequence
Step 1: Step 2:
Position the back plate Secure the acute
onto the header in the side of the backplate
required position. Ensure (inside angle) with the
backer blocks are fitted if specified nails.
enhanced performance is
required.
B
B Step 4:
Step 3:
Secure the obtuse
Adjust the angle of the
side of the back plate
backplate (if different
onto the header with
from 45°) to suit the
all the specified nails,
required angle. Use either
ensuring the face of
adjustable set square or
the back plate is tight
the guide tables shown
below: Bend one time A against the header.
only.
Step 5:
Offer the stirrup to the Step 6:
back plate ensuring it is Locate the floor joist into
located on the correct the stirrup ensuring the
side (which can be either joist is set tight to the back
left or right hand side). of the stirrup. The joist
should be secured into the
Once all of the hooks (on stirrup with all specified
the back plate) are clearly nails on the open face of
the stirrup.

through the apertures
(on the stirrup) slide in
a downward direction
ensuring all hooks
engage onto the stirrup
and click into position.
Angle Guide
50mm Back Plate 100mm Back Plate
Skew Angle Distance Skew Angle Distance

(A) (mm) (B) (A) (mm) B)
5o 106 5o 206
15o 104 15o 200
22.5o 100 22.5o 190
30o 95 30o 180
37.5o 87 37.5o 166
45o 79 45o 149
52.5o 69 52.5o 130
60o 58 60o 109
67.5o 46 67.5o 86
80

ITBS Performance Values
Dimensions (mm)
Installation
Height Width Header Joist Down Uplift
Download Uplift
240 Min 53 Min
Standard 12 1 3.10 0.70 7.50 1.48
301Max 61 Max
ITBS (H/W)
240 Min 53 Min
Enhanced 22 3 5.50 0.70 13.49 1.48
301 Max 61 Max
195 Min 40 Min
Standard 12 1 3.70 0.70 10.22 1.48
302 Max 91 Max
ITBS (H/W)
195 Min 40 Min
Enhanced 22 3 5.50 0.70 14.97 1.48
302 Max 91 Max
195 Min 47 Min
Standard 12 1 2.10 0.70 7.41 1.48
301 Max 100 Max
ITBS (H/W)
195 Min 47 Min
Enhanced 22 3 6.30 0.70 12.76 1.48
301 Max 100 Max
1. Uplift capacity governed by hanger locking hook capacity, not joist nail capacity.
Standard ITBS Installation Enhanced ITBS Installation

Backer block
installed in
accordance
with the I-Joist
manufacturer’s
requirements.
81

IHS I-Joist Hole Support
The IHS is designed to strengthen I-joists when holes are required to be cut in
locations not normally permitted.
• Allows holes to be cut 50mm from

bearing point, which allows services to
run close to external walls.
• Variable hole sizes from 150mm to a
maximum width of 250mm.
• Supplied in two plates (per side of joist)
which allows the IHS to be fitted, even
when services are already in-situ.
• Helps to eliminate expensive and time
consuming joist trimminng for SVP (soil
vent pipe) runs.
• Built-in noggin support feature.
IHS INSTALLATION:
• Each IHS consists of 2 sets of 2 interlocking plates with one set required for each side of the I-joist.
• The outer edge of the holes cut into the web of the I-joist can be a minimum of 50mm from the inner face of the
blockwork.
• Holes can be cut into the web of the I-joist before or after installation of the IHS.
• Holes must fit within the internal aperture of the IHS.
• Place the IHS onto the I-joist so that the top and bottom sliding flanges are aligned vertically central onto the top
and bottom chords of the I-joist.
• Open or close the IHS to the required width, ensuring that the two sections overlap by at least one row of nails
(minimum overlap of 45mm).
• Install 3.75x30mm square twist nails through all round holes into the top and bottom chords of the I-joist.
• Repeat the above steps to install plates on the other side of the I-joist, completing the installation.
50mm from
the face of the
Overlapping Overlapping plates on both bearing to the
plate installed. sides of the joist installed. hole edge.
Fasteners (1)(2)
Joist Height
Item Code Bracket Opening Size
(mm)
150mm 250mm
195 to 200 IHS195
220 to 225 IHS220
235 IHS235 24 32
240 to 245 IHS240
300 to 302 IHS300

2. Total number of fasteners per hole in joist.
Hole cut into the joist IHS
(round or rectangular)
82

IHS Item Codes and Permormance Characteristics : Boise I-Joists
Shear Capacity at Location of IHS (kN)
Permissible
Maximum Allowable
Joist Height (intermediate floor joist Characteristic
Joist Type IHS Item Code Hole Size with IHS
(mm) applications)
(d x w in mm)
V hole (IHS installed) V k,hole (IHS installed)
Single Ply Double Ply Single Ply Double Ply

220 IHS220 130 x 250 2.32 3.38 6.25 9.10
BCI60 241 IHS240 150 x 250 2.51 3.65 6.76 9.83
302 IHS300 200 x 250 3.06 4.45 8.24 11.98
220 IHS220 130 x 250 2.32 3.38 6.25 9.10
BCI90 241 IHS240 150 x 250 2.51 3.65 6.76 9.83
302 IHS300 200 x 250 3.06 4.45 8.24 11.98
220 IHS220 130 x 250 1.40 2.04 4.40 5.51
BCI4500 241 IHS240 150 x 250 1.77 2.22 4.78 5.97
302 IHS300 200 x 250 2.17 2.71 5.85 7.31
220 IHS220 130 x 250 1.64 2.04 4.40 5.51
BCI6000 241 IHS240 150 x 250 1.77 2.22 4.78 5.97
302 IHS300 200 x 250 2.17 2.71 5.85 7.31
IHS Item Codes and Permormance Characteristics : James Jones I-Joists

Permissible
Maximum Allowable
Joist Height (intermediate floor joist Characteristic
Joist Type IHS Item Code Hole Size with IHS
(mm) applications)
(d x w in mm)

195 IHS195 100 x 250 2.62 3.49 3.38 8.51
220 IHS220 120 x 250 2.76 3.72 6.80 9.06

JJI-Joist A+
235 IHS235 140 x 250 2.90 3.86 7.06 9.42
(47mm)
245 IHS240 150 x 250 2.97 3.96 7.25 9.66
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.41 4.55 8.32 11.09
195 IHS195 100 x 250 2.91 3.88 7.09 9.46
220 IHS220 120 x 250 3.07 4.10 7.49 9.98

JJI-Joist B+
235 IHS235 140 x 250 3.18 4.23 7.74 10.32
(63mm)
245 IHS240 150 x 250 3.25 4.33 7.91 10.55
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.67 4.89 8.95 11.93
195 IHS195 100 x 250 3.06 4.08 7.46 9.95
220 IHS220 120 x 250 3.22 4.30 7.85 10.47

JJI-Joist C
235 IHS235 140 x 250 3.33 4.43 8.11 10.81
(72mm)
245 IHS240 150 x 250 3.40 4.53 8.28 11.04
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.81 5.08 9.29 12.39
195 IHS195 100 x 250 3.46 4.61 8.44 11.25
220 IHS220 120 x 250 3.62 4.83 8.83 11.77

JJI-Joist D
235 IHS235 140 x 250 3.72 4.96 9.07 12.10
(97mm)
245 IHS240 150 x 250 3.79 5.05 9.24 12.32
300 IHS300 200 x 250 4.20 5.60 10.24 13.66
83

IHS Item Codes and Performance Values: MetsaWood, FinnJoist I-Joists
Permissible
Maximum Allowable (intermediate floor joist Characteristic
Joist Height
Joist Type IHS Item Code Hole Size with IHS applications)
(mm)
(d x w in mm)

200 IHS195 100 x 250 2.17 2.53 5.21 6.08
220 IHS220 125 x 250 2.53 2.95 6.06 7.07
38
240 IHS240 145 x 250 2.83 3.30 6.78 7.91
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.41 3.98 8.18 9.54
200 IHS195 100 x 250 2.25 2.63 5.41 6.31
220 IHS220 125 x 250 262 3.05 6.28 7.33
45
240 IHS240 145 x 250 2.93 3.41 7.02 8.19
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.53 4.12 8.48 9.89
200 IHS195 100 x 250 2.40 2.80 5.75 6.71
220 IHS220 125 x 250 2.79 3.25 6.69 7.81
58
240 IHS240 145 x 250 3.12 3.64 7.48 8.73
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.76 4.39 9.09 10.54
200 IHS195 100 x 250 2.48 2.89 5.95 6.94
220 IHS220 125 x 250 2.88 3.36 6.91 8.06
70
240 IHS240 145 x 250 3.22 3.76 7.73 9.02
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.89 4.53 9.32 10.88
200 IHS195 100 x 250 2.48 2.89 5.95 6.94
220 IHS220 125 x 250 2.88 3.36 6.91 8.06
89
240 IHS240 145 x 250 3.22 3.76 7.73 9.02
300 IHS300 200 x 250 3.89 4.53 9.32 10.88
IHS Item Codes and Performance Values: Steico I-Joists

Permissible
Joist Height
(mm)
(d x w in mm)

220 IHS220 130 x 250 1.50 2.11 5.93 8.30
SJL 45 240 IHS240 150 x 250 1.62 2.27 6.38 8.93
300 IHS300 200 x 250 1.95 2.73 7.68 10.75
220 IHS220 130 x 250 1.49 2.09 5.88 8.23
SJL 60 240 IHS240 150 x 250 1.60 2.25 6.32 8.85
300 IHS300 200 x 250 1.93 2.70 7.59 10.62
220 IHS220 130 x 250 1.48 2.07 5.83 8.16
SJL 90 240 IHS240 150 x 250 1.59 2.22 6.26 8.76
300 IHS300 200 x 250 1.90 2.66 7.49 10.48
IHS Item Codes and Performance Values: LP Building Products I-Joist

Permissible
Joist Height
(mm)
(d x w in mm)
LPI 20Plus 225 IHS220 130 x 250 3.46 4.75 9.63 13.24
84

MJC Multiple Joist Connector
The multi joist connector (MJC) allows two I-joists or two metal web joists to be fixed together to act
as a single unit, transferring the incoming load from the loaded ply to the unloaded ply. The MJC is
an improved solution to the traditional filler block detail, which historically has been time consuming
to fit and difficult to check if fitted or if fitted correctly. It’s simple and effective design allows one
size of product to be used on any joist size – regardless of height or width.
• Quick and simple to install.

• Safely joins multiple joists together, allowing them to act as a single unit.
• Easy to see that MJC’s are installed (where as filler blocks are not visible).
• One size product fits all joist height and width combinations.
• Just one nail size required: 3.75 x 30mm square twist.
Maximum Incoming Concentrated Load (1)

Safe Working Load (kN) Characteristic Load (kN)
Number of
MJC’s (2) LVL 45mm Solid Metal LVL 45mm Solid Metal
Flanges Sawn Flanges Web Flanges Sawn Flanges Web
4 6.84 3.79 3.80 16.46 9.10 9.12
8 10.26 5.69 5.70 24.69 13.65 13.68
Maximum Incoming Regular Load (3)
2 3.42 1.90 1.90 8.23 4.55 4.56
4 5.13 2.84 2.85 12.35 6.86 6.84
1. Maximum Incoming Concentrated Load refers to the maximum concentrated load that can be applied when the MJC’s are installed either side of the incoming load.
2. Number of MJC’s equally spaced about the incoming load.
3. Maximum Incoming Regular Load refers to the maximum load that can be applied at regular intervals along the supporting timber.
4. Number of MJC’s between each incoming load.
MJC Installation with Timber I-Joist

400mm
Step 1:
Position the MJC’s onto the 1st joist - ensuring that
they are centred about the incoming load at 400
c/c (may be adjusted within 10mm each way).
Please note that the connectors can be installed in

any orientation. Secure each MJC with 4no.
3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails, to the top and
bottom joist flanges as shown.
Step 2:
Position 2nd joist ensuring ends are
flush and joists are parallel. Secure the
joist using 2no. 3.75 x 30mm Square
Twist Nails per MJC into the top and
bottom joist flanges as shown.
85

ZS - Slotted Z-Clip
The ZS clip allows I-joists or solid sawn timber to
be used as noggings between joists to support
floor decks or partitions.
• Fully interlocking top flange works on all

I-joist header widths to prevent overlapping
TF
of opposing clips.
• Slotted bottom flange allows I-joists to be
used as noggings.
• Triangular nail hole for use with 50mm wide H
headers, also it ensures that nails can be
staggered when ZS clips are interlocked.
• Embossed bottom flange provides greatly
enhanced resistance to bending.
• Obround nail holes in the bottom flange
W B
ensure easier angled nailing.

Patent: GB2394757
Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners.

• Nail to underside of the noggin.
• Place top flange onto header beam and nail
in place.
ZS Item Codes and Performance Values

Dimensions (mm) Safe Working Loads (kN) Characteristic Loads (kN)
Qty.
Item Code
Fasteners(2)
W H B TF C24 I-Joist C24 I-Joist
ZS30N 30 54
ZS35N 35 49
ZS38N 52 38 46 31 4 1.80 1.90 3.60 3.80
ZS45N 45 39

ZS47N 47 37
1. Loads given are per noggin - not per Z-Clip.

2. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.
Typical I-joist Installation

ZS Clips interlock allowing back-to-back installation on any I-joist header width. Triangular holes
prevent header nails from lining up.
86

Top Fix I-Joist Hanger Guidance
Top Fix Hangers - Loads.
The tables below represent the available model series SWL’s and characteristic capacities for the top flange hangers that
are applicable to the stated installation configurations.
Hanger Selection:
Step One: Select hanger from the tables below based on header type and required capacity.
Step Two: Refer to relevant pages to determine model number based upon joist size.
Typical MIT/ 38mm Minimum Typical GLTV

Typical ITSE ITSE Installation Installation
Installation on Timber
Nailer mounted
S IM
onto Steel S troP S O
ng-T N
ie®
Beam
Solid Headers
This table shows the maximum allowable loads for the range of top flange hangers on solid headers.
Performance values are based upon the model series and do not vary on hanger width or height.
Fasteners Safe Working Loads (kN) Characteristic

Web
Model Capacity (kN)
Stiffener Solid Header Short Header Types
Series
Required Joist Term
Top Face Uplift C16 PSL LSL LVL Uplift Download
2 2 1
ITSE No 4 2 2 1.07 5.34 5.78 6.38 6.45 1.80 8.91
3 3 1
MIT No 4 2 2 1.07 7.41 8.90 9.40 11.79 2.38 11.60
3 3 2
B/BI No 2 2 2 1.38 6.67 9.90 8.54 8.16 3.12 24.69
3 3 1
LBV No 6 4 2 1.07 9.05 10.5 9.05 11.41 1.51 17.85
2 2 2
HB Yes 16 16 10 6.94 16.97 - - - 13.09 40.65
3 3 2
GLTV Yes 4 6 6 4.92 18.95 32.92 25.58 33.36 - -
I-Joist Headers
This table shows the maximum allowable loads for the ITSE, MIT, LBV and WPU hangers used on I-joists as headers.
Fasteners Safe Working Loads (kN)

Characteristic
Web Backer I-Joist
Model Capacity (kN)
Stiffener Blocks Header Solid Header Short Header Types
Series
Required Required Width Joist Term C24
Top Face Uplift LVL 38 LVL28 Uplift Download
1 1 1
ITSE No Yes ≥ 38mm 4 2 2 1.07 3.36 4.67 3.50 1.80 8.52
1 1 1
MIT No Yes ≥ 58mm 4 2 2 1.07 3.94 5.47 4.10 2.38 10.70
1 1 1
LBV No Yes ≥ 76mm 6 4 2 1.07 3.94 5.47 4.10 2.08 13.30
1 1 1
HB Yes Yes ≥ 89mm 6 16 10 4.97 12.91 13.56 - 8.76 30.23
Timber Nailers
This table shows the maximum allowable loads for hangers used on timber nailers.
The header nail must be substituted for those listed in other tables. Nailers are timber members attached to the
top of a steel I-beam, concrete or masonry wall. This table also applies to LBV and WPU sloped-seat hangers.
Fasteners Safe Work Loads (kN) Characteristic

Web Nailer
Model Capacity (kN)
Stiffener Depth Solid Header Header Types
Series
Required (mm) Joist
Top Face C16 PSL LSL Uplift Download
1 1 1
38-50 4 2 2 4.67 4.67 5.47 1.80 6.60
ITSE No 2 2 1
75-100 4 2 2 5.34 5.34 - 1.80 8.81
1 1 1
38-50 4 2 2 5.47 5.47 7.14 2.38 8.50
MIT No 2 2 1
75-100 4 2 2 5.58 6.98 - 2.38 10.75
1 1 1
38-50 6 4 2 5.47 5.47 - 1.34 10.20
LBV No 2 2 1
75-100 6 4 2 9.05 9.05 - 1.34 16.17
1 1 1
38-50 6 4 10 8.41 - - 3.50 20.20
HB Yes 2 2 1
75-100 6 12 10 14.64 - - 8.76 35.14
1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails

2. 3.75 x 75mm Round Wire Nails
3. 4.0mm x 100mm Round Wire Nails
87

ITSE/MIT Top Flange I-Joist Hanger
The ITSE and MIT are top fix hangers for supporting I-joists from timber members. ITSE
The ITSE hanger incorporates the “Strong Grip™” which secures the I-Joist without
the need for any fasteners - where no uplift is required.
• Value-engineered for maximum performance. The offset seat feature allows

better joist bearing positioning. Joist top flanges are laterally restrained by the
side of the hanger, eliminating the need for web stiffeners. H 129-150
• I-Joist manufacturers may require web stiffeners.
• Reduced embossing on the ITSE’s top flange, and the hanger height sized
less than the joist height allows easier fitting for smooth floor alignment. Patent
• Patented Positive Angle Nailing (PAN): This feature is specifically designed for EP1212493
I-joists when used with the MIT.
• With Positive Angle Nailing (PAN), the slotted hole material is not removed, but
issued to channel and confine the path of the nail to the optimum angle. PAN
minimises splitting of the flanges while permitting time-saving nailing from a
better angle.
W
• These models will normally accommodate a skew of up to 5°.
MIT
Material: 63
Pre-galvanised mild steel. 59
Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes". Verify that the header can
take the required fasteners specified in the table.
• Face flange triangle hole (optional) secures hanger against header.
� 6
Typical MIT/ITSE Installation 64

Typical ITSE
Installation on Timber Nailer mounted
onto Steel Beam

Use specified fastener installed as shown
where uplift is required.
ITSE incorporates the “Strong Grip™” that

secures the I-Joist without the need for any
fasteners – where no uplift
performance is required.
ITSE Shot Fired to a Steel Header
Qty Fasteners
Safe Working
Model No.
Load (kN)
40mm to 100mm 4: shot-fired pins 2: 3.75 x 30mm 5.27

1. The ITSE hanger can be shot-fired to steel. Contact Simpson for details.
2. The shot-fired pins must be installed by a qualified person in accordance with the manufacturer’s installation requirements.
3. Pins must be installed in the round holes provided in the top flange of the ITSE.
88

ITSE - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes ITSE - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes
Joist Size Dimension (mm) Joist Size Dimension (mm)
Model No. Model No.
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
200 ITSE199/41 199 41 195 ITSE194/75 194 75
220 ITSE219/41 219 41 220 ITSE219/75 219 75
38
240 ITSE239/41 239 41 235 ITSE234/75 234 75
300 ITSE299/41 299 41 72 245 ITSE244/75 244 75
200 ITSE199/48 199 48 300 ITSE299/75 299 75
220 ITSE219/48 219 48 350 ITSE349/75 349 75
240 ITSE239/48 239 48 400 ITSE399/75 399 75
300 ITSE299/48 299 48 200 ITSE199/92 199 92
45
350 ITSE349/48 349 48 220 ITSE219/92 219 92
356 ITSE355/48 355 48 225 ITSE224/92 224 92
360 ITSE359/48 359 48 240 ITSE239/92 239 92
400 ITSE399/48 399 48 255 ITSE254/92 254 92
145 ITSE144/50 144 50 89 300 ITSE299/92 299 92
195 ITSE194/50 194 50 350 ITSE349/92 349 92
200 ITSE199/50 199 50 356 ITSE355/92 355 92
220 ITSE219/50 219 50 360 ITSE359/92 359 92
235 ITSE234/50 234 50 400 ITSE399/92 399 92
47
240 ITSE239/50 239 50 406 ITSE405/92 405 92
245 ITSE244/50 244 50 195 ITSE194/96 194 96
300 ITSE299/50 299 50 220 ITSE219/96 219 96
350 ITSE349/50 349 50 2 Ply 47 235 ITSE234/96 234 96
400 ITSE399/50 399 50 245 ITSE244/96 244 96
220 ITSE219/54 219 54 300 ITSE299/96 299 96
240 ITSE239/54 239 54 220 ITSE219/100 219 100
51
300 ITSE299/54 299 54 235 ITSE234/100 234 100
356 ITSE355/54 355 54 245 ITSE244/100 244 100
97
200 ITSE199/61 199 61 300 ITSE299/100 299 100
220 ITSE219/61 219 61 350 ITSE349/100 349 100
240 ITSE239/61 239 61 400 ITSE399/100 399 100
300 ITSE299/61 299 61
58/59
356 ITSE355/61 355 61
360 ITSE359/61 359 61 MIT - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes
400 ITSE399/61 399 61
Joist Size Dimension (mm)

406 ITSE405/61 405 61
Model No.
200 ITSE199/63 199 63 Width Height
Height (H) Width (W)
220 ITSE219/63 219 63 (mm) (mm)
240 ITSE239/63 239 63 241 MIT9.5 241 46
60 45
300 ITSE299/63 299 63 302 MIT11.88 302 46
360 ITSE359/63 359 63 58 356 MIT3514 355 60
400 ITSE399/63 399 63 241 MIT29.5-2 241 79

2 Ply 38
195 ITSE194/66 194 66 302 MIT211.88-2 302 79
220 ITSE219/66 219 66 241 MIT49.5 241 90
225 ITSE224/66 224 66 90 302 MIT411.88 302 90
235 ITSE234/66 234 66 356 MIT414 355 90
63 240 ITSE239/66 239 66 241 MIT359.5-2 241 116
245 ITSE244/66 244 66 2 Ply 58 302 MIT3511.88-2 302 120
300 ITSE299/66 299 66 356 MIT3514-2 355 120
356 ITSE355/66 355 66 2ply 63 241 MIT39.5-2 241 127
406 ITSE405/66 405 66
See "Top Fix I-Joist Hanger Guidance page for capacities.
200 ITSE199/73 199 73
220 ITSE219/73 219 73
240 ITSE239/73 239 73
70
300 ITSE299/73 299 73
350 ITSE349/73 349 73
400 ITSE399/73 399 73
89

LBV Top Flange I-Joist Hanger (Skewable Option)
LBV and B/BI are joist hangers for supporting I-joists and structural
composite timber from timber members.
• This design configuration has the material section where it counts,

resulting in maximum load values.
• The LBV is designed especially for use with multiple ply headers of
38mm or 45mm thick.
Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes" (page 12). Verify that
the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table.
• Web stiffeners are required for use with the BI hanger style and
sloped or skewed LBV hangers.
• The LBV and B/BI hangers may be used for weld on applications.
The minimum required weld for the top flanges is a 3.0 x 50mm
fillet weld on each side of the top flange tabs. Weld-on applications
produce maximum allowable loads listed. Uplift loads do not apply
for this application. Special considerations should be taken when
welding galvanised steel.
Options:
• Other widths and heights are available as a special order, contact Typical LBV Installation
Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
• LBV and B/BI series hangers can be skewed and sloped to a
maximum of 45°. See table for load adjustment factors.
• To order specials, use model number SPEC LBV or SPEC B and add
required dimensions and directions: D=seat sloped down, U=seat
sloped up, R=skewed right, L=skewed left. Example: SPEC LBV H =
220, W = 91. D30 R45 is an LBV220/91 with a sloped down seat 30°
and skewed right 45°.

Skewed and Sloped Performance Value Adjustment Factors
Sloped Down & Sloped Up &
Item Code Sloped Down Sloped Up Skewed
Skewed Skewed
LBV 1.0 0.91 1.0 0.91 0.91
B/BI 0.8 0.95 1.0 0.7 0.8
1. Use this table to calculate allowable downloads for angled variants. Apply the reduction factor to the appropriate header condition.
LBV Skew Option LBV Skewed Installation LBV is acceptable for weld-on applications
SPECIFIED SKEW ANGLE

SKL MAX 45 DEGREES
90

LBV - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes LBV - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes
Joist Size Dimension (mm) Joist Size Dimension (mm)
Model No. Model No.
(mm) (mm) (mm) (mm)
140 LBV140/40 140 40 241 LBV4.12/9.5 241 105
184 LBV184/40 184 40 301 LBV4.12/11.88 301 105
2ply 51
195 LBV195/40 195 40 356 LBV4.12/14 356 105
220 LBV220/40 220 40 406 LBV4.12/16 406 105
38
235 LBV235/40 235 40 195 LBV195/118 195 118
241 LBV29.5 241 40 220 LBV220/118 220 118
302 LBV211.88 302 40 235 LBV235/118 235 118
356 LBV214 356 40 116 240 LBV240/118 240 118
195 LBV195/47 195 47 300 LBV300/118 300 118
200 LBV200/47 200 47 350 LBV350/118 350 118
220 LBV220/47 220 47 400 LBV400/118 400 118
235 LBV235/47 235 47 200 LBV200/120 200 120
241 LBV9.5 241 46 2ply 58 241 LBV359.5-2 241 120
45
245 LBV245/47 245 47 302 LBV3511.88-2 302 121
302 LBV11.88 302 47 195 LBV195/122 195 122
350 LBV350/47 350 47 220 LBV220/122 220 122
400 LBV400/47 400 47 235 LBV235/122 235 122
450 LBV450/47 450 47 245 LBV245/122 245 122
2ply 60
60 200 LBV200/60 200 60 300 LBV300/122 300 122
202 LBV202/75 202 75 350 LBV350/122 350 122
223 LBV223/75 223 75 400 LBV400/122 400 122
75 254 LBV254/75 254 75 450 LBV450/122 450 122
302 LBV302/75 302 75 202 LBV202/125 202 125
403 LBV403/75 403 75 223 LBV223/125 223 125
140 LBV140/79 140 79 125 254 LBV254/125 254 125
184 LBV184/79 184 79 302 LBV302/125 302 125
195 LBV195/78 195 78 403 LBV403/125 403 125
220 LBV220/78 220 78
235 LBV235/78 235 78
240 LBV240/78 240 78
B/BI - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes
2ply 38
245 LBV245/78 245 78
300 LBV300/78 300 78
Model No.
350 LBV350/78 350 78 Width Height

356 LBV214-2 356 79 (mm) (mm)
400 LBV400/78 400 78 202 B202/150 202 150
450 LBV450/78 450 78 223 B223/150 223 150
145 LBV145/91 145 91 150 254 B254/150 254 150
195 LBV195/91 195 91 302 B302/150 302 150
200 LBV200/91 200 91 403 B403/150 403 150
220 LBV220/91 220 91 200 B200/180 200 180
235 LBV235/91 235 91 180 241 BI49.5-2 241 181

2ply 45
or 89 245 LBV/245/91 245 91 302 BI411.88-2 302 180
302 LBV11.88-2 302 90

350 LBV350/91 350 91
400 LBV400/91 400 91
450 LBV450/91 450 91
195 LBV195/100 195 100
202 LBV202/100 202 100
219 LBV219/100 219 100
223 LBV223/100 223 100
235 LBV235/100 235 100
245 LBV245/100 245 100
97 254 LBV254/100 254 100
300 LBV300/100 300 100
302 LBV302/100 302 100
350 LBV350/100 350 100
400 LBV400/100 400 100
403 LBV403/100 403 100
450 LBV450/100 450 100
91

HB Top Flange I-Joist Hanger
HB is a joist hanger for supporting I-joists and
structural composite timber from timber members.
• The HB is designed especially for use with

90
single ply headers of thicknesses 89mm or
more.
Material:
75
3.0mm pre-galvanised mild steel;
Installation:
• Use all specified fasteners. See "General
Notes". Verify that the header can take the
required fasteners specified in the table.
• Web stiffeners are required for use with the
H
HB hanger styles.
• The HB hanger may be used for weld on
applications. The minimum required weld for
the top flanges is a 3.0 x 50mm fillet weld on
each side of the top flange tabs.
• Weld-on applications produce maximum
allowable loads listed.
90
• Uplift loads do not apply for this application. W
• Special considerations should be taken when
welding galvanised steel.
Options:
Standard HB Installation
• Other widths and heights are available as a
special order, contact factory for details.
• HB series hangers can be skewed and sloped
to a maximum of 45°. See table for load
adjustment factors.
Skewed and Sloped Performance Value Adjustment Factors C-UK14 © 2014 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.
Sloped Down & Sloped Up &

Item Code Sloped Down Sloped Up Skewed
Skewed Skewed
HB 0.9 0.7 0.96 0.59(2) 0.7
1. Use this table to calculate allowable downloads for angled variants. Apply the reduction factor to the appropriate header condition.
2. For header heights above 355mm use 0.87 for the HB sloped down and skewed.
HB Skew Option HB Skewed Installation
SPECIFIED SKEW ANGLE

SKL MAX 45 DEGREES
92

HB - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes
Model No.
Width Height
(mm) (mm)
195 HB195/92 195 92
200 HB200/92 200 92
220 HB220/92 220 92
2 Ply 45 235 HB235/92 235 92

or 240 HB240/92 240 92
89-90 245 HB245/92 245 92
300 HB300/92 300 92
350 HB350/92 350 92
400 HB400/92 400 92
200 HB200/118 200 118
116 300 HB300/118 300 118
or
2 Ply 58 350 HB350/118 350 118
406 HB406/118 406 118
195 HB195/135 195 135
220 HB220/135 220 135
235 HB235/135 235 135
3 Ply 45 245 HB245/135 245 135

or 133 300 HB300/135 300 135
350 HB350/135 350 135
400 HB400/135 400 135
450 HB450/135 450 135
200 HB200/142 200 142
140 300 HB300/142 300 142
350 HB350/142 350 142
195 HB195/146 195 146
220 HB220/146 220 146
235 HB235/146 235 146
2 Ply 72 245 HB245/146 245 146
300 HB300/146 300 146
350 HB350/146 350 146
400 HB400/146 400 146
195 HB195/152 195 152
220 HB220/152 220 152
235 HB235/152 235 152

245 HB245/152 245 152
2 Ply 75
300 HB300/152 300 152
350 HB350/152 350 152
400 HB400/152 400 152
450 HB450/152 450 152
195 HB195/180 195 180
220 HB220/180 220 180
235 HB235/180 235 180
2 Ply 89 240 HB240/180 240 180

or 300 HB300/180 300 180
178 350 HB350/180 350 180
356 HB356/180 356 180
400 HB400/180 400 180
406 HB406/180 406 180
93

GLTV
I-Joist and Structural Composite Timber Hanger
GLTV is for supporting I-joists and structural composite timber from
timber members.
• These hangers offer design flexibility and versatility.

• GLTV hangers are designed for use with structural composite
lumber headers (not I-Joist) and may take heavy loads. The
top flange nails are sized and specifically located to prevent 75
degradation of the header due to splitting of laminations.
Material:
5mm top flange and stirrup - mild steel. 75

Hot-dip galvanised.
SAFE WORKING LOADS: For hanger heights exceeding the joist

height, the SWL is 0.5 of the table load.
Installation:
130
• Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes". Verify that the
header can take the required fasteners specified in the table.
• All multiple members must be secured together to work as a
single unit before installation into the hanger.
• Web stiffeners are required for I-joists.
• May be used for weld on applications. The minimum required
welds for the top flanges are 6mm x 63mm, fillet welds located
at each end of the top flange.
• Weld-on applications produce maximum allowable loads listed.
• Uplift loads do not apply for this application.
Options:
• Other widths and heights are available as a special order,

contact Simpson Strong-Tie® for details.

• Straddle available-specify S dimension.
• Can be skewed and sloped to a maximum of 45°.
• For skews greater than 15°, multiply the table uplift load by 0.50. SIM
StroPSO
• For sloped and skewed GLTV configurations the SWL is the ng N
-Tie®
lesser of the table load or 24.46kN.
• For sloped only, the SWL is the lesser of the load listed or
28.91kN for the GLTV.
• For skewed only, the SWL is the lesser of the load listed or
29.13kN for the GLTV.
• To order all welded specials, contact Simpson Strong-Tie®.
Typical GLTV Installation
94

GLTV - Top Flange Hanger Item Codes
Model No.
Width Height
(mm) (mm)
235 GLTV235/70 235 70
241 GLTV241/70 241 70
68 302 GLTV302/70 302 70
355 GLTV355/70 355 70
406 GLTV406/70 406 70
200 GLTV200/91 200 91
235 GLTV235/91 235 91
241 GLTV241/91 241 91
2ply 45
302 GLTV302/91 302 91
or 90
355 GLTV355/91 355 91
406 GLTV406/91 406 91
457 GLTV457/91 457 91
200 GLTV200/135 200 135
235 GLTV235/135 235 135
241 GLTV241/135 241 135
3ply 45
302 GLTV302/135 302 135
or 133
355 GLTV355/135 355 135
406 GLTV406/135 406 135
457 GLTV457/135 457 135
184 GLTV184/180 184 180
235 GLTV235/180 235 180
4ply 45 241 GLTV241/180 241 180

or 2 ply 89 301 GLTV302/180 302 180
or 178 356 GLTV356/180 356 180
406 GLTV406/180 406 180
457 GLTV457/180 457 180
195 GLTV195/196 195 196
220 GLTV220/196 220 196
235 GLTV235/196 235 196
245 GLTV245/196 245 196
2ply 97
300 GLTV300/196 300 196
350 GLTV350/196 350 196
400 GLTV400/196 400 196
450 GLTV450/196 450 196
GLTV Skewed Left Typical GLTV Sloped Down

(Top View) Skewed Right with Low Side Flush
CL
95

IUSE Face Fix I-Joist Hanger
The IUSE is a face fix hanger for supporting I-joists from timber
members.
This hanger incorporates the “Strong Grip™” which secures the I-

Joist without the need for any fasteners - where no uplift is required.
Joist top flanges are laterally restrained by the side of the hanger,
eliminating the need for web stiffeners. I-joist manufacturers may
require web stiffeners.
H
Material:
Enhanced Uplift Loads:

The IUSE has optional triangular nail holes for additional uplift.
Properly attached web stiffeners will be required for enhanced uplift.
Please contact I-Joist manufacturer for details.
Installation:
Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes". Verify that the
Options:
Because these hangers are fully die-formed, they cannot be modi- W
Patent
fied. However these models will normally accommodate a skew of EP1212493
up to 5°.
Typical IUSE Installations
IUSE incorporates the

“Strong Grip™” that secures
the I-Joist without the need
for any fasteners – where
no uplift performance is
required.
Use specified fastener

installed as shown where
uplift is required.
96

IUSE Item codes and Performance Values
Safe Working Characteristic
Joist Size Dimension (mm) Qty Fasteners
Loads (kN) Capacity (kN)
Model No. C16 & I-Joist Header LVL Header C16 & I-Joist Header LVL Header
Width Height
H W B Face Joist
(mm) (mm) Long Term Long Term Download Download
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50

200 IUSE199/41 199 41 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
220 IUSE219/41 219 41 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
38 240 IUSE239/41 239 41 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 14.40 21.60
300 IUSE299/41 299 41 51
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.48
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
350 IUSE349/41 349 41 51
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
200 IUSE199/48 199 48 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
220 IUSE219/48 219 48 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
240 IUSE239/48 239 48 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 14.40 21.60
300 IUSE299/48 299 48 51
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.48
45
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
350 IUSE349/48 349 48 51
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
356 IUSE355/48 355 48 51
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
360 IUSE359/48 359 48 51
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
400 IUSE399/48 399 48 51
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 6 Opt 1 2 2.09 2.44 3.80 8.10
145 IUSE144/50 144 50 51
Opt 2 6 Opt 1 2 2.57 2.97 7.86 10.68
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
195 IUSE194/50 194 50 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
200 IUSE199/50 199 50 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
220 IUSE219/50 219 50 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
235 IUSE234/50 234 50 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
47
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
240 IUSE239/50 239 50 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
245 IUSE244/50 244 50 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 14.40 21.60
300 IUSE299/50 299 50 51
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.48

Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
350 IUSE349/50 349 50 51
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
400 IUSE399/50 399 50 51
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
220 IUSE219/54 219 54 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
240 IUSE239/54 239 54 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
51
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 14.40 21.60
300 IUSE299/54 299 54 51
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.48
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
356 IUSE355/54 355 54 51
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
200 IUSE199/61 199 61 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
220 IUSE219/61 219 61 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
240 IUSE239/61 239 61 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 14.40 21.60
300 IUSE299/61 299 61 51
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.48
58 to 59
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
356 IUSE355/61 355 61 51
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
360 IUSE359/61 359 61 51
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
400 IUSE399/61 399 61 51
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
406 IUSE405/61 405 61 51
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Fasteners: Opt 1=3.75 x 30mm; Opt 2=3.75 x 75mm.
97

IUSE Item codes and Performance Values
Width Height
H W B Face Joist
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50

200 IUSE199/63 199 63 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
220 IUSE219/63 219 63 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
240 IUSE239/63 239 63 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
60
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 14.40 21.60
300 IUSE299/63 299 63 51
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.48
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
360 IUSE359/63 359 63 51
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
400 IUSE399/63 399 63 51
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
195 IUSE194/66 194 66 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
220 IUSE219/66 219 66 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
225 IUSE224/66 224 66 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
238 IUSE234/66 234 66 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
240 IUSE239/66 239 66 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
63
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
245 IUSE244/66 244 66 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 14.40 21.60
300 IUSE299/66 299 66 51
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.48
Opt 1 18 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
330 IUSE329/66 329 66 51
Opt 2 18 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
356 IUSE355/66 355 66 51
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
406 IUSE405/66 405 66 51
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
200 IUSE199/73 199 73 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
220 IUSE219/73 219 73 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
240 IUSE239/73 239 73 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 14.40 21.60
300 IUSE299/73 299 73 51
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.48
70
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
350 IUSE349/73 349 73 51

Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
360 IUSE359/73 359 73 51
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
390 IUSE389/73 389 73 51
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
400 IUSE399/73 399 73 51
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50
195 IUSE194/75 194 75 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
220 IUSE219/75 219 75 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
235 IUSE234/75 234 75 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
72 245 IUSE244/75 244 75 51
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 14.40 21.60
300 IUSE299/75 299 75 51
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.48
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
350 IUSE349/75 349 75 51
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
400 IUSE399/75 399 75 51
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
98

IUSE Item Codes and Performance Values
Width Height
H W B Face Joist
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 3.48 4.06 7.54 13.50

200 IUSE199/92 199 92 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 4.28 4.95 13.10 17.80
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
220 IUSE219/92 219 92 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 4.17 4.88 9.99 16.20
225 IUSE224/92 224 92 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 5.13 5.94 15.72 21.36
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
240 IUSE239/92 239 92 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 4.87 5.69 12.57 18.90
255 IUSE254/92 254 92 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 5.99 6.93 18.34 24.92
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 5.56 6.50 14.40 21.60
89 to 90 300 IUSE299/92 299 92 51
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.48
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
350 IUSE349/92 349 92 51
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
356 IUSE355/92 355 92 51
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
360 IUSE359/92 359 92 51
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
400 IUSE399/92 399 92 51
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 6.26 7.31 16.20 24.30
406 IUSE405/92 405 92 51
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 7.70 8.81 23.58 32.04
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 2.44 2.84 5.28 9.45
195 IUSE194/96 194 96 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 2.44 2.84 5.28 9.45
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 2.92 3.42 6.99 11.34
220 IUSE219/96 219 96 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 2.92 3.42 6.99 11.34
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 2.92 3.42 6.99 11.34
2 Ply 47 235 IUSE234/96 234 96 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 2.92 3.42 6.99 11.34
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 3.41 3.98 8.80 13.23
245 IUSE244/96 244 96 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 3.41 3.98 8.80 13.23
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 3.89 4.55 10.08 15.12
300 IUSE299/96 299 96 51
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 3.89 4.55 10.08 15.12
Opt 1 10 Opt 1 2 2.44 2.84 5.28 9.45
195 IUSE194/100 194 100 51
Opt 2 10 Opt 1 2 2.44 2.84 5.28 9.45
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 2.92 3.42 6.99 11.34
220 IUSE219/100 219 100 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 2.92 3.42 6.99 11.34
Opt 1 12 Opt 1 2 2.92 3.42 6.99 11.34
235 IUSE234/100 234 100 51
Opt 2 12 Opt 1 2 2.92 3.42 6.99 11.34
Opt 1 14 Opt 1 2 3.41 3.98 8.80 13.23
97 245 IUSE244/100 244 100 51
Opt 2 14 Opt 1 2 3.41 3.98 8.80 13.23
Opt 1 16 Opt 1 2 3.89 4.55 10.08 15.12
300 IUSE299/100 299 100 51
Opt 2 16 Opt 1 2 3.89 4.55 10.08 15.12

Opt 1 20 Opt 1 2 4.38 5.12 11.34 17.01
350 IUSE349/100 349 100 51
Opt 2 20 Opt 1 2 4.38 5.12 11.34 17.01
Opt 1 22 Opt 1 2 4.38 5.12 11.34 17.01
400 IUSE399/100 399 100 51
Opt 2 22 Opt 1 2 4.38 5.12 11.34 17.01
Face Fix Hanger Uplift Performance Values

Fastener Qty
C16 & I-Joist PSL, LSL or LVL C16 & I-Joist PSL, LSL or LVL
(3.75 X 30mm)
Short Term Uplift Short Term Uplift Uplift Uplift
0 (Strong Grip only) 0.00 0.00 0.00 0.00
2 0.90 1.35 1.80 2.70
4 1.80 2.70 3.60 5.40
6 2.70 4.05 5.40 8.10
8 3.60 5.4 7.20 10.80
99

MIU/HIU Face Fix I-Joist Hangers
MIU and HIU are face mounted hangers for supporting I-joists from timber members.
• The MIU and HIU hangers feature Positive Angle Nailing (PAN), which minimises
splitting of the flanges while permitting time-saving nailing from a better angle. With
PAN nailing, the slotted hole material is not removed, but is used to channel and
confine the path of the nail to the optimum angle.
• Joist top flanges are laterally restrained by the side of the hanger, eliminating the need
for web stiffeners. I-joist manufacturers may require web stiffeners.
Material:
Enhanced uplift loads:

The MIU and HIU have optional triangular nail holes for additional uplift. Properly attached
web stiffeners may be required for Enhanced uplift. Please contact Simpson Strong-Tie for
details. See table on page 99.
Installation:
Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes". Verify that the header can take the
required fasteners specified in the table.
• Web stiffeners are not required with I-joists when the joist top flange is laterally
supported by the sides of the hanger, I-joist manufacturers may require web stiffeners.
Options:
These hangers are fully die-formed, they cannot be modified. However these models will
normally accommodate a skew of up to 5°.
Typical MIU/HIU Installation

with correct PAN configuration
100

MIU/HIU
Safe Working
Loads (kN)
Characteristic Download
C16 & I-Joist LVL
Model No. Capacity (kN)
Width Supporting Supporting
Height (mm) H W B Face1 Joist2
(mm) Member Member
Long Term Long Term C16 & I-Joist LVL

220-240 MIU217/72 217 72 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
300 MIU280/72 280 72 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
70
350 MIU330/72 330 72 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
400 MIU380/72 380 72 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
2 195-200 MIU192/78 192 78 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.35
ply 220-245 MIU217/78 217 78 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
38 300 MIU280/78 280 78 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
145 MIU142/92 142 92 64 8 2 3.42 3.96 9.15 14.24
195-200 MIU192/92 192 92 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.35
220-245 MIU217/92 217 92 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
89-90
300 MIU280/92 280 92 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
350 MIU330/92 330 92 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
400 MIU380/92 380 92 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
195 MIU192/96 192 96 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.35
2 220-240 MIU217/96 217 96 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
ply 300 MIU280/96 280 96 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
47 350 MIU330/96 330 96 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
400 MIU380/96 380 96 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
195-200 MIU192/100 192 100 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.35
220-245 MIU217/100 217 100 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
300 MIU280/100 280 100 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
97
350 MIU330/100 330 100 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
400 MIU380/100 380 100 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
450 MIU430/100 430 100 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
195-200 MIU192/118 192 118 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.35
220-245 MIU217/118 217 118 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
116 300 MIU280/118 280 118 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
350 MIU330/118 330 118 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
400 MIU380/118 380 118 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
195-200 MIU192/122 192 122 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.35
120 220-245 MIU217/122 217 122 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
300 MIU280/122 280 122 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
195 MIU192/130 192 130 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.35
2 220-245 MIU217/130 217 130 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
ply 300 MIU280/130 280 130 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
63 350 MIU330/130 330 130 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
400 MIU380/130 380 130 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
(1) 3.75 x 75mm. (2) 3.75 x 30mm.
HIU Item Codes

Safe Working
Joist Size Dimension (mm) Qty Fasteners Characteristic Download
Loads (kN)
Model No. Capacity (kN)
Width 1 2
C16 & I-Joist LVL
Height (mm) H W B Face Joist
(mm) Long Term Long Term C16 & I-Joist LVL
220-240 HIU217/142 217 142 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
2
300 HIU280/142 280 142 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
ply
350 HIU330/142 330 142 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
70
400 HIU380/142 380 142 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
195-200 HIU192/146 192 146 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.35
220-245 HIU217/146 217 146 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
144 300 HIU280/146 280 146 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
350 HIU330/146 330 146 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
400 HIU380/146 380 146 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
220-240 HIU217/180 217 180 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
2
300 HIU280/180 280 180 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
ply
350 HIU330/180 330 180 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
89
400 HIU380/180 380 180 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
220-240 HIU217/184 217 184 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
2
300 HIU280/184 280 184 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
ply
350 HIU330/184 330 184 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
90
400 HIU380/184 380 184 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
195-200 HIU192/196 192 196 64 16 2 6.84 7.92 20.96 28.35
220-245 HIU217/196 217 196 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
194 300 HIU280/196 280 196 64 22 2 9.41 10.89 28.35 28.35
350 HIU330/196 330 196 64 24 2 10.26 11.88 28.35 28.35
400 HIU380/196 380 196 64 28 2 11.97 13.86 28.35 28.35
(1) 3.75 x 75mm. (2) 3.75 x 30mm.
101

MH Sacrificial Floor Detail
The MH provides a cost efffective and easy to install method of fixing a set of I-joists (solid or LVL flange) that provide
support for a sacrificial floor deck in buildings where work is continuing.
The MH is a one-piece galvanised joist hanger, available in a range of widths.
• Suitable for use with solid or LVL flanged I-joists.

• Seat tab ensures easy and accurate placement and alignment.
• Manufactured from pre-galvanised mid steel.
For the sacrificial joist installation, a MH hanger MUST be fitted to the top and bottom flanges. This prevents rotation
of the joists. The hangers are intended for one use only. Once removed they MUST NOT be re-used.
A sacrificial floor deck is a temporary deck that closes off an opening in the floor zone - such as a stairwell.
The stated performance values are based upon 2 no. MH hangers being installed as per the installation illustration
below.

MH Item Codes and Performance Values
Number Safe Characteristic

Dimensions of Working Loads (2) Loads (2)
Model Fasteners (1) kN kN
No.
Carried I-Joist I-Joist
H W B Support
Member (Solid and LVL Flange) (Solid and LVL Flange)
MH40 55 40 56 4 2
MH46 52 46 56 4 2 2.5 4.6
MH50 50 50 56 4 2
1. 3.75x30mm square twist nails.

2. Based upon 2 no. MH hangers installed - one to top and one to bottom flange.
102

MH Mini Hanger for I-Joists
The MH is a one piece galvanised hanger available in a range of widths for light
duty applications such as trimmers and ceiling joists
• Suitable for use with I-joist headers.

• Tab on seat ensures easy and accurate placement with easy bend feature
when not required. H
• Fully tested on a range of headers.

B
Installation: For I-Joist headers fill all round holes with nails. The hanger
depth should be at least 60% of the carried member depth to prevent rotation, W
if less than 60% additional lateral restraint is required to the top of the carried
member.
MH Item Codes and Performance Values

Number of
Dimensions
Fasteners(1) C24 LVL (28mm) LVL (38mm) All Flange C24 LVL (28mm) LVL (38mm) All Flange
Model
Flanges Flanges Flanges Type Flanges Flanges Flanges Type
No.
Carried Long Term Long Term Long Term Uplift Uplift Short
W H B Support
Member Download Download Download Short Term
Download Download Download
Term
MH40 40 55 56 4 2
MH46 46 52 56 4 2 2.00 1.00(2) 1.50 0.90 3.90 2.40 3.60 1.80
MH50 50 50 56 4 2

2. Use 2 no. 3.75 X 30mm square twist nails into I-Joist supports with 28mm flanges.
HU/U Face Fix Hangers

Heavy-duty hangers designed for applications requiring additional strength.
• Composite HU hangers have round and triangle nail holes in to the face and joist.
• The hanger depth is to be at least 60% of the carried member depth to prevent rotation, unless additional lateral
restraint is added to the top of the carried member.
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the required fasteners specified in the table.
Composite HU hangers can be installed according to two different nailing schedules. To achieve maximum published
loads all round and triangular holes must be filled with the specified fasteners.
Typical HU Installation
103

Model C16 & I-Joist LVL
No. Short C16 & I-Joist Header LVL Header
Width Height Nailing Header Header
H W B Face(3) Joist Term Uplift
(mm) (mm) Schedule
Uplift Long Term Download Long Term Download Download Download
38 89-114 HU26 78 40 57 Std 4 2(1) 0.93 2.47 2.70 1.80 3.41 6.29
Min 12 4(1) 2.14 7.42 8.09 3.60 14.57 22.61
184-241 HU7 170 46 64
Max 16 8(1) 4.27 9.89 10.78 7.20 19.43 30.15
Min 18 6(1) 3.20 11.12 12.13 5.40 23.68 35.03
241-302 HU9 235 46 63
Max 24 10(1) 5.34 14.83 16.16 9.00 31.57 46.70
45
Min 22 6(1) 3.20 13.60 14.83 5.40 29.70 43.24
302-356 HU11 279 46 63
Max 30 10(1) 5.34 18.54 20.22 9.00 40.50 47.52
Min 28 8(1) 4.27 17.30 18.87 7.20 38.88 47.52
356 HU14 346 46 63
Max 36 14(1) 7.47 22.25 24.26 12.60 47.52 47.52
241 U3510/14 229 59 51 Std 14 6(1) 3.20 8.65 9.44 5.40 18.70 22.36
58
302 U3516/20 268 62 50 Std 16 6(1) 3.20 9.89 10.78 5.40 21.74 25.82
Min 14 6(1) 3.20 8.65 9.44 5.40 18.23 27.14
241-302 HU2.75/10 229 70 63
Max 18 10(1) 5.34 11.12 12.13 9.00 23.44 34.89
Min 16 6(1) 3.20 9.89 10.78 5.40 21.50 31.39
302-356 HU2.75/12 273 70 63
Max 22 10(1) 5.34 13.60 14.83 9.00 29.57 43.16
68
Min 18 8(1) 4.27 11.12 12.13 7.20 24.63 35.55
356-406 HU2.75/14 330 70 63
Max 24 14(1) 7.47 14.83 16.18 12.60 32.84 47.40
Min 20 8(1) 4.27 12.36 13.48 7.20 27.64 39.65
406 HU2.75/16 357 70 63
Max 26 14(1) 7.47 16.07 17.52 12.60 35.94 47.52
89-114 HU24-2 78 79 63 Std 4 2(1) 1.16 2.47 2.70 2.62 3.11 5.94
Min 10 4(2) 2.34 6.18 6.74 5.24 11.85 18.64
184-241 HU28-2 178 79 63
Max 14 6(2) 3.20 8.65 9.44 7.86 16.80 26.10
241 U210-2 216 79 50 Std 14 6(2) 3.20 8.65 9.44 7.86 18.70 22.36
2ply 38
Min 14 6(2) 4.03 8.65 9.44 7.86 17.72 26.84
241-302 HU210-2 224 79 63
Max 18 10(2) 6.69 11.12 12.13 13.10 22.79 34.50
Min 16 6(2) 4.03 9.89 10.78 7.86 21.14 31.19
302-356 HU212-2 268 79 63
Max 22 10(2) 6.69 13.60 14.83 13.10 29.07 42.89
Min 10 4(2) 2.69 6.18 6.74 5.24 11.70 18.54
184-241 HU48 173 90 63
Max 14 6(2) 4.03 8.65 9.44 7.86 16.39 25.96
241 U410 212 90 50 Std 14 6(2) 3.96 8.65 9.44 7.86 18.70 22.36
Min 14 6(2) 4.03 8.65 9.44 7.86 17.72 26.84
2ply 45 241-302 HU410 219 90 63
Max 18 10(2) 6.69 11.12 12.13 13.10 22.79 34.50
or 89
Min 16 6(2) 4.03 9.89 10.78 7.86 21.04 31.14
302-356 HU412 262 90 63
Max 22 10(2) 6.69 13.60 14.83 13.10 28.94 42.81

Min 20 8(2) 5.36 12.36 13.48 10.48 27.54 39.60
356-406 HU416 346 90 63
Max 26 12(2) 8.05 16.07 17.52 15.72 35.81 47.52
Min 14 6(3) 4.79 8.65 9.44 8.88 17.00 26.38
2ply 52 241-302 HU4.12/9 219 106 63
Max 18 8(3) 6.36 11.12 12.13 11.84 21.86 33.91
Min 16 6(3) 4.76 9.89 10.78 8.88 21.78 31.54
300-356 HU212-3 262 120 63
2ply 58 Max 22 8(3) 6.36 13.60 14.83 11.84 29.94 43.37
302 U3512-2 285 120 50 Std 16 6(3) 3.96 9.89 10.78 7.86 21.74 25.82
Min 14 6(3) 4.76 8.65 9.44 8.88 17.72 26.84
200-302 HU5.31/9 196 135 63
Max 18 8(3) 6.36 11.12 12.13 11.84 22.79 34.50
Min 16 6(3) 4.76 9.89 10.78 8.88 21.04 31.14
241-302 HU5.31/11 240 135 63
3ply 45 or Max 22 8(3) 6.36 13.60 14.83 11.84 28.94 42.81
133 Min 18 8(3) 6.36 11.12 12.13 11.84 24.50 35.48
302-356 HU5.31/14 297 135 63
Max 24 12(3) 9.54 14.83 16.18 17.76 32.66 47.31
Min 20 8(3) 6.36 12.36 13.48 11.84 27.54 39.60
356-406 HU5.31/16 324 135 63
Max 26 12(3) 9.54 16.07 17.52 17.76 35.81 47.52
Min 10 4(3) 3.20 6.18 6.74 5.92 11.04 18.05
200-241 HU480/180 150 180 63
Max 14 6(3) 4.76 8.65 9.44 8.88 15.46 25.28
184-241 HU530/180 175 180 63 Std 14 6(3) 6.36 8.65 9.44 8.88 16.58 26.10
Min 14 6(3) 4.76 8.65 9.44 8.88 17.92 26.95
2ply 89 or 241-302 HU410-2 231 181 63
Max 18 8(3) 6.36 11.12 12.13 11.84 23.04 34.66
4ply 45
Min 16 6(3) 4.76 9.89 10.78 8.88 21.35 31.31
302-356 HU412-2 282 181 63
Max 22 8(3) 6.36 13.60 14.83 11.84 29.35 43.04
Min 20 8(3) 6.36 12.36 13.48 11.84 27.61 39.63
356-406 HU414-2 352 181 63
Max 26 12(3) 9.54 16.07 17.52 17.76 35.89 47.52

2. 3.75 x 75mm smooth shank nails.
104

ET Skewed 45˚ Hanger
The ET joist hanger for supporting skewed timber joists from timber W2
members.
A1
This range is tested and standardised with left or right 45° skew
angle.
Installation: H
Use all specified fasteners. See General Notes. Verify that the W1

B
Web stiffeners required when supporting I-Joists.
Item Codes and Performance Values ET248 Skewed Right Nailing

Number of Safe
Characteristic
Dimensions Fasteners Working
Capacity (kN)
Joist (4,0x35) Load (kN)
Model
Width
No. Supporting
(mm) Member
Supported Member Long
W1 W2 H B A1 Term Download
Download
Face Side Base
38 ET248 59 187 95 65 45 14 3 3 3.60 8.80
47 ET260 67 177 97 55 34 16 5 5 4.40 10.60
2 x 38 ET301 108 218 97 55 34 16 5 11 4.70 11.30
1. 4.0x35 refers to CNA4,0x35 nails (available from Simpson Strong-Tie).

2. Use an LS skewable angle for extra stability if the joist height exceeds 195mm.
ET248 Installed (shown as installed ‘left to right’. Can also be skewed ‘right to left.’)
HGUS Face Fix Heavy Engineered Timber Hanger

The HGUS joist hanger for supporting solid composite beams from timber members.
Double shear joist nailing allows distribution of the carried member’s load through two
points on each nail for greater strength. Nails are supplied with each hanger.
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take the
required fasteners specified in the table. 100mm nails must be driven at 45° into joist
obround holes, through carrying member and into the carried member to achieve the
table loads.
Item Codes and Performance Values

H
Qty Fasteners Safe Working
Dimension (mm)
(4.0mm x 100mm) Loads (kN)
Joist Size Model
(mm) No. Carried
Short
Long Medium
W H B Support Term
Member Term Term
Uplift
89 x 241 HGUS48N 92 180 36 10 7.51 27.78 34.74
89 x 241 x 457 HGUS410N 92 229 46 16 9.68 35.09 35.09
89 x 300 x 457 HGUS412N 92 265 56 20 11.30 40.94 40.94
89 x 350 x 457 HGUS414N 92 316 66 22 12.91 43.53 43.35 W 100mm
133 x 200 to 302 HGUS180/135N 135 180 36 10 7.51 27.78 34.74
133 x 240 to 457 HGUS5.50/10N 140 214 100 46 16 9.68 35.09 35.09
133 x 300 to 457 HGUS5.50/12N 140 265 56 20 11.30 40.94 40.94
133 x 350 to 457 HGUS5.50/14N 140 316 66 22 12.91 43.35 43.35
180 x 240 to 457 HGUS7.25/10N 184 219 46 16 9.68 35.09 35.09
180 x 300 to 457 HGUS7.25/12N 184 270 56 20 11.30 40.94 40.94
180 x 350 to 457 HGUS7.25/14N 184 320 66 22 12.91 43.35 43.35
92-184 7.51 27.78 34.74
Variable Spec HGUS48N* 180 100 36 10
185-300 7.51 18.28 20.80
1. Supplied with 4.0 x 100mm Galvanised Round Wire Nails.
2. * Denotes manufactured to order. 105

THAI Adjustable Strap Hanger
THAI
THAI is a one piece joist hanger for supporting composite timbers from timber
members.
The model number and size is stamped onto the seat of most sizes for easy
identification of the hanger, even after installation.
• Designed for I-joists, has extra long straps and can be field-formed to give
height adjustability and top flange hanger convenience. Positive angle
nailing helps eliminate splitting of the I-joist’s bottom flange.
• Not all strap nail holes need to be filled, see table for nailing requirements.
H SIMPSON ®
Strong Tie
• THAI-2 must be factory ordered for hanger width needed. See table for
allowable widths.
Installation:
Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes".
Two different installation methods are available depending on the availability of
nailing surface. Web stiffeners are required when using this hanger type.
Maximum Nailing:
For applications where all the nails listed in the table can be properly installed.
Typical THAI Installation
Install the quantity of face nails shown into the straps for full table load and
two 3.75 x 30mm nails driven downward at a 45° angle into the I-joist’s bottom
flange. The THAI has additional nail holes - not all holes are required to be filled
to achieve listed loads.
Minimum Nailing:
For applications where the strap is wrapped over the top of the support. Install
nails into each strap at the face surface of the hanger and 3.75 x 30mm nails
driven downward at a 45° angle into the I-joist bottom flange. Then two nails
into each strap at the top of the support after forming a tight bend. Bend top
flange a minimum of 65mm.

THAI Item Codes and Performance Values
Safe Characteristic
Dimensions (mm) Number of Fasteners
Working Load (kN) Capacity (kN)
Joist
Model
Width
No. Carrying Member(1)
(mm) Long Medium Short
Carried
H W C Term Term Term Download Uplift
Member2 Download Download Uplift
Top Face
Minimum Nailing: With Top Flange Wrap Over
38 x 241 to 302 THAI222 580 40 238 4.1 4.7 0.5 9.87 1.05
45 x 241 to 356 THAI1.81/22 577 46 235 4.1 4.7 0.5 9.91 1.05
58 x 241 to 356 THAI3522 570 59 228 4 2 2 4.2 4.8 0.5 9.99 1.05
89 x 241 to 256 THAI422 555 90 220 4.2 4.8 0.5 10.00 1.05
Variable THAI-2 550 76-133 224 4.4 5.0 0.5 10.57 1.05
Maximum Nailing: With All Nail Holes Filled
38 x 241 to 302 THAI222 580 40 238 4.8 5.5 0.5 11.48 1.05
45 x 241 to 356 THAI1.81/22 577 46 235 5.5 6.3 0.5 13.21 1.05
58 x 241 to 356 THAI3522 570 59 228 - 20 2 6.9 7.8 0.5 16.44 1.05
89 x 241 to 356 THAI422 555 90 220 9.4 10.7 0.5 22.45 1.05
Variable THAI-2 550 76-133 224 8.9 10.2 0.5 21.38 1.05
1. For carrying member use 3.75 x 75mm nails.

2. For carried member use 3.75 x 30mm nails.
106
Timber Hangers for Metal Web Joists

LIB Backer Free Metal Web Joist Hanger
The LIB is a face fix hanger for connecting joists, either metal web or solid, to metal web
headers without the need for backer blocks.

• Only one nail type required (3.75 x 30mm square twist).
• Optional installation with SDS screws for enhanced performance values.
• Can be used for sacrificial floor details (not reusable).
LIB Performance Values

Dimensions (mm)
Installation

Download Uplift
Metal Web Headers with Minimum of C24 Solid Sawn Flanges Equal to or Greater Than 45mm
47 Min 190 Min
Standard 8 4 2.8 2.0 6.6 3.4
100 Max 424 Max
LIB (H/W)
47 Min 190 Min
Enhanced 4 (SDS) 4 3.6 2.0 8.4 3.4
100 Max 424 Max
1. SDS: 6.4 x 64mm SDS25212 screw used instead of nail (Metal Web Joist only).
107

LIB Hanger Sizes Installation
Hanger Dimension
Joist Size
Model (mm)
No.
Width Height Width (H) Height (W)
195 LIB195/47 190

220 LIB220/47 215
45 47
254 LIB254/47 249
300 LIB300/47 295
195 LIB195/50 190
220 LIB220/50 215
254 LIB254/50 249
47 50
300 LIB300/50 295
380 LIB380/50 375
419 LIB419/50 415
195 LIB195/75 190
220 LIB220/75 215
254 LIB254/75 249
Step 1: Position hanger onto joist header, ensuring
72 300 LIB300/75 75 295
seat is flush with bottom of header.
380 LIB380/75 375
419 LIB419/75 415
424 LIB424/75 419
195 LIB195/100 190
220 LIB220/100 215
254 LIB254/100 249
97 300 LIB300/100 100 295
380 LIB380/100 375
419 LIB419/100 415
424 LIB424/100 419
Step 2: Install 8 face nails as specified, starting with the bottom face
nails. Ensure side flanges are vertical before nailing top face nails.
Step 3: Insert joist into hanger and secure with 4 joist nails.
108

MJC Multiple Metal Web Joist Connector
The multi joist connector (MJC) allows two metal web joists to be fixed together to act as a single unit, transferring the
incoming load from the loaded ply to the unloaded ply.
It’s simple and effective design allows one size of product to be used on any joist size – regardless of height or width.

• Safely joins multiple Metal Web Joists together, allowing them to act as a single unit.
• One size product fits all joist height and width combinations.
• Just one nail size required: 3.75 x 30mm square twist.
MJC joining Metal Web joists
Maximum Incoming Concentrated Load (1) Maximum Incoming Regular Load (3)
Number of Number of
MJC’s (2) Metal Metal MJC’s (4) Metal Metal
Web Web Web Web
4 3.80 9.12 2 1.90 4.56
8 5.70 13.68 4 2.85 6.84

1. Maximum Incoming Concentrated Load refers to the maximum concentrated load that can be applied when the MJC’s are installed either side of the incoming load.
2. Number of MJC’s equally spaced about the incoming load.
3. Maximum Incoming Regular Load refers to the maximum load that can be applied at regular intervals along the supporting timber.
4. Number of MJC’s between each incoming load.
MJC Installations with Metal

Web Beams
Step 1:
Position the MJC’s onto the 1st joist -
ensuring that they are centred about the
incoming load at 400mm c/c (may be
adjusted within 10mm each way). Please
note that the connectors can be installed
in any orientation.
Secure each MJC with 4 no.

3.75 x 30mm square twist nails
to the top and bottom
joist flanges as shown. 400mm
Step 2:
Position 2nd joist ensuring ends are flush
and joists are parallel.
Secure the joist using 2no. 3.75 x 30mm

Square Twist Nails per MJC into the top
and bottom joist flanges as shown.
109

IUB/HIUB Metal Web Joist Hangers
The IUB/HIUB hangers support metal web joists and solid timber
joists without the need for plywood gussets. IUB
They incorporate the unique feature of bottom flanges, which provide

enhanced capacity.
SDS SCREW
• Can be used on metal web joists or solid joist headers. HOLE
• Eliminates the need for plywood gussets when supported from
a metal web joist. TRIANGULAR
• IUB Bottom flanges provide enhanced download capacity and OPTIONAL
H NAIL HOLES
quickly sets the hanger onto the header. FOR ADDITIONAL
• Obround holes in face to provide easier nailing access in tight UPLIFT
locations.
• IUB: Positive Angle Nailing (PAN) of joist to speed installation
and reduce the likelihood of splitting.
• IUB has hexagonal holes for SDS screw installation and
50
optional triangular nail holes for additional download, when BOTTOM W
used in conjunction with a plywood gusset, and additional uplift FLANGES
capacities. PAN NAIL

HOLES
Installation: HIUB
• Position the hanger onto the face of supporting floor joist,
ensuring the bottom flanges are tight up against the underside
of the bottom chord.
• Install 3.75 x 30mm nails into the holes within the hanger bottom
flanges. Fill all face round and obround holes with 3.75 x 30mm
square twist nails.
• Sit the carried joist into the hanger and install 3.75 x 30mm nails
through the angled pan nail holes into the joist.
• For enhanced uplift, fill all joist triangular nail holes with 3.75 x
30mm nails.
• For SDS screw installation the IUB may be installed with 4 no.
6.2 x 63mm long SDS screws through the hexagonal holes in
the face.

Standard IUB Installation HIUB Installation
SUPPORTING
FLOOR TRUSS
TRIANGULAR HOLES
TO BE FILLED FOR PAN NAIL
ENHANCED UPLIFT HOLES
CARRIED
JOIST
110

IUB Hangers for Standard Installation
Number of Fasteners1 Safe Working Characteristic
Joist Joist (Use 3.75 x 30mm) Loads (kN) Capacity (kN)
Model
Width Height
No. Download Uplift
(mm) (mm)
Header Joist Download Uplift
195-202 IUB190/47 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
218-225 IUB215/47 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00

45
253-254 IUB249/47 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
304 IUB295/47 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
195-202 IUB190/50 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
218-225 IUB215/50 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
253-254 IUB249/50 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00

47
304 IUB295/50 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
373-380 IUB375/50 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
417 IUB415/50 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
202 IUB190/75 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
225 IUB215/75 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
254 IUB249/75 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
72 304 IUB295/75 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
373 IUB375/75 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
417 IUB415/75 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
421 IUB419/75 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
202 IUB190/100 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
225 IUB215/100 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
254 IUB249/100 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
97 304 IUB295/100 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
373 IUB375/100 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00

417 IUB415/100 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
421 IUB419/100 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
202 IUB190/125 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
225 IUB215/125 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
254 IUB249/125 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
122 304 IUB295/125 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
373 IUB375/125 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
417 IUB415/125 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
421 IUB419/125 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
202 IUB190/150 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
225 IUB215/150 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
254 IUB249/150 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
1ply 147
304 IUB295/150 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
2ply 72
373 IUB375/150 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
417 IUB415/150 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
421 IUB419/150 10 2 3.50 1.00 8.10 2.00
1. 3.75 x 30mm refers to a galvanised square twist nail.

2. Standard Nailed Installation: IUB installed directly onto Metal Web Floor Truss headers without Plywood Gussets.
111

IUB Item Codes and Performance Values: SDS Installation
Characteristic
Number of Fasteners Safe Working Loads (kN)
Joist Joist Capacity (kN)
Model
Width Height
No. Header (2) Download Uplift
(mm) (mm) Joist (1)(3.75 x
(6.2mm x Download Uplift
30mm)
63mm) Long Term Short Term
195-202 IUB190/50 4 2 5.80 1.00 13.60 2.00
218-225 IUB215/50 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
253-254 IUB249/50 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00

47
304 IUB295/50 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
373-380 IUB375/50 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
417 IUB415/50 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
202 IUB190/75 4 2 5.80 1.00 13.60 2.00
225 IUB215/75 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
254 IUB249/75 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
72 304 IUB295/75 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
373 IUB375/75 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
417 IUB415/75 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00

421
IUB419/75 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
202 IUB190/100 4 2 5.80 1.00 13.60 2.00
225 IUB215/100 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
254 IUB249/100 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
97 304 IUB295/100 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
373 IUB375/100 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
417 IUB415/100 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
421 IUB419/100 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
202 IUB190/125 4 2 5.80 1.00 13.60 2.00
225 IUB215/125 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
254 IUB249/125 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
122 304 IUB295/125 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
373 IUB375/125 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
417 IUB415/125 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00

421 IUB419/125 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
202 IUB190/150 4 2 5.80 1.00 13.60 2.00
225 IUB215/150 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
254 IUB249/150 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00

1ply 47
304 IUB295/150 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
2ply 72
373 IUB375/150 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
417 IUB415/150 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00
421 IUB419/150 4 2 7.40 1.00 13.60 2.00

2. 6.2 x 63mm refers to a SDS Screw available from Simpson Strong-Tie®, order code SDS25212.
3. Minimum header width 72mm for SDS installation.
112

HIUB Item Codes and Performance Values
Number Safe Working Loads(2) Characteristic
Dimensions (mm)
of Fasteners(1) (kN) Capacity(3) (kN)
Joist Joist
Width Height Model No. Standard Enhanced
Standard Enhanced
(mm) (mm) Supporting Supported Short Term Installation Installation
W H B Member Member Uplift Long Term Long Term
Uplift Installation Installation
Download(4) Download(5)
Download(4) Download(5)
202 HIUB202/75 202

219 HIUB218/75 218
225 HIUB225/75 225
254 HIUB253/75 253
72 75 63 16 8 3.50 8.10 10.80 7.00 19.20 23.40
304 HIUB304/75 304
373 HIUB373/75 373
417 HIUB418/75 418
421 HIUB420/75 420
202 HIUB202/100 202
219 HIUB218/100 218
225 HIUB225/100 225
254 HIUB253/100 253
97 100 63 16 8 3.50 8.10 10.80 7.00 19.20 23.40
304 HIUB304/100 304
373 HIUB373/100 373
417 HIUB418/100 418
421 HIUB420/100 420
202 HIUB202/120 202
219 HIUB218/125 218
225 HIUB225/125 225
254 HIUB253/125 253
122 125 63 16 8 3.50 8.10 10.80 7.00 19.20 23.40
304 HIUB304/125 304
373 HIUB373/125 373
417 HIUB418/125 418
421 HIUB420/125 420
202 HIUB202/150 202
219 HIUB218/150 218
225 HIUB225/150 225
1 ply 147 254 HIUB253/150 253
150 63 16 8 3.50 8.10 10.80 7.00 19.20 23.40
2ply 72 304 HIUB304/150 304
373 HIUB373/150 373
417 HIUB418/150 418
421 HIUB420/150 420

202 HIUB202/200 202
219 HIUB218/200 218
225 HIUB225/200 225
254 HIUB253/200 253
2ply 97 200 63 16 8 3.50 8.10 10.80 7.00 19.20 23.40
304 HIUB304/200 304
373 HIUB373/200 373
417 HIUB418/200 418
421 HIUB420/200 420
202 HIUB202/250 202
219 HIUB218/250 218
225 HIUB225/250 225
254 HIUB253/250 253
2ply 122 250 63 16 8 3.50 8.10 10.80 7.00 19.20 23.40
304 HIUB304/250 304
373 HIUB373/250 373
417 HIUB418/250 418
421 HIUB420/250 420
202 HIUB202/300 202
219 HIUB218/300 218
225 HIUB225/300 225
254 HIUB253/300 253
2ply 147 300 63 16 8 3.50 8.10 10.80 7.00 19.20 23.40
304 HIUB304/300 304
373 HIUB373/300 373
417 HIUB418/300 418
421 HIUB420/300 420
1. 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nail - CE marked in accordance with EN 14592.

2. Safe Working Loads have been determined in accordance with BS5268 and are based on C27 / TR26 timbers.
3. Characterstic Capacities have been determined in accordance with EN14358 and are based on C27 / TR26 timbers.
4. HIUB installed on a Metal Web Joist without timber blocking piece between top and bottom flanges of Metal Web Joist.
5. HIUB installed on a Metal Web Joist with timber blocking piece between top and bottom flanges of Metal Web Joist.
113

IUBS Metal Web Joist Hanger (Skewable)
The IUBS solves the problem of skew hangers in timber to timber
connections. It can be handed left or right on site by the carpenter,
removing confusion when the floor is built opposite to the drawing.
The IUBS is also fully adjustable from 5° to 67.5° degrees skew,

reducing the need for “special” skew hangers.
• Standard 45° skew, with site adjustable skew from 5° to 67.5°

degrees.
• Non-handed hanger, can be left or right skewed - adjusted on H
site removing any handing confusion and reduce stocking.
• Use SDS25212 for enhanced download capacity.
• Can be used on metal web joist or solid joist headers.
• Optional nail holes for additional download.

Patent: GB 2396630
Finish: Galvanised.
W
IUBS Item Codes and Performance Values: Standard Installation
Dimensions (mm) Number of Fasteners (1) Safe Working Loads (kN)
Joist Joist (kN)
Model
Width Height
(mm) (mm) H W B Header Joist Download Uplift
Download Uplift
195-202 IUBS195/75 195 75 64
218-223 IUBS215/75 215 75 64
72
253-254 IUBS249/75 249 75 64
304 IUBS295/75 295 75 64
10 2 5.30 0.70 12.72 1.30
195-202 IUBS195/100 195 100 64
218-223 IUBS215/100 215 100 64
97
253-254 IUBS249/100 249 100 64
304 IUBS295/100 295 100 64
IUBS Item Codes and Performance Values: SDS Installation

Dimensions (mm) Number of Fasteners Safe Working Loads (kN)
Joist Joist (kN)
Model
Width Height
(mm) (mm) H W B Header(2) Joist(1) Download Uplift
Download Uplift
195-202 IUBS195/75 195 75 64
218-223 IUBS215/75 215 75 64
72
253-254 IUBS249/75 249 75 64
304 IUBS295/75 295 75 64
4 2 7.20 0.60 17.18 1.30
195-202 IUBS195/100 195 100 64
218-223 IUBS215/100 215 100 64
97
253-254 IUBS249/100 249 100 64
304 IUBS295/100 295 100 64
1. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nail.

2. 6.2 x 63mm refers to a SDS Screw available from Simpson Strong-Tie, order code SDS25212.
B
Angle Guide Table
100mm Backplate 100mm Backplate
Skew Angle A Distance B (mm) Skew Angle A Distance B (mm)
5˚ 206 45˚ 149
15˚ 200 52.5˚ 130
22.5˚ 190 60˚ 109
30˚ 180 67.5˚ 86
37.5˚ 166
A
114

Step 1 Step 2
Position the back plate onto the Secure the back plate
header in the required position. (inside angle) with the
specified nails.
Step 3
Adjust the angle of the
Step 4
Secure the obtuse side of the back
back plate (if different from 45°) to suit the
plate onto the header with all the
required angle. Use either adjustable set
specified nails, ensuring the face of
square or the guide tables shown on previous
the back plate is tight against the
page. Bend one time only.
header.
B
Step 5 Step 6
Offer the stirrup to the back plate Locate the floor joist into the stirrup
ensuring it is located on the correct ensuring the joist is set tight to the
side (which can be either left or right back of the stirrup. The joist should
hand side). be secured into the stirrup with all
specified nails on the open face of the
Once all of the hooks (on the stirrup.
back plate) are clearly through
the apertures (on stirrup) slide in (Note: For enhanced download capacity
a downward direction ensuring all use SDS25212 screws.)
hooks engage onto the
stirrup and click into position.
115

IUQ Metal Web Joist to SIP Panel Hanger
About SIP
With the construction industry Interior Sheathing OSB
becoming ever more conscious of
environmental issues, companies
are taking a fresh look at building
structures and carbon emissions.
Structural insulated panels (SIP)

contribute to this goal as they are
highly energy efficient and comply Timber SIP Panel
with the building fabric measures
of The Code for Sustainable
Homes.
Insulant
Simpson Strong-Tie® has

developed a range of innovative
connectors that help build SIP
structures safely and economically,
by standardising the products
and allowing the best use of SIP
panel’s thermal perfomance.
Exterior Sheathing OSB
Timber
The IUQ and HIUQ is the first hanger range specifically designed to allow engineered joists to be face fixed to a
structural insulated panel (SIP), when used in conjunction with the Simpson Strong-Tie® patented SDS screws.
• The IUQ and HIUQ (standard

and heavy duty respectively)
can be used with either metal
web or engineered I-joists.
• Joists no longer sit on top
of the wall, thus eliminating

thermal bridging at the joist/
wall junction.
• Cuts down on the time
consuming and costly process
of placing timber blocking
pieces between the joists and
the wall panels, creating a
better air seal.
• Installation is simple and
efficient, requiring 2 (or 4) SDS
screws (supplied with hangers).
• Positive Angle Nailing (PAN)
of joist to hanger can speed
up installation while reducing
the chance of splitting the joist
bottom chords.
116
Step 1: Step 2: Step 3:

Position the top of the IUQ Install 2 x SDS25212 screws into Sit the joist onto the IUQ hanger
hanger side flanges level with the top hexagonal holes only. and install 2 no. 3.75 x 30mm
the top of the SIP panel. square twist nails into the joist
through the PAN nail holes.
IUQ and HIUQ Item Codes and Performance Values

Joist Fastener Qty
3.75 x 30mm
Model Series
Carried
Support Short Term Long Term
Height (mm) Width (mm) Member Uplift Download
(SDS25212) 2 Uplift Download
(3.75x30)1
IUQ 190 - 450 40 - 100 2 2 1.0 4.1 2.0 9.9
HIUQ 190 - 450 40 - 300 4 8 4.0 8.1 8.0 19.5
1. Refers to 3.75 x 30mm square twist nail.

2. Refers to SDS25212 (63mm long) Screws.
SDS Screw
IUQ Hanger
117
Roof Connectors
JES Joist End Support
The JES is a two piece metal-work system which
enables the use of engineered timber I-joists in
loft conversions, offering a safe and economic
alternative to the traditional method which
requires steel girders.
It provides reinforcement to the joist ends where

they are cut to fit within the eaves of the existing
roof.
The I-Joists are installed from wall plate to wall

plate, which means there is no need for a costly
Party Wall Agreement.
Why Convert Lofts Using I-Joists? A demonstration video can be

seen on-line at www.i-loft.co.uk.
• No need to install steel girders.
• No need to hire a crane.
• I-joists installed from wall plate to wall plate. No RSJ
• No need for a Party Wall Agreement.

• Light weight.
• Loft conversions also possible in timber frame houses.
• Suits roof slopes of 30° or greater.
No Crane Hire
Note: I-Joists supplied by others, see table below.
Patent Pending.
No Party Wall Agreement
JES Item Codes and Performance Values

Safe Working Load (kN) Characteristic
I-Joist Dimensions (mm) End Bearing
I-Joist
JES Item Code
Manufacturer Capacity
Long Term Medium Term Short Term

Width Height (kN)
200 JES116SCR
2.28 2.90 3.77 7.70
220 JES136SCR
240 JES156SCR
Metsa Wood 38-89
300 JES216SCR
3.61 4.58 5.95 11.50
360 JES276SCR
400 JES316SCR
195 JES099SCR
220 JES124SCR
2.44 3.10 4.03 8.05
235 JES139SCR
James Jones 45-97 245 JES149SCR
300 JES204SCR 3.03 3.65 5.00 9.84
350 JES254SCR 3.16 4.01 5.21 10.45
400 JES304SCR 3.66 4.65 6.04 11.95
200 JES104CR
2.44 3.10 4.03 8.05
240 JES144CR
Steico
45.90 300 JES204CR 3.03 3.10 4.03 8.05
(Solid Sawn Flange)
360 JES264CR 3.16 4.01 5.21 10.45
400 JES304CR 3.66 4.65 6.04 11.95
240 JES156SCR
Steico 300 JES216SCR
90 3.26 4.14 5.39 10.94
(LVL Flange) 360 JES276SCR
400 JES316SCR
241 JES179SCR
Boise 302 JES240SCR 2.62 3.32 4.32 8.47
89
1000 356 JES294SCR
406 JES344SCR 3.32 4.22 4.48 10.84
241 JES159SCR
302 JES220SCR 2.74 3.48 4.52 9.21
Boise 10 59-89
356 JES274SCR
406 JES324SCR 4.01 5.09 6.62 13.13
LP 63 225 JES144SCR 3.24 4.12 5.30 10.72
118
Roof Connectors
JES Installation
Step 1:
Use the JES as a template to mark the cut line and fastener hole
positions on the end of the I-joist as shown, ensuring that the ends are
flush.
Cut
Remove the JES before cutting and drilling the I-joist.
Step 2 JES (Joist End Support)

Patent Pending
Cut and drill the I-joist. Use a 6mm diameter drill bit to
create the holes.
Step 3
Securely install a JES on both sides of the I-joist using the M6 x 30mm stainless steel Hex
bolts and nylon washers supplied. Note the position of the lip on the JES which must be
installed with the lip following the top-most edge of the adapted I-joist.
Step 4
Position I-joist in between the existing

trusses as shown, ensuring that a
minimum 90mm of end bearing is achieved.
Joist layouts will vary - please refer to

engineer responsible for floor design.
VP Loft Vent Plate

The VP is part of the I-Loft system.
The vent plate is a 1.2mm thick, 300mm long

galvanised steel plate which provides a
fast and cost effective solution to providing
ventilation in the roof space.
Once installed, it allows the six 20mm diameter

holes to be drilled, whilst maintaining the
strength of the solid sawn timber.
By providing a ventilation path though the roof,

over the insulation in the loft conversion ceiling,
the condensation problems arising from the
difference in temperature between the inside
and outside are avoided.
VP50/300
119
Roof Connectors
TCP Truss Clip
The TCP truss clip attaches girders, trusses and rafters to wall plates to provide wind W
restraint.
• TCP Truss Clips may be used for general purposes, strongback attachments as all-
purpose ties wherever one member crosses another.
• Speed prong provides temporary attachment for ease of installation. 65
• Obround holes for easier nail driving. 100
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. 106
TCP Item Codes and Performance Values

Typical
No. Fasteners2 Safe Working TCP Installation
Width Load Characteristic
Model No.
(mm) Short Term Capacity(kN)
To Truss To Plate Uplift
TCP38 38 6 6 2.13 3.41

TCP44 44 6 6 2.13 3.00
TCP47 47 6 6 2.13 2.76
TCP50 50 6 6 2.13 2.42
1. Safe Working Loads are based on load tests conducted at CERAM Building Technology.
2. 3.75x30mm Square Twist Nails.
GS Glide Shoe
Glide shoes are specially designed to allow horizontal movement between raised tie trusses and wallplates.
The GS allows lateral movement of raised tie trusses up to 15mm during installation of roofing materials and resists
uplift forces. Typically used on one or both ends of the truss as determined by the truss designer.

GS Item Codes and Performance Values W

Fasteners
Safe Working Loads
25
(3.75 x 30mm Characteristic Capacity (kN)
Width (kN)
Model No. Square Twist Nails)
(mm) 62
Carried Short Term Short Term
Support Lateral Uplift
Member Lateral Uplift
GS38 38
GS50 50
97
GS75 75
10 6 3.3 1.4 6.6 2.8
GS100 100
43
GS150 150
GS200 200
120
Roof Connectors
HGUS/HGUQ Face Fix Girder Truss Hanger
The HGUS is a joist hanger for supporting mono trusses and girder
trusses from timber members. The HGUQ version uses SDS screws
instead of nails for even faster and easier installation.
HGUS: Double shear nailing allows distribution of the carried

members load through two points on each nail for greater strength
(see illustration).
HGUS Installation:
• Verify the header can take the required fasteners specified HGUS
below.
• 75mm nails must be driven at 45° through the joist dome, pan
or obround nail holes, into the joist , then the header to achieve
the table loads.
Double Shear Nailing

Unique double shear nailing feature guides the joist nails into the
joist at a 45° angle. This provides easier nail driving as the installer
doesn’t need to swing the hammer sideways.
HGUQ: The SDS screws help transfer the load between plies of
the supporting truss when they penetrate all plies.
HGUQ Installation: Use all specified fasteners. HGUQ Above

• Verify the header can take the required fasteners specified Typical Installation Below
below.
• The thickness of the supporting timber must be equal or
greater than the screw length.
Options: Other widths of HGUS and HGUQ are available made to

order. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie for details.
HGUS/HGUQ Item Codes and Performance Values

Safe
Dimensions Number of Fasteners
Joist Working Loads (kN) Characteristic Characteristic
Model
Size Download Uplift
No. Short Long Medium
(mm) Carried Capacity (kN) Capacity (kN)
W H B Support Term Term Term
Member Uplift Download Download
HGUS Nailed Installation (4)

2 Ply 35 HGUS125/80N 80 122 20 8 - 10.08 11.52 25.08 7.83
2 Ply 35 HGUS145/80N 80 145 28 10 - 15.14 17.31 33.34 9.78
2 Ply 47 HGUS125/105N 105 110 20 8 - 10.08 11.52 25.08 7.83

100
2 Ply 47 HGUS145/105N 105 145 28 10 - 15.14 17.31 33.34 9.78
3 Ply 35 HGUS145/120N 120 145 28 10 - 15.14 17.31 33.34 9.78
3 Ply 47 HGUS145/155N 155 145 28 10 - 15.14 17.31 33.34 9.78
HGUQ SDS Screw Installation (5)

2 PLY 47 HGUQ180/105SCR 105 180
3 PLY 35 HGUQ180/120SCR 120 180

100 26 - SDS25312 8 - SDS25212 10.40 21.30 24.40 20.70 45.50
3 PLY 47 HGUQ180/155SCR 155 180
4 PLY 47 HGUQ180/202SCR 202 180
1. Safe working loads have been determined in accordance with BS 5268 and are based on TR26/C27 graded timbers.
2. Characteristic values have been determined in accordance with ETAG015, TR26 and EN 14358 for use with Eurocode 5. Values are based on TR26/C27 graded timbers.
3. Uplift values have been determined by calculation in accordance with Eurocode 5. Values are based on TR26/C27 graded timbers.
4. Hanger supplied with 3.75x75mm round wire nails.
5. Hanger supplied with SDS25312 (89mm) and SDS25212 (63mm) SDS screws.
121
Roof Connectors
THM Mono Truss Hanger
The THM (Truss Hanger Mono) is a joist
hanger for supporting mono trusses from
timber members.
The THM hanger offers two installation

options:
• Square twist nails only.

• Square twist nails and double shear H
nailing.
Features Speed Prongs for ease of

installation.
THM Installed with

Double Shear Nailing
Square Twist Nails
Double shear nailing feature
allows nails to be installed at
a 45° angle. This provides
easier nail driving as the
installer doesn’t need to
swing the hammer sideways.

THM Item Codes and Performance Values
Safe Characteristic
Dimensions Number of Fasteners
Joist Working Loads (kN) Capacity (kN)
Model
Size
No. Long Medium
(mm) Carried
W H B Support Term Term Download
Member
Download Download
Installation With Square Twist Nails Only
35 or 38 x 100 to 150 THM230/38 38 96
44 x 100 to 150 THM230/44 44 93

75 10(1) 6(1) 3.4 3.9 7.3
47 x 100 to 150 THM230/47 47 91.5
50 x 100 to 150 THM230/50 50 90
Installation With Double Shear Nails
35 or 38 x 100 to 150 THM230/38 38 96
44 x 100 to 150 THM230/44 44 93

75 10(1) 6(2) 4.4 5.1 9.8
47 x 100 to 150 THM230/47 47 91.5
50 x 100 to 150 THM230/50 50 90

122
Roof Connectors
THA Truss Hanger with Adjustable Height Strap
THA is a one-piece joist hanger supporting trussed rafters and composite timbers from THA
timber members.
Provides great support with ease of installation.
Install using one nail size (3.75x30mm square twist) or use our patented option featuring
additional 3.75x75mm nails for increased performance. For further performance use
3.75x75mm nails throughout. A separate set of performance values are published for
each installation. Available in seat widths from 38mm to 100mm.
H
• Location tab allows easier alignment to the carrying member.
• Choice of installation specifications to suit wrap-over or face fix.

C
• Speed prongs enables positioning of the hanger without nails before completing the
install.
• Nailing schedules are stamped into the strap to provide the correct information to
B
site operatives.
W
• The distinctive wide strap enhances the performance of the critical part of the
connection by increasing the nail spacing and providing greater bearing area on the Examples of THA
supporting girder. Installation
Configurations
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. Alternate installation methods are available
depending on the availability of nailing surface.
Maximum Nailing: For applications where all the nails listed in the table can be properly
installed. Install the quantity of face nails shown into the straps for table load.
Minimum Nailing: For applications where the strap is wrapped over the top of the
support. Install nails into each strap in the face and top of the hanger and for the THA,
75mm nails at a 45° angle through the joist into the support. Bend top flange a minimum
of 45mm for the THA.
C27 / TR26 Graded Timber

Carrying Carried Fasteners
Install Model Dimensions (mm) Safe Working Loads (kN) Characteristic Loads
Member Member
Method No. Carrying Member Download
Depth Depth Carried Short
Download Uplift
W H B C Face Top Member Long Medium Term
THA Performance Values (using 3.75 x 30mm Joist Nails)

38 THA38 38 226.0 63.0 113.5

197mm 44 THA44 44 223.0 63.0 110.5
Face Fix to 50 THA50 50 220.0 63.0 107.5 20 (1) - 6 (1) 5.20 5.90 1.90 12.40 3.70
222mm 75 THA75 75 232.5 63.0 120.0
100 THA100 100 220.0 63.0 107.5
38 THA38 38 226.0 63.0 113.5
122mm 44 THA44 44 223.0 63.0 110.5
Wrap Over to 50 THA50 50 220.0 63.0 107.5 8 (1) 4 (1) 6 (1) 4.40 5.00 1.90 10.50 3.70
197mm 75 THA75 75 232.5 63.0 120.0
100 THA100 100 220.0 63.0 107.5
THA Performance Values (using 3.75 x 75mm Double Shear Joist Nails)
38 THA38 38 226.0 63.0 113.5

197mm 44 THA44 44 223.0 63.0 110.5
Face Fix to 50 THA50 50 220.0 63.0 107.5 20 (1) - 6 (2) 6.40 7.30 2.70 15.40 5.30
222mm 75 THA75 75 232.5 63.0 120.0
100 THA100 100 220.0 63.0 107.5
38 THA38 38 226.0 63.0 113.5
122mm 44 THA44 44 223.0 63.0 110.5
Wrap Over to 50 THA50 50 220.0 63.0 107.5 8 (1) 4 (1) 6 (2) 6.80 7.80 2.70 16.40 5.30
197mm 75 THA75 75 232.5 63.0 120.0
100 THA100 100 220.0 63.0 107.5
THA Installation (Using 3.75 x 75mm Nails Throughout)
197mm 50 THA50 50 220 63 107.5

Face Fix 26(2) - 6 (2)
to 222mm 100 THA100 100 220 63 107.5
8.60 9.80 - - -
147mm to 50 THA50 50 220 63 107.5
Wrap Over 14 (2) 4 (2) 6 (2)
197mm 100 THA100 100 220 63 107.5

2. 3.75 x 75mm round wire nails.
3. Characteristic and Safe Working Load’s are determined by test/design model and are based on C27/TR26 graded timbers.
4. W, H, C dimensions shown in the illustration above.
5. Published performance values are not dependent on the location tab being nailed.
123
Roof Connectors
THGQ Heavy Duty Girder Truss Hanger
THGQ is a heavy duty girder truss hanger designed to support multiple
ply girder trusses from a vertical member of a girder truss.
• Use with SDS screws instead of bolts - simplifying installation.

• SDS screws (6.4 x 63.5mm) supplied with each THGQ.
• Maintains the strength of the supporting truss as no material is
removed during installation.
• Suitable for use on girder trusses with bottom chord depths equal
to or greater than 147mm.
• For use in Service Class 1 and 2 conditions only.

C H
Installation:
• Fill all holes with the specified fasteners to achive published load
capacities.
• Multiple ply supporting trusses must be fastened together, as
specified by the truss manufacturer, to act as one member.
• The overall thickness of the supporting trusses should be equal to
B
or greater than the length of the SDS screw (63.5mm).
W
THGQ Item Codes and Performance Values

Safe Working Loads Characteristic Capacities
Min. Width Dimensions (mm) Fastener Qty(1)
(kN)(2) (kN)(3)
Supported of Vertical
Model No.
Member Supporting
Member (mm) Supporting Supported Med. Term Short Term
W H B C Download Uplift
Member Member Download Uplift(4)
30 8 40.40 14.40 79.70 22.40

2 Ply 35 THGQ80SCR 147 80 675
30 4 32.80 7.20 66.30 11.20
30 8 40.40 14.40 79.70 22.40
2 Ply 47 THGQ102SCR 172 102 675
30 4 32.80 7.20 66.30 11.20
30 8 40.40 14.40 79.70 22.40
3 Ply 35 THGQ116SCR 197 116 675 135 305
30 4 32.80 7.20 66.30 11.20
3 Ply 47 or 32 8 40.40 14.40 79.70 22.40

THGQ154SCR 197 154 500
4 Ply 45 32 4 32.80 7.20 66.30 11.20
32 8 40.40 14.40 79.70 22.40
4 Ply 47 THGQ202SCR 222 202 500
32 4 32.80 7.20 66.30 11.20
1. SDS25212 6.4 X 63.5mm structural wood srews. CE marked in accordance with EN14592.
2. Safe working loads have been determined in accordance with BS5268 and are based on TR26 timber.
3. Characteristic capacities have been determined in accordance with EN14358 and are based on C27 (TR26) timber.
4. Uplift values have been determined by calculation in accordance with the relevant design standard.
124
Roof Connectors
NP Nail Plate
Nail plates are used to connect two or more timber members
together. They are available in a variety of sizes.
Installation:
Use all specified fasteners.
Install in pairs using 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails.
NP Item Codes
Dimensions (mm)
Item
Code
A B
NP40/120 40 120
Typical NP Dimensions
NP80/140 80 140
NP80/180 80 180
NP80/200 80 200
NP80/220 80 220
NP80/260 80 260
NP100/140 100 140
NP100/200 100 200
NP100/240 100 240
NP100/300 100 300
NP140/180 140 180
NP140/200 140 200
NP140/260 140 260
NP160/340 160 340
NP200/260 200 260
NP220/300 220 300

Calculation Example:
Two plates (NP80/260) to connect a 100mm x 160mm
beam to a 100mm x 120mm post. 12 no. 3.75x30mm
square twist nails per connected timber member. Load
duration Kmod 0.70. Steel thickness 1.5mm.
160
120
Applied Load F1,d = 5kN

28
Nail Capacities:
R1,d = n x Rlat x kmod/Ɣm
68
Min 7xdn
3.75x30 Nails (x12)

Nails per timber = 12
Min 15xdn Rlatk = 1.02kN (3.75x30mm nails and TR26 timber)
R1,d = 12 x 1.02 x 0.7/1.3 = 6.59kN
NP80/260
Design Check Nails:
F1,d/R1,d = ≤ 1.0 Therefore OK
F 1,d
5/6.59 = 0.76 Therefore OK
Plate Capacities:
120
R1,d = 0.9 x Anetto x fu/Ɣm
R1,d = 0.9 x 2 x 1.5 (80-4x4.1) x 330/1.3x10-3 = 43.6kN
1. N = Number of nails.
Design Check Plates:
2. dn = Diameter of nail. F1,d/R1,d = ≤ 1.0 Therefore OK
5/43.6 = 0.12 Therefore OK
125
Roof Connectors
LSSU/LSU Light Slope and Skew Adjustable Hangers
With these site adjustable hangers, you can always have the right hanger available for those special rush projects.
This versatile range of products attaches joists/rafters to timber supports at any slope, up or down or at any skew, left or right up to and
including 45°. All models are slope and skew adjustable on site, excluding the LSU3510-2, LSU4.12.
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Installation: Use all specified fasteners. See "General Notes". Bend only once. To ensure proper seat
installation, install the bottom nails before the side nails. Attach the sloped joist at both ends so the horizontal force developed by the slope
is fully supported by the carried members. Web stiffeners are required with I-joists using this hanger style. For field skewing, see install
sequence below.
LSU26 LSSU410 LSSU Installation LSSU Installation LSSU Installation
Step 1 Step 2 Step 3
Nail hanger to slope-cut carried Skew flange to form acute angle. Attach hanger to the
member, installing seat nail first. No Bend other flange back along carrying member, acute
bevel necessary for skewed installation. centerline of slots. Bend once only. angle side first. Install nails
at an angle.
Dimension Qty Fasteners Safe Working Loads (kN)(5) Characteristic Capacity (kN)(5)
Joist Size Solid Sawn Flanged

Solid Sawn Flanged I-Joist or
Model No. LVL Flanged I-Joist LVL Flanged I-Joist I-Joist or C24 Solid
(mm) Header Joist(1) C24 Solid Sections
W H B Section
Long Term Medium Term Short Uplift Long Term Medium Term
Short Uplift Download Uplift Download Uplift
Download Download Download Download
Sloped Hangers Only
38 x 150 LSU26 38 124 75 6(2) 5 1.28 2.84 3.24 1.28 3.03 3.46 6.81 2.55 7.26 2.55
38 x 241 LSSU28 38 181 90 10 (2) 5 1.19 2.14 2.44 1.19 3.03 3.46 5.13 2.38 7.26 2.38
38 x 302 LSSU210 38 216 90 10 (2) 7 1.19 2.14 2.44 1.19 3.03 3.46 5.13 2.38 7.26 2.38
45 x 241 to 356 LSSUI25 45 216 90 10 (2) 7 1.19 2.14 2.44 1.19 3.03 3.46 5.13 2.38 7.26 2.38
47 x 195 to 245 LSSU170/50 50 170 90 10 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 4.73 5.40 - - 11.35 5.71
47 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/50 50 275 90 18 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 4.41 5.04 - - 10.59 5.71
51 x 241 to 356 LSSUI2.06 52 216 90 10 (2) 7 1.19 2.14 2.44 - - - 5.13 2.38 - -
58 x 241 to 356 LSSUI35 60 216 90 10 (2) 7 1.19 2.14 2.44 1.99 4.14 4.73 5.13 2.38 9.93 3.98
63 x 195 to 245 LSSU170/66 66 170 90 10 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 4.73 5.40 - - 11.35 5.71
63 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/66 66 275 90 18 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 4.41 5.04 - - 10.59 5.71
70 195 to 300 LSSU170/71 71 170 90 10 (2) 11 1.19 3.81 4.35 2.86 4.73 5.40 9.14 2.38 11.35 5.71
70 x 300 to 450 LSSU170/71 71 275 90 18 (2) 11 1.19 3.81 4.35 2.86 4.41 5.04 9.14 2.38 10.59 5.71
72 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/75 75 170 90 14 (2) 12 - - - 2.86 4.73 5.40 - - 11.35 5.71
72 x 300 to 400 LSSU275/75 75 275 90 18 (2) 12 - - - 2.86 4.41 5.04 - - 10.59 5.71

(2) 38 x 241 LSSU210-2 78 216 90 18 (3) 12 1.19 3.81 4.35 - - - 9.14 2.38 - -
89 x 241 to 356 LSSU410 90 216 90 18 (3) 12 1.50 4.65 5.32 2.39 5.19 5.93 11.17 2.99 12.45 4.78
(2) 47 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/96 96 170 90 14 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 4.73 5.40 - - 11.35 5.71
(2) 47 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/96 96 175 90 18 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 4.41 5.04 - - 10.59 5.71
97 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/100 100 170 90 14 (2) 12 - - - 2.86 5.46 6.24 - - 13.11 5.71
97 x 300 to 400 LSSU275/100 100 275 90 18 (2) 12 - - - 2.86 5.95 6.80 - - 14.29 5.71
(2) 51 x 241 to 356 LSU4.12 105 228 90 24 (3) 12 2.99 4.65 5.32 - - - 11.17 5.98 - -
(2) 58 x 241 to 356 LSU3510-2 120 228 90 24 (3) 12 2.99 6.33 7.23 2.28 5.23 5.98 15.19 5.98 12.55 4.55
Skewed Hangers or Sloped and Skewed
38 x 241 LSSU28 38 181 90 9 (2) 5 0.74 1.44 1.64 1.19 1.35 1.54 3.45 1.47 3.24 2.38
38 x 302 LSSU210 38 216 90 9 (2) 7 0.74 1.44 1.64 1.19 1.35 1.54 3.45 1.47 3.24 2.38
45 x 241 to 356 LSSUI25 45 216 90 9 (2) 7 0.74 1.44 1.64 1.19 3.38 3.86 3.45 1.47 8.10 2.38
47 x 195 to 245 LSSU170/50 50 170 90 9 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 2.64 3.02 - - 6.34 5.71
47 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/50 50 275 90 15 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 4.49 5.13 - - 10.78 5.71
51 x 241 to 356 LSSUI2.06 52 216 90 9 (2) 7 0.74 1.44 1.64 - - - 3.45 1.47 - -
58 x 241 to 356 LSSUI35 60 216 90 9 (2) 7 0.74 1.44 1.64 1.99 3.38 3.86 3.45 1.47 8.10 3.98
63 x 195 to 245 LSSU170/66 66 170 90 9 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 2.64 3.02 - - 6.34 5.71
63 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/66 66 275 90 15 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 4.49 5.13 - - 10.78 5.71
70 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/71 71 170 90 9 (2) 11 1.19 2.84 3.24 2.86 2.64 3.02 6.81 2.38 6.34 5.71
70 x 195 to 450 LSSU275/71 71 275 90 15 (2) 11 1.19 2.84 3.24 2.86 2.64 3.02 6.81 2.38 6.34 5.71
72 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/75 75 170 90 9 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 2.64 3.02 - - 6.34 5.71
72 x 300 to 400 LSSU275/75 75 275 90 15 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 4.49 5.13 - - 10.78 5.71
(2) 38 x 241 LSSU210-2 78 216 90 14 (3) 12 1.19 2.84 3.24 - - - 6.81 2.38 - -
89 x 241 to 356 LSSU410 90 216 90 14 (3) 12 1.50 3.00 3.43 2.39 2.97 3.39 7.20 2.99 7.12 4.78
(2) 47 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/96 96 170 90 9 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 2.64 3.02 - - 6.34 5.71
(2) 47 x 300 to 450 LSSU275/96 96 175 90 15 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 4.49 5.13 - - 10.78 5.71
97 x 195 to 300 LSSU170/100 100 170 90 9 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 1.95 2.23 - - 4.69 5.71
97 x 300 to 400 LSSU275/100 100 275 90 15 (2) 11 - - - 2.86 3.40 3.89 - - 8.16 5.71
(2) 51 x 241 to 356 LSU4.12 105 228 90 24 (3) 12 1.50 3.00 3.43 - - - 7.20 2.99 - -
(2) 58 x 241 to 356 LSU3510-2 120 228 90 24 (3) 12 1.83 4.64 5.30 2.28 4.95 5.66 11.14 3.66 11.89 4.55
1. Use 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails.

2. Use 3.75 x 75 Nails.
3. Use 4.0 x 100mm Nails.
126 4. Except LSU26, some face nails are not fitted in the flange on the acute angle side for skewed installations. Fill all nail holes on the obtuse angle side.
5. Loads are based upon supported member types.
6. LSU3510-2 and LSU4.12 factory skewed, field sloped.
Roof Connectors
VPA Variable Pitch Connector
An engineered one-piece connector for attaching I-Joist rafters
to wall plates.
• The VPA is adjustable to slopes between 15° and 45° with

a special interlock design indicating when the maximum
pitch is reached. This product complements the versatile
LSSU.
• Designed for use with double 38mm top plates with a
50mm seat, which allows sufficient bearing area for most
rafters.
• No notching is required when using the VPA. This
connector reduces the need for bevelled plates and
toenailing. It has positive angle nailing to speed installation
and to minimise wood splitting.
Installation:
• Face fasteners attached to both upper and lower top plates.
• See VPA installation sequence shown.
VPA installation sequence

Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Step 4

Install top nails and face PAN nails Seat rafter with a hammer, Install “B” flange nails in Install rafter PAN nails.
in the “A” flange to outside wall top adjusting the “B” flange to the obround nails holes,
plate. the required pitch. locking the pitch.
Fasteners Safe Working Loads (kN) Characteristic Capacity (kN)

Joist VPA Corresponding
W Solid Section I-Joists
Size Item LSSU Short Medium
(mm) Supporting Supported F1 Short F2 Short
(mm) Codes Item Code Term Term Grade C24 LVL Flanges Solid Flanges
Member (2) Member (1) Term Term
Uplift Down
Download Uplift Lateral Download Uplift Lateral Download Uplift Lateral
38 VPA2 LSSU28 39 8 2 1.09 3.33 1.45 1.09 5.23 1.40 0.95 5.23 3.87 1.94 5.23 1.40 0.69
45 VPA25 LSSUI25 46 8 2 1.09 3.74 1.45 1.09 5.60 1.40 0.95 5.60 3.87 1.94 5.60 1.40 0.69
47 VPA50 LSSU***/50 50 9 2 0.70 2.49 0.47 - 5.23 1.40 0.95 5.23 3.87 1.94 5.23 1.40 0.69
50 VPA2.06 LSSUI2.06 52 9 2 1.09 4.16 1.45 1.09 5.60 1.40 0.95 5.60 3.87 1.94 5.60 1.40 0.69
59 VPA35 LSSUI35 59 9 2 1.09 5.54 1.45 1.09 5.60 1.40 0.95 5.60 3.87 1.94 5.60 1.40 0.69
63 VPA66 LSSU***/66 66 9 2 0.70 2.66 0.47 - 5.60 1.40 0.95 5.60 3.87 1.94 5.60 1.40 0.69
68 VPA71 LSSU***/71 71 9 2 0.70 2.66 0.47 - 5.60 1.40 0.95 5.60 3.87 1.94 5.90 1.40 0.69
72 VPA75 LSSU***/75 75 11 2 0.70 3.73 0.47 - 7.84 1.40 0.95 7.84 3.87 1.94 7.84 1.40 0.69
90 VPA4 LSSU410 90 11 2 1.09 4.56 1.45 1.09 7.84 1.40 0.95 7.84 3.87 1.94 7.84 1.40 0.69
(2) 47 VPA96 LSSU***/96 96 11 2 0.70 3.73 0.47 - 7.84 1.40 0.95 7.84 3.87 1.94 7.84 1.40 0.69
100 VPA100 LSSU***/100 100 11 2 0.70 3.73 0.47 - 7.84 1.40 0.95 7.84 3.87 1.94 7.84 1.40 0.69
1. Use 3.75 x 30mm Square Twist Nails.

2. Use 3.75 x 75mm Round Wire Nails.
3. The characteristic loads are based on using the corresponding LSSU connector listed in the table.
127
Roof Connectors
HRC Hip Ridge Connector
The HRC is a one-piece connector for supporting hip members from the
90
ridge beam or rafters.
It is site adjustable slope for right and left 45° to cater for the hip pitch for
both left and right rafters.
216
Material:
Pre-galvanised mild steel
Installation:
• On the end of the ridge, use optional slots to secure the HRC50 and
HRC1.81. Bend face flanges back flush with the ridge, and complete
the nailing.
• On face of ridge, adjust to correct height and install nails.
• Obround nail holes ease rafter installation.
• Optional diamond holes on the HRC range (except HRC44) are for 148
installation convenience.
• Double bevel cut hip members to achieve full bearing capacity.
• May be sloped to 45° with no reduction in loads.
HRC44

Typical HRC Installation on the Edge of a Ridge Optional HRC Installation
HRC Item Codes and Performance Values

No. Fasteners Safe Working Loads Characteristic
Dimensions (mm)
(3.75 x 30mm) (kN) Capacity (kN)
Model No.
Download
Carrying Short Term
Width Ridge Each Hip Uplift Download
Member Uplift Long Medium
Term Term
HRC1.81 46 38 to 45 16 2 0.93 2.78 3.46 0.94 2.82
HRC50 50 38 to 50 16 2 0.93 2.78 3.46 0.94 2.82
HRC44 90 89 24 (2) 6 (2) 1.85 6.18 6.81 3.52 10.36
1. Performance values shown are for each hip. Total load carried by the connector is double this number.
2. Use 4.0 x 90mm nails with the HRC44.
128
Roof Connectors
RR Ridge Rafter Connector
25 W1
The RR ridge rafter connector provides alignment control and correct nailing
locations. The RR may be used with any rafter slope up to 30°.
Installation: Use all specified fasteners.
82
W2
Dimensions
Number of Safe
(mm) Characteristic
Fasteners Working Loads
Load (kN)
Minimum (3.75 x 30mm) (kN)
Model No.
Joist Size (mm)
W1 W2
Long Term
Support Joist Download
Download
38 x 100 RR 102 38
4 (1) 4 (1) 1.40 0.62
50 x 100 RR50 112 50
1. Refers to 3.75x30mm square twist nails.
SPR50 Slope Adjustable Hanger

The SPR50 connector supports joists or
rafters from other timber members and can
be sloped up or down by up to 45°
• Slope angle can be adjusted on-site.

• Can be sloped to any angle up to 45°.
132mm
• Requires one size of nail only: 3.75 x
30mm square twist.

• Supports a range of timber heights
from 145mm to 200mm

75mm
• Bend only once.
• To ensure proper seat installation,
50mm
install the bottom nails prior to the side
nails.
• Attach the sloped joist at both ends
so that the horizontal force developed
by the slope is fully supported by the
carried members.
SPR50 Item Codes and Performance Values

Safe
Number of Characteristic Load (kN)
Working Loads (kN)
Fasteners
Supported Item (3.75 x 30mm)
Member Size (mm) Code Download
Short
Term Uplift Download
Supporting Supported Medium
Uplift Long Term
Member Member Term
47 x 145 - 200 SPR50 14 10 1.90 2.81 3.20 3.81 6.75
129
Roof Connectors
VTCR Valley Truss Clip
The VTCR is designed to to connect valley trusses to common trusses.
• Structural valley connection.

• Single sided for new construction or retro fit.
• Field adjustment for pitch. Adjustable between 10 and 40 degrees.
• Eliminates bottom chord bevelling or wedging.
• Reduces valley installation cost.
• Reduces valley truss manufacture cost.
Material:
No. Fasteners Safe Working Load (kN)
Model No. Common Valley

Short Term Long Term
Truss Truss
Uplift Download
(3.35mm x 65mm) (3.75 x 30mm)
VTCR 4 3 1.64 3.5
90mm
VTCR Installed

50mm
63mm
130
Racking
Solutions
for Timber
Framed
Buildings
Racking
Solutions
for Timber
Framed
Buildings
T-RS-UK
2014 Edition
+44 (0) 1827 255 600

www.strongtie.co.uk
Overcome the challenge of racking resistance with large openings...

Strong-Portal™ and Steel Strong-Wall™ from Simpson Strong-Tie® have been developed to provide improved
resistance to racking forces and to help overcome the design challenges presented in such cases. These new
systems can be used in external or internal walls depending on the racking requirement and available
wall space. To find out more scan the QR code or visit: www.strongtie.co.uk/racking
Timber Frame Connectors

TFLS Levelling System
TFLS provides the combined function of levelling and fixing the sole plate to the foundation or substructure.
It comprises a universal base plate and packing pieces which can be added or removed as required. The system
transfers vertical and lateral loads from the wall to the foundation.
• Suitable for use with traditional timber frame

walls and closed panel systems.
• Adaptable - accommodates structural packing TFLSB
up to 30mm deep. (Bracket)
TFLSPK140 129-150
• Universal - suitable for walls of 89mm and (Packer)
140mm construction.
• Flexible - packing pieces can easily be added
or removed from the base plate to achieve the
required depth.
• Structural - Satisfies NHBC requirements for
permanent structural packing of the sole plate
when installed at load points.
• Multiple nail holes in bracket offer a variety of
nailing options.
Patent Pending GB 0816765.2

TFLSB
Multiple nail holes (ø 3.1mm).

89mmm
Typical TFLS
Installation
140mmm
83mmm

TFLSPK140 TFLSPK89
(140x39 Packer) (89x39 Packer)
TFLS Installed
with SIP Panels.
TFLS Item Codes
Model
Description Size (mm)
Number
TFLSB Universal Bracket 89 x 140 x 83 x 1.0
TFLSPK89 89mm Packer 89 x 39 x 2.0
TFLSPK140 140mm Packer 140 x 39 x 2.0
132

TFLS Bracket and
Standard Installation. packers.
Starting at the highest point of the foundation slab, position
TFLS installed at
and install the TFLS bracket, including one packer underneath 1200mm centres, unless
otherwise specified.
the sole plate.
Position and install a second TFLS bracket at one end of

the sole plate and level to the first by adding packers to the
second TFLS bracket. If necessary, install a third TFLS at the
Wall Panel Stud
other end of the sole plate and level to the first.
Bottom Rail of
Wall panel
Infill between TFLS brackets with additional brackets. Level by
adding packers as necessary to each bracket. Ideally position Sole Plate
infill brackets under load points (stud positions) at centres
specified by the engineer/building designer. 129-150
TFLS packers.
Repeat process around the rest of the building. Once the
ground floor walls are in situ, install packers under the load Packers installed
at intermediate
points not supported by a TFLS bracket. load points.
DPC
Bracket/packer configuration may be used as

illustrated below.
Alternate Installation
(aids levelling the mortar bed).
Starting at the highest point of the foundation slab, position and
Mortar/screed infill between
install the TFLS bracket including one packer. TFLS packers.
Position and install a second TFLS bracket at the opposite end

of the foundation slab and level to the first by adding packers as
necessary to the second TFLS bracket.
Infill between first and second TFLS brackets with additional

brackets. Level by adding packers as necessary to each bracket. TFLS Bracket and packers.
Using the levelled TFLS as a guide, mortar between the brackets

to produce a level base for the sole plate to sit on - ensuring the
mortar bed is the full width of the sole plate.
Please Note:
• The TFLS is laid on top of the DPC.

• Fixing of the TFLS bracket to the foundation and the sole plate shall be in accordance with the
engineer’s instructions.
• If the TFLS bracket and/or packers are installed at every load point then it is not necessary to
fill the void between the underside of the sole plate and the foundation with structural grout
(filling of void may be required to satisfy other regulations or requirements, i.e. Part L and Part E
regulations).
SPA Sole Plate Anchor

Versatile anchor to attach timber sole plates to concrete
foundations.
Installation:
• Fasteners can be located where suitable.

• The SPA is laid on top of the DPC, lined up and shotfired to
the concrete base.
• The timber is then laid down and secured with nails through
the upright flange of the anchor.
Typical SPA Installation
133

ETFSS Hold Down Strap
ETFSS hold down strap provides restraint against uplift to timber frame
structures keeping them firmly to the ground.
The ETFSS is the first timber frame strap to be CE marked. Incredibly strong
yet just 1.2mm thick, and can be used on cavity widths from 50 to 100mm.

• One size strap suits cavities from 50 to 100mm.
• CE Marked.
• Tested at Ceram Building Technology in accordance with BS EN 846-4, ETFSS = 345mm
ETFSS06 = 155mm
evaluated in accordance with BS EN 845-1.
• Meets NHBC Technical requirements.
• Meets NSAI Technical requirements.
Material: Stainless steel.
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. Verify that the header can take
the required fasteners specified in the table.
ETFSS Item Codes and Performance Values
Dimension (mm) Qty of Fasteners SWL Declared

Model Cavity
Short Term Load
No. (mm)
Uplift (kN) (kN)
Overall Length Thickness Width Type Timber End
380mm
Opt 1 6 50 3.0 6.3
ETFSS 800
Opt 2 8 51-100 1.5 3.2
1.2 33
4 50 2.7 5.4
ETFSS06 610 Opt 1
4 51-100 1.4 2.9
Opt 1 = 3.35 x 50mm Stainless Steel Annular Ring Shank Nails - fill all round holes.
Opt 2 = 3.35 x 50mm Stainless Steel Annular Ring Shank Nails - fill all round and triangular holes.
50-100mm
75mm
33mm

Typical ETFSS Installation
Location and spacing of straps to be

specified by the building designer.
134

BTS/SWT Brick to Timber and Brick to SIP Tie
The BTS and SWT are wall ties used to restrain the external brickwork back to the building structures, while
maintaining a clear cavity.
The BTS and SWT offer an outstanding combination of performance and cost in a wall tie for use with timber frame or
SIP (Structural Insulated Panels). Accommodates movement in timber frame and SIP structures allowing up to 24mm of
movement.
Location Density of Ties Spacing (mm)
All South East England and Town and

City sites where basic wind speed 4.4 ties per m 2 600 x 375
does not exceed 52m/sec BTS50N
All sites where basic wind speed

7 ties per m 2 600 x 225
exceeds 52m/sec
Timber Frame Installation

Use 3.35mm x 50mm stainless steel annular ring shank nails (supplied with tie).
BTS50N BTS75N BTS100N
50mm Cavity 75mm Cavity 100mm Cavity
BTS Compressive Load Capacity 414N.

BTS Tensile Load Capacity 600N.
SWT Installation
BTS Installation
SIP Installation
For use on SIP's the SWT is installed with a stainless steel screw (supplied with the tie) and can be
positioned anywhere on the panel.
SWT50 SWT75 SWT100
SWT Compressive Load Capacity 414N.

SWT Tensile Load Capacity 714N.
SWT Screw
135

IC Insulation Clip
The IC Insulation clip provides a quick and simple method of retaining rigid insulation within a timber frame panel,
creating a controlled gap for services. The IC saves time by allowing the insulation to be installed from the same side
as the sheathing, which elminates the need to turn the panel during construction. And since it fixes to the stud via the
speed prong feature - no nailing is required.
• Sizes to suit common stud widths.

• Multiple depths to suit common thickness of rigid insulation.
• Insulation installed same side as the sheathing - panel no longer needs to be turned during construction.
• No nails required, speed prong feature fixes into the stud.
• Split into two halves for single use around door and window openings, cripple studs and panel end studs
• Manufactured from 0.5mm galvanised steel.
Installation:
1. Make up the timber frame panel with the top and bottom rails and studs.
2. Position IC clip on the studs and fix.
3. Cut rigid insulation to size and push fit between the studs.
4. Fix sheathing board onto the panel.
Sheathing Insulation clip
IC Item Codes

Stud Width Height
Item Code
Thickness (mm) (mm)
IC71/38 71
IC81/38 81
IC91/38 91
IC101/38 101
IC106/38 106
Rigid insulation Timber stud
38mm 38
IC111/38 111
Front View Top View
IC121/38 121
Sheathing Timber top rail
IC136/38 136
Insulation clip IC165/38 165

Insulation clip
Timber stud IC176/38 176
IC71/45 71
Timber stud
IC91/45 91
IC101/45 101
IC106/45 106
45mm 45
Rigid insulation IC111/45 111
Sheathing Rigid insulation
IC121/45 121
IC165/45 165
IC176/45 176
Timber bottom rail
136

PWT Party Wall Tie
The PWT200 is the first connector specifically 75 62 50 50 62 75
designed and engineered to connect the party 75 62 50 50 62 75
walls of timber framed buildings.
It’s manufactured using minimum material section for optimum sound performance. This allows the tie to meet the
requirements of Part E of the Building Regulations (Resistance to the Passage of Sound), whilst incorporating a unique
stiffening rib for maximum structural capacity. The Party Wall Tie has cavity widths of 50, 62 and 75mm stamped on the
upper surface to help check for a consistent cavity width up through the building.
As it has been designed specifically for purpose, the nail holes (just four 3.75 x 30mm at each end) are positioned to
ensure the minimum edge distances are always achieved.
• Meets the requirements of Part E of The Building Regulations (Resistance to the Passage of Sound).
• Suits timber frame party wall cavities from 50 to 75mm.
• Can be used on Closed Panel Construction – where 50mm stiffening rib helps to check that minimum 50mm cavity
width has been achieved.
• Minimum material section for optimum sound performance.
Installation:
• Quick and easy installation using only 8 No. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails – 4 per side.
• Nails holes positioned to ensure Minimum Nail Edge Distances are always achieved.
• In order to minimise the risk of sound transfer, it is recommended that the PWT200 is installed at 1200mm centres,
unless otherwise specified by the building designer or engineer.
• The PWT200 is to be installed at, or near ceiling level.
PWT Performance Values

Dimensions (mm) Fasteners
Safe Working Load
Model No.
(kN)
Length Width Material Qty Specification
PWT200 200 25 1.5 8 3.75 x 30mm 1.78

Typical PWT Installation
Below: PWT Installed to SIP
137
Angle Brackets and Ties

A34/A35 Framing Anchors
The A35 anchor’s exclusive bending slot allows 36 36 36 36
instant, accurate bending on site for all two and
three-way ties.
Balanced, completely reversible design allows 76

the A35 to be used to secure a wide variety of 63
connections.
A35
38
Installation: Use all the specified fasteners.
A34
A34/A35 item Codes and Performance Values

Fasteners
Model Type of Direction Safe Working Loads (kN) Long Characteristic Capacity (kN)
(3.75 x 30mm
No. Connection of Load Term C16 Timber C24 Timber
Square Twist)
F1 1.30 0.97
A34 1 8
F2 1.06 0.63
F1 1.30 1.33
2 12
F2 1.46 0.89
F1 0.98 0.60
3 9 F2 0.64 0.59
A35
F3 0.98 0.46
F1 0.98 1.03
4 12 F2 0.98 1.14
F3 0.57 0.84
1. Safe working loads are for one anchor. When the anchors are installed on each side of the joist, the minimum joist thickness is 75mm.
2. Characteristic capacities are for one anchor. When anchors are installed on each side of the joist the minimum thickness is 47mm.
3. Some illustrations show connections that would cause cross-grain tension or bending of the wood during loading if not reinforced sufficiently. In which
case, consider mechanical reinforcement.
Type of connections

1: A34 2: A35 3: A35 4: A35
F1 F1
F2 F2
F3
F3
Beam to Posts Ceiling Joists

A and B Legs Outside To Beam
Chimney Framing
Joists
To Beam
Studs to Plate Joists to Plate

with B Leg Outside with A Leg Inside
138

L70 Reinforcing Bracket
A reinforcing angle designed to transfer loads between 2 ply floor joists/
metal web joists. The L70 Reinforcing Angle may be used in pairs to transfer 35
the loads between floor joist plys.
60
Installation: Use all the specified fasteners.
• Use in pairs; as illustrated. The distance between the centre of each
L70 in the pair should not exceed 300mm. 178
• Nail the shorter sides of the L70’s into the sides of the loaded joist
member.
• Nail the longer sides of the L70’s into the top of the clipped joist
member.
• Floor decking shall be applied to the top chord of each joist. Attach
decking to each joist with nails or screws at a maximum of 300mm
centres.
60mm
LOADED
Safe Working
TRUSS
Model No. Fasteners (2) Loads (kN) (1) CLIPPED
Qty FLOOR TRUSS
No. (3.75 x 30mm)
C16 Timber TR26 Timber
L70 2 16 3.42 3.96 300mm (MAX)
1. Maximum allowable load transfer for each pair of L70 reinforcing angles, subject to load
transfer rates within the table below.
3. Allowable loads shown are for joist top chord applications only.
4. Allowable loads shown are for downward vertical floor loads only.
% of Applied Load Transferred to Clipped Truss

F TRANSFER
L/D
L70 Position L/D

Greater or equal
L/D Typical L70 Installation
Less Than 12
12
Middle 2 ⁄ 3 of Joist Span 40% 20%
End 1⁄6 of Span 25% 20%
1. L/D = Truss Span (mm) divided by Joist Depth (mm).

2. The joist designer shall determine the L/D ratio required to ensure satisfactory joist performance.
3. The joist designer shall design each joist to meet all applicable code requirements.
4. The joist designer must determine the quantity and spacing of pairs based on load capacity requirements. Provide a pair of L70’s at each load
application point unless the loaded joist is designed for the total load applied between the L70’s. (Load transfer shall not exceed the applicable table
value or the limits stated in the notes).
5. Loads may not be increased for construction or other loading conditions.
A Angles W2
The ‘A’ angles versatility means it can be used in many applications requiring 90° fixing.
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. A88
Fasteners SWL (kN) W1

Dimension
Model Base Post
Material
No. F1 F2
W1 W2 L Bolts Nails Bolts Nails
A21 1.2 50 38 35 - 21 - 21 0.61 0.51
L
A23 1.2 50 38 70 - 41 - 41 1.22 1.22
A33 2.5 75 75 38 - 42 - 42 1.80 0.96
A88 2.5 200 200 50 3 - 10mm - 3 - 10mm - - -
1. Use 3.75 x 30mm nails.

Typical
A21-A23
Installation
139

Technical Information
Characteristic Values
The characteristic values (Fk) have been determined in accordance with Eurocode 5 and ETAG 015, which are defined
by the relevant European Technical Approval. The design values are obtained from the following formula:
Fdesign = Fk x kmod
ᵧm
Where: Kmod - modification factor, dependent on the service class, the duration of load and the type of material used.
ᵧ m
- partial safety factor.
b b
F1
F1 e F1 e
f
F2 F3
Beam or Rigid Support Beam or Rigid Support
2 brackets per assembly 1 bracket per assembly

Beam or Rigid Support
The above is only valid if the application is in accordance with the diagrams shown above.
All units are in kilo Newtons (kN).

Load Application
F1 - Tensile Force
When application is with 2 brackets the tensile force occurs in the central axis of the joint.
When application is with 1 bracket only:
If the structure prevents rotation or failure of the supported member, the tensile resistance is equal to half of the
value for 2 brackets - otherwise:
The tensile resistance of the assembly depends on the distance << f >> between the vertical contact surface
and the point of load application.
F2 & F3 - Lateral Force:
When application is with 1 bracket only: the value of resistance is equal half of that given for two brackets.
140
Combined Loads
In cases of combined loads, the following check shall be verified: F1 + F2 + F3 :

F2 and F3 are opposing forces.
Type of Application
The characteristic values published are dependent on the type of application and material to which they are fixed.
There are three main categories as shown below.
Fixing - Timber/Timber Fixing - Timber/Timber Fixing - Timber/Concrete

Type Beam/Beam Type Post/Beam Type Beam/Rigid Support
For each of these types of application, full nailing conditions apply, ie. every nail hole is filled.
Timber Strength Class
The values correspond to the the use of timber class C24 for structural applications.
For a higher grade of timber the tabular values remain unchanged.

For a lower class of timber the tabulated values should be factored down with the kdens coefficient as shown:
Where = Characteristic density of timber used in accordance with BS EN 338.

350 = Characteristic density of timber class C24 in accordance with BS EN 338.

141

ABR/E/EB Reinforced Angle Brackets
Heavy angles for general connecting of timber at 90° angles. Reinforced ribs add extra rigidity.
Typical application include fixing trusses, purlins and posts. Suitable support materials include solid timber, composite
timber, laminated timber and trusses.
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel (except E2IX: stainless steel).

A
A
A
A
A
B B
B
B B
C C
C
C C
E2/2,5/7090 E9S/2,5 EB/7076 ABR105-R

E5/2C50
Dimensions (mm) Fixing Holes

Model
Nails Bolts
No. Thickness A B C
Leg B Leg C Leg B Leg C
E5/2C50 2.0 65 75 48 7 6 1(1) 1(1)
E2/2,5/7090 2.5 65 90 90 10 10 1(2) 1(2)
E2IX(5) 2.5 65 90 90 10 10 1(2) 1(2)
E9S/2,5 2.5 65 150 90 14 8 2(2) 1(2)
E9/2,5 2.5 65 150 150 14 14 2(2)
2(2) 1. 11mm Obround.
EB/7070 2.0 55 70 70 6 6 1(4)
1(4) 2. 11mm.
EB/7076 3.0 76 90 48 12 7 3(3) 1(3) 3. 13mm.
4. 8.5mm.
ABR105-R 3.0 90 105 105 14 10 1(2) 3(2) 5. Manufactured from Stainless Steel.

Connection with Timber/Timber type Beam/Beam: 2 Brackets
Fixing Holes Characteristic Values (kN)
Model
Nails Tension (F1) Shear (F2=F3)
No.
Leg B Leg C Ø 4.0 x 35mm (1)
Ø 4.0 x 50mm (2)
Ø 4.0 x 35mm (1) Ø 4.0 x 50mm (2)
E5/2C50 7 6 5.20 6.40 4.90 6.40
E2/2,5/7090 10 10 6.60 10.60 7.60 10.50
E9S/2,5 14 8 4.70 7.70 8.70 11.90
E9/2,5 14 14 4.90 8.20 9.30 13.00
EB/7070 6 6 4.40 7.10 4.40 6.80
EB/7076 12 7 4.90 7.90 10.70 16.30
ABR105-R 14 10 8.90 14.30 13.60 19.10
Connection with Timber/Timber type Post/Beam: 2 Brackets

Fixing Holes Characteristic Values (kN)
Model
Nails Tension (F1) Shear (F2=F3)
No.
Ø 4.0 x 50mm (2)
Ø 4.0 x 35mm (1) Ø 4.0 x 50mm (2)
E9S/2,5 14 8 2.80 4.80 7.10 9.80
1. 4.0 x 35mm refers to a 35mm
E9/2,5 14 14 3.10 5.10 6.70 9.60
long CNA connector nail with
Connection with Timber/Concrete Support type Beam/Rigid Support: 2 Brackets a diameter of 4mm.
2. 4.0 x 50mm refers to a 50mm
Fixing Holes Characteristic Values (kN) long CNA connector nail with
Model a diameter of 4mm.
Nails Bolts Tension (F1) Shear (F2=F3)
No. 3. Full nailing conditions apply.
Ø 4.0 x 50mm (1)
Ø 4.0 x 35mm (1) Ø 4.0 x 50mm (1) 4. Load capacities are only
applicable when using 4mm
E5/2C50 7 1 Ø M10 3.90 6.00 2.20 2.90
diameter annular ring shank
EB/7076 12 1 Ø M12 12.70 16.80 6.90 11.05 nails.
142

EA Light Reinforced Angle Bracket
These angle brackets are used to assemble structural joinery for
internal applications.

Model
No.
Nails Bolts
Thickness W1 W2 L
(5mm) (11mm)
EA444/2C50 2.0 40 40 40 6 -
EA554/2C50 2.0 50 50 40 8 2
W1
EA664/2C50 2.0 60 60 40 10 2
EA756/2C50 2.0 50 70 60 10 2
L W2
EA444/2C50 (EA554/2C50 Similar)

W1 EA664/2C50
W2
EC Light Duty Angle Bracket

These angle brackets are used for many DIY applications. They are
generally adapted to reinforce structural pieces of furniture.

Model
No.
Thickness W1 W2 L Screws EC80/2,5C50
W1
EC30/2C50 2.0 30 30 15 4 x 4.2mm
EC40/2C50 2.0 40 40 15 4 x 4.2mm
EC50/2C50 2.0 50 50 15 4 x 4.2mm
EC80/2,5C50 2.5 80 80 15 6 x 4.2mm

W2
EC90/3C50 2.0 90 90 18 4 x 5.5mm L
143

EFIXR/S Adjustable Angle Brackets
These angles are used for internal connections.
EFIXS120C50
• Various bracket heights.
• Two slotted fixing holes for easier adjustment.

Model W1
No.
Nails
Thickness W1 W2 L Bolt Slots (mm)
(5mm)
6.5 x 30
EFIXR553C50 2.0 50 50 30 8
8.5 x 30
6.5 x 50
EFIXR753C50 2.0 70 50 30 9
8.5 x 30
6.5 x 65
EFIXS100C50 2.5 98 52 30 10
8.5 x 30
6.5 x 65
EFIXS120C50 3.0 117 52 30 10
8.5 x 30 L W2
END Multi Angle Bracket

These angle brackets are designed to ensure versatility.
Dimensions (mm) Fixing Holes/Slots

Model W1
No.
Thickness W1 W2 L Side W1 Side W2
9mm Hole
6.5x30mm
END55/1,5C50 1.5 55 72 30
Slot
9 x 25mm Slot
2 x 6.5mm Hole 9mm Hole

END100/1,5C50 1.5 100 72 30 W2
6.5x45mm Slot 9 x 25mm Slot
L
1. Use M6 bolts W1 and M8 Bolts W2.
ES Nail Plate Angle Bracket

Simple angle brackets which are very versatile, used for timber to timber
connections.
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. W1
Notes for table below.

1. 4.0 x 35mm refers to a 35mm long annular ring shank nail fastener with a diameter
of 4mm (Item code CNA4,0X35).
2. 4.0 x 50mm refers to a 50mm long annular ring shank nail fastener with a diameter
of 4mm (item code CNA4,0X50).
3. Full nailing conditions apply.
L W2
4. Load capacities only apply when the bracket is fixed using 4mm diameter annular
ring shank CNA nails.
No. of Nails Dimensions (mm) Characteristic Values (kN)

Model
No. Tension (F1) Shear (F2 = F3)
Leg W1 Leg W2 Thickness W1 W2 L
Ø 4.0 x 35mm Ø 4.0 x 50mm Ø 4.0 x 35mm Ø 4.0 x 50mm
ES10/40C50 5 5 2.5 60 60 40 2.4 3.1 2.3 3.1
ES10/60C50 8 8 2.5 60 60 60 3.6 4.9 5.6 7.4
ES11/60 11 11 2.5 80 80 60 3.6 4.9 7.3 9.8
144

ABC Angle Bracket for Cladding
The ABC angle bracket has been designed to fix vertical battens directly to the
supporting structure without the need for additonal battens, it creates a zone for
insulation and/or ventilation between the wall and the cladding.
• Connect vertical battens directly to the supporting structure.

• No need for horizontal battens.
• Creates a zone for insulation or ventilation. L
• Reduces installation time, materials and cost. W1
• Suitable for cavities 50mm to 145mm.
W2
Vertical Cladding Horizontal Cladding

Supporting Structure
ABC Bracket Vertical Batten
Insulation
Horizontal
Cladding Boards
Vertical F2
Cladding Boards ABC Bracket F1 ►
Horizontal Batten
Item Codes and Characteristic Performances

Characteristic Values (kN) per 1 Bracket
Vertical
Item Dimensions (mm) Fixings Horizontal
Slip under load measured at
Reference extremity of bracket (F1 on diagram (F2 on diagram
above)
above)
W1 W2 L Supporting Supported 1mm 3mm
ABC100/2,5 52 65 97
0.22 0.36
ABC120/2,5 52 65 117
1 2 1.56
ABC140/2,5 52 65 137
0.18 0.31
ABC160/2,5 52 65 157
1. Supporting 1 x M8 bolt.
2. Supported 2 x CSA5,0X40.
145
Timber Connectors
H High Wind Ties 35
Designed to provide ties for trusses and rafters likely to be subject to
high winds, this versatile range may be used for general purposes,
strongback attachments and as all-purpose ties where one timber 41 55
crosses another.
H2.5A and H4 may be installed in pairs to achieve twice the stated safe
working loads. Where the truss thickness is less than 63mm install
diagonally across from each other, as shown in the illustration below.
H2.5A
The H4 has a unique shape that requires fewer nails. The design allows
for installation on the inside of the wall plate without interfering with the 150
gypsum board or for installation on the outside of the wall plate without
interfering with the cladding material.
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. 55
Installation:
• H4 ties are shipped in equal quantities of separate rights and lefts.
• Protruding nails should always be clinched.
38
High Wind Tie Performance Values

Number of Fasteners Safe
(Use 3.75 x 30mm) Working Loads (kN)
Model
No. Short Lateral Short Term 92
To Rafters To Plates Term 44
Uplift F1 F2 H4
H2.5A 5 5 2.31 0.49 0.49
U.S. Patent
4,714,372
H4 4 4 1.05 0.62 0.60 54
1. SWL’s are for one anchor. A minimum rafter thickness of 63mm must be used when framing
anchors are installed on each side of the joist and on the same side of the plate.
2. Uplift SWL’s are for the H4 sole plate installation 0.92kN; 1.58kN for H2.5A.
3. When cross-grain bending or cross-grain tension cannot be avoided, mechanical reinforcement
to resist all such forces should be considered.
H4 Sole Plate H4 Installation

H2.5A Installation
Installation

(see footnote 2) F3
F1
F1
F4
F3
F2
F2
Top View Installation to Achieve Twice the Load
H2.5A can be installed on Install H4 diagonally Nailing H4 into both sides

the same side of the wall across from each other for of a single ply 35mm or
plate. single ply 35mm or 47mm 47mm truss may cause
trusses. the wood to split.
146
Timber Connectors
LS Skewable Angle
Designed to attach timber members at irregular angles, these connectors
Typical LS70
can be bent on site from 0° to 135°. The staggered nail pattern reduces the
Installation
possibility for splitting the timber and allows installation on both sides of the
member.
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. LS

U.S. Patent
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. Angles should be bent to suit 4,230,416
installation only once. Joists must be constrained against rotation (for
example, with solid blocking) when using a single LS Angle per connection.
LS Item Codes and Performance Values

129-150
Safe
Working
LS70 Top View
Fasteners
Model Loads (kN) Characteristic
Length (3.75 x
No. Values (kN)
75mm)
Long Medium
Term Term
LS30 85 6 1.29 1.60 2.80
LS50 124 8 1.73 2.16 4.30

55 55
LS70 162 10 2.16 2.58 4.40
1. Loads are for one part only.

2. Minimum timber thickness to achieve table load is 45mm. For 35mm timber, use 81% of the
table load.
3. 3.75 x 75mm refers to round wire nails.
DSTC/SSTC Double and Single Sided Toothed Connectors

Single sided and double sided connector plates for enhanced bolt performance SSTC
in timber. Conforms to BS EN 912: 1999 Annex C. Specification for toothed plate
connectors.
Material: Pre-galvanised mild steel. Thickness as stated in table.

DSTC
DSTC/SSTC Item Codes
Dimensions (mm)
Model
No. Dia. Hole Dia. Material Teeth Height

dc d1 t ht
SSTC50 48 12 1.00 6.6 Typical DSTC

SSTC60 62 12 1.20 8.7 Installation
SSTC75 75 16 1.25 10.4
DSTC50 48 16 1.00 13.0
DSTC60 62 20 1.20 16.0
DSTC75 75 26 1.25 19.5
T Flat 'T' Shaped Bracket

Model Fasteners Dimensions (mm)
Material
No.
Nails1 Bolts2 L H B
2.0mm
66T 8 3 150 125 38
Galvanised Steel

2. Use 10mm bolts.
3. Nail holes diameter: 4.3mm.
66T Typical 66T Installation
4. Bolt holes diameter 11m.
5. Please note, this item is not CE marked.
147
Column Caps and Post Bases

CPT Concealed Post Base
The new CPT concealed post base provides a clean, concealed look while
providing a 25mm standoff height above concrete. The 25mm standoff
reduces the potential for decay at the post end.
The CPT can be fixed to concrete base with either M12 chemical or
Flitch
mechanical anchors (sold separately).
Plate
Material: 145mm
Flitch plate, washers and standoff base are pre-galvanised
steel. The standoff base has an additional textured, flat black powder
coat finish for aesthetic purposes. The 12mm diameter dowels are Standoff
mechanically galvanised. Base
CPT Item Codes

Minimum
Model W L Dowel Size Dowel Qty W
Post Size
No. (mm) (mm) (mm) (included)
(mm) L
89 x 89 to
CPT44Z 89 89 13 x 70 3
100 x 100
133 x 133 to
CPT66Z 133 133 13 x 121 3
150 x 150
184 x 184 to
CPT88Z 184 184 13 x 121 3
203 x 203
CPT Installation
Lines on
part to
locate
end of
post 1"
127mm
for flitch
plate

Step 1: Use the flitch plate as a Step 2: Drill 13mm holes Step 3: Cut a 5mm wide slot on the
template to mark dowel locations. perpendicular to the post at marked side adjacent the drilled holes. Check
locations. that the flitch plate slides freely.
Standoff
base
Flitch plate
Nut
Washer
Step 4: Fix down the flitch plate to Step 5: Lower the post onto the flitch Step 6: Drive the dowels into the post.
concrete foundation and lower the plate with the drilled holes aligned They should be roughly centred within
standoff over the flitch plate. with the three holes in the flitch plate. the post.
Be careful to avoid rotating the post
during installation.
148

ABW Adjustable Post Base with Stand Off
Designed for versatility, cost effectiveness, the ABW is a retrofit adjustable post base with a
25mm standoff for the post to help prevent moisture induced decay to the timber post.
25mm
• Slot in the base enables flexible positioning around the anchor bolt.
• Attach to anchor bolt after concrete is poured, or after the concrete is set with chemical or
mechnical anchors.
Installation:
• Place the base washer and nut on the anchor bolt, loosely fasten the nut.
• Place the stand off base and then the post in the ABW and fasten on three vertical sides.
• Make any necessary adjustments to post placements and tighten the nut anchor securely.
• Bend up the fourth side of the ABW and fasten.
• Not recommended when the top of post/column is not restrained (e.g. fence post).
Fasteners
Post Material
Model Dimensions
Size (mm) Post
No. Anchor
(mm)
Dia.
Nails
Base Strap W L
ABW44Z 89 x 89 1.5 1.5 90 89 14 8 (1)
ABW44RZ 100 x 100 1.5 1.5 101 89 14 8 (1)
ABW66Z 133 x 133 2.5 2.0 140 141 16 12 (2)
ABR66RZ 150 x 150 2.5 2.0 152 152 16 12 (2)

2. 4.0 x 90mm nails.
PBS Post Base with Stand Off

The PBS post base is installed into wet concrete and features a 25mm standoff to help prevent moisture induced
decay to the timber post.
Material: Pre-galvanised mid steel.
Installation: Embed into wet concrete up to the bottom of the 25mm standoff base.
Fasteners Safe Working Loads (kN) Characteristic

Post Material
Model Dimensions Capacity (kN)
Size (mm) Post (1)
Short Term
No. Short Term F1 Short Term F2 Long (C24)
(mm) Bolts Uplift Term
Nails Down
Base Strap W1 W2 D Qty Dia. Nails Bolts Nails Bolts Nails Bolts Up(3) Down(4)
(2)
PBS44A 89 x 89 2.5 2.0 90 89 89 14 2 14 10.68 6.96 5.18 1.02 3.94 3.94 29.65 16.0 54.5
1. Use nails or bolts.

3. Up = Uplift.
4. Down = Download.
HB
D
149
Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction *

CB Post Base (made to order)
CB post base for pre-pour concrete applications.
This item is not CE marked.
75
Material: 5.0mm mild steel, hot dip galvanised.
110
SIM
StroP S O N
ng
Tie®
200
)
(75 W W1 0 m m
mm 2
-20 m -20
0m
m) (7 5m
PPA Elevated Post Base with 100m Stand Off*

For post base installations requiring a higher standoff distance. Suitable for post
sizes 100 x 100mm to 200 x 200mm.
Material: 4mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation: Fix to the foundation with concrete screw/mechanical anchor or

chemical anchor system. Fix to the post using M10 coach screws.
PPA Performance Values

Dimensions (mm) Bolts (Total) Characteristic
Model
Capacity (kN) C24
No.
W1 B1 W2 B2 H Qty Dia. Download
PPA100 100 100 130 130 100 8 12 55.9
APB Adjustable Elevated Post Base*

APB features a post mounting plate on a screw allowing it to be
adjusted to a specific standoff height ranging from 100-150mm.
Suitable for post sizes 100 x 100mm to 200 x 200mm.
Material: 4mm pre-galvanised mild steel.
Installation: Fix to the foundation with concrete screw/mechanical

anchor or chemical anchor system. Fix to the post using M10 coach
screws.
APB Performance Values

Dimensions (mm) Bolts (Total) Characteristic
Model
Capacity (kN) C24
No.
W1 B1 W2 B2 H Qty Dia. Download
APB100/150 100 100 130 130 100-150 8 12 45.0
150

PBH Heavy Duty Elevated Post Base Fh
The PBH is suitable for heavy duty post support applications including
Fv
Glulam timber posts with a standoff height of 200mm. Dowels included.
PBH75 suitable for posts 75 x 75mm to 120 x 120mm.

PBH120 suitable for posts 120 x 120mm to 200 x 200mm.
W
1 B1
Material: 8mm hot-dip galvanised mild steel plate.
H
Installation: Fix to the foundation with concrete screw/mechanical anchor
or chemical anchor system. Fix to the post using M10 coach screws.
PBH Item Codes

Dimensions
Bolts Base Bolts Post
(mm)
Model
No. Top Plate Lower Plate Dia. Dia.
Fv Fh H Qty Qty W
W1 B1 W2 B2 (mm) (mm) 2
B2
PBH75 75 75 100 160 110 45 200 2 13 2 8.5
PBH120 120 120 155 155 110 90 200 4 13 4 8.5 PBH75
PBH Performance Values

Fh
Characteristic Loads (kN)
Model
No. Download (F1) Uplift (F2) Lateral (F3) Lateral (F4)
Fv
Timber Steel Timber Steel Timber Steel Timber Steel
PBH75 170.00 109.00 7.80 8.60 5.30 3.90 5.30 3.80
PBH120 219.00 109.00 20.70 22.80 7.70 3.90 7.60 3.80
Installation Sequence W
1 B1
W
2 B2
PBH120
F2 F1
F4 F3
Force Directions
151
PC Post Cap and EPC End Post Cap

Specially produced connectors for post to beam connections. The PC
extension side plates function as tie straps where splices occur. EPC option
should be used where the beam ends at the post.

PC/EPC Item Codes and Performance Values PC
Installation
Fasteners
Dimensions SWL (kN)
(4.0 x 90mm)
Post (mm)
Model Surfaces Short Term
Size
No.
(mm)
Beam Beam L2
W1 W2 L1 L2 L3 Post Uplift Lateral
(PC) (EPC)
EPC
PC44 89 X 89 90 90 67 280 - 8 12 - 6.18 4.11 Installation
EPC44 89 X 89 90 90 67 - 185 8 - 8 6.18 4.76
CC Column Cap (made to order)

Columns made to order for standard timber or engineered wood
sizes. Bolts available separately. Contact Simpson Strong-Tie® for
details. Specify dimensions as detailed in the table below.
Material: 5mm mild steel.

Installation: use 16mm bolts.
CC Dimension Ranges
Range (mm)

Dimensions (mm)
Minimum Maximum
30
30
W1 75 225 30
W2 75 250
75
H1 100 200
L 280
0
10
SI
St M P S
ro O N
75
ng
Ti ®
e
65
See column cap specification order form on opposite page.
152
Column Caps Specification/Order Form
From | Company:
Tel: Fax: Date:
Make a note of the dimensions on the relevant diagram below and fax to: 01827 255616
Please refer to minimum and maximum dimension ranges on opposite page.
SPEC CC
H1
W1
W2
SPEC ECCLL
ECCLR = opposite hand.
H1
H2
W1
W3
W2
SPEC CCT
H1
H2
W1
W3
W2
W4
SPEC CCC W1
H1
H3
H2
W3
W2
153
Restraint Straps
HES/LES
Heavy/Light Engineered Restraint Straps
A direct replacement for traditional 2.5mm and 5mm thick restraint straps,
the innovative design of these lightweight straps allows ease of handling and HES
(inc. Mortar Key)
installation whilst maintaining the structural strength and robustness of much
heavier weight types.
L1
The HES (heavy engineered strap) & LES (light engineered strap) replace
traditional heavy and light restraint straps in roof and floor construction.
Reducing the thickness to 1.5mm allows the HES strap to span over the top of
floor joists and the bottom chords of trusses without the need for notching.
HES straps are less than 40% of the weight, quicker to fit, and overcome many
129-150
fixing problems associated with traditional heavy straps.
L2
The LES is designed for vertical applications e.g. holding down wall plates.
• CE Marked.
• 1.5mm thick. 38
• Formed edge design gives additional strength on bend.
• Complies with BS EN 845-1.
33
• Quicker to install - can fit over top of floor joists and truss bottom chords.
• Easier to course with blockwork. L2
• No need to notch joists.
Material: 1.5mm galvanised mild steel
Horizontal strap installation: Approved Document A of the

Patent GB 2423532
Building Regulations requires lateral restraint to be provided at each floor at a
maximum of 2 metre centres.
Restraint straps "perpendicular" to the floor joists are required to be held tight LES
against the masonry and fixed across the first 3 joists.
Restraint straps "parallel" to the floor joists are required to be held tight to the L1
masonry and be at least 1200mm long.

The characteristic tensile strength for horizontal restraint straps should not be
less than 8kN.
Vertical strap installation: Vertical strapping at least 1 metre in length

should be provided at eaves level at intervals not exceeding 2 metres.
HES/LES Item Codes and Performance Values

Dimension (mm) Fasteners Characteristic
Model
Type Load
No. Masonry Floor Joist or
L1 L2 Wall Plate (kN)
Wall Rafter
HES06B10 500 100
HES08B10 700 100

8 off Certificate numbers
Heavy
HES10B10 900 100 - 3.75x30mm - 8.0 HES: RD1160211A
Engineered Strap
Square Twist Nails
HES12B10 1100 100 LES: RD1160211B
HES15B10 1400 100
LES06B10 500 100
LES08B10 700 100 5 off 3 off

Light
#12x50mm Wood - 3.75x30mm 4.0
Engineered Strap
LES10B10 900 100 Screw (1) Square Twist Nails
LES12B10 1100 100
1. Wood screws to be plugged and screwed into masonry. The lowest fixing to be within 150mm of the bottom of the strap.
154
Restraint Straps
Roof Application: Floor Joist Application: Vertical Application:

HES strap fits underneath the rafter and Fix HES strap using 8 No. Fix LES strap to wall plate with 3 No.
noggins, as per NHBC/TRA detail. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nail. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails and
In all instances fix HES using to masonry with 5 off # 12 x 50mm
8 No. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails. wood screws, plugged and screwed
into masonry. The lowest fixing
should be located within 150mm of
the bottom of the vertical strap.
Strap is easier to course

with blockwork
The I-Joist nogging can be fitted by

either skew nailing or ZS Clips (using
ZS clips will make fitting easier).
Metal Web Joist Application: I-Joist Application Option 1:

One strap at maximum 2m centres or as Strap can be fitted over joists without the need to
required by the building designer. cut through web or flange.
I-Joist Application Option 2: I-Joist Application Option 3:

The HES strap can be used in The HES strap can also be fitted underneath the top
conjunction with solid timber noggins. flange of the I-Joist.
155
Restraint Straps
H/L
Heavy/Light Restraint Straps Flat
30
Twist Double Twist
H and L straps are designed to The Building Regulations, BS 5268 Part 3

and other building standards for vertical and horizontal restraint when con- T
9M
necting timber floor and roof systems to masonry walls. IN .
L
45
±5
• Heavy restraint straps meet requirements for lateral restraint of roof L
trusses, rafters and joists tied into masonry walls.
• Light restraint straps are designed for vertical loads such as wall L
plates on top of masonry walls.
T
2 129-150
• All common sizes in stock from 500 to 2000mm long,
100mm increments. T
1
Material: H: 30mm x 5mm; L: 30mm x 2.5mm, mild steel.
Finish: Pre-galvanised and edge coated. Bend Double Bend

L
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. L
B1
B2
• Horizontal lateral restraint straps should be spaced not more than B

1
2m centres and attached to at least 3 timber members through the
use of noggings and packing. Attach to timber members using a
minimum of 8 no. 3.75 x 30mm square twist nails. The bend length
should be a minimum of 100mm and should be positioned at the
centre of an uncut block or brick.
• Vertical restraint strapping should be at least 1m long. Where straps

are fixed to masonry, hardened nails Ø4mm x 75mm long or wood
screws into plugs #12 x 50mm long should be used. The number of
fixings should be in accordance with the design requirements and
the lowest fixing should be located within 150mm of the bottom of L
T1
the vertical strap. B1
To order: Specify model series, overall length, bend (B) dimension and/or
twist (T) dimension.
Bend and Twist

Example: 30 x 5 strap that has an overall length of 1m, a bend at 10cm
and a twist at 20cm. (See illustration for detail on measuring bend & twist
dimensions).
H 10 B10 T20
Strap Bend Twist
Strap
Length Length Length
Type
(dm) (cm) (cm)
Common Bent Strap Sizes Common Twisted Strap Sizes Common Flat Strap Sizes
Dimension (mm) Dimension (mm) Dimension (mm)
Model Model Model
No. No. No.
L B1 L T1 L
H06B15 600 150 H06T15 600 150 H10F00 1000

H08B15 800 150 H10T15 1000 150 L10F00 1000
H10B15 1000 150 L06T10 600 100
H12B15 1200 150 L10T10 1000 100
H15B15 1500 150 L12T10 1200 100
H16B15 1600 150
L06B10 600 100
L10B10 1000 100
L12B10 1200 100
156
Restraint Straps
Typical strap configurations
H (Heavy) Strap Configuration 1 H (Heavy) Strap Configuration 2

Mounted into blockwork and aligned with floor Mounted into blockwork in a roof truss.
joist member. Notching of the joist is necessary to
ensure that the floor boards sit flush.
L (Light) Strap Configuration 1 L (Light) Strap Configuration 2

Vertical restraint, mounted to wall plate. Vertical restraint, mounted to truss.
157
Restraint Straps
FMS Folded Mini Strap
The FMS strap provides restraint to masonry walls when the walls are supporting joist ends. They make installation
easier, quicker and more cost effective - without compromising on wall stability.
In place of the heavy traditional 30x5mm strap at 2.0m c/c spacing, the FMS
FMS strap is installed to provide restraint at every joist end, whether built
in or on hangers. So there’s no need to calculate where the straps go, or
worry about getting one in the wrong place.
Bend Reinforced Only 3 No 3.75 x 30mm
with Embossment square twist nails required
Every job gets done quicker and more smoothly. The FMS strap goes on to fix to joist
every joist end up to 600mm c/c spacing, and blockwork up to 125mm
thick.
129-150
• Ideal solution for 2 ½ & 3 storey buildings which require straps on joist
ends when built in to masonry walls
• Improves quality of build
• Saves time and labour costs
• Greatly reduces scope for installation errors
• Simplifies on-site inspection process
• Accepted by NHBC

FMS - For use where the joist and FMSB - For use in conjunction FMSC - For use with coursing
hanger are the same height: with joists built into walls: masonry hangers:
1. Place carried joist into hanger, 1. Sit joist onto blockwork, 1. Place carried joist into hanger,
securing joist into the hanger by ensuring that joist is fully securing joist into the hanger by
installing all specified fixings. bearing onto supporting installing all specified fixings.
2. Sit FMS strap on top of joist masonry. 2. Fit FMSC strap to side of joist
as shown above, ensuring the 2. Fit FMSB strap to side of joist as shown below, ensuring the
return is hooked over supporting at the bottom as shown above, return is hooked over supporting
masonry and is tight against ensuring the return is hooked masonry and is tight against
outer face of masonry. over supporting masonry and outer face of the masonry.
3. Install 3 No 3.75x30mm square is tight against outer face of the 3. Install 3 No 3.75x30mm square
twist nails into the side of joist. masonry. twist nails through holes into the
4. Build remaining block work above 3. Install 3 No 3.75x30 square side of joist.
joist and strap. twist nails through holes into 4. Build remaining block work
side of joist. above joist and strap.
4. Build remaining blockwork
between and above joist and
strap. See note 2.
Notes:
1. All joist ends require a folded mini strap.
2. If building in joist, use a Simpson Strong-Tie End Seal (SES) to control air leakage.
3. Standard masonry hangers require a minimum of 3 courses (675mm)of blockwork with mortar fully cured before applying a load to the floor.
158
Simpson Strong-Tie® Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction *
Restraint Straps
HSA Herringbone Strut
Superior alternative to unreliable, slow and costly timber struts. Meets bracing
requirements for long span domestic floors.

53
Installation: Use all specified fasteners. HSA
• Generally required at centre of span when floor joists exceed 2.5 metres.
Spans exceeding 4.5 metres require two rows spaced at 1/3 and 2/3 span.
• HSA come sized to suit joist centre spacing of 400, 450 & 600mm.
• See tables for spacing. Common model width 30mm.
HSA Selection Guide HSA Item Codes
Spacing(mm)
Qty Fasteners Typical HSA Installation
Joist Size Length
Model No. (3.75x30mm
(mm) (mm)
square twist nail)
400 450 600
50 x 175 HSA400 HSA450 HSA600 HSA400 480 2
50 x 200 HSA400 HSA450 HSA600 HSA450 530 2
50 x 225 HSA400 HSA450 HSA600 HSA600 660 2
FB/LSTA*/LTS*/MTS Strap Ties* W
LSTA24
Twist straps provide a tension connection between two wood members.
• Install strap ties where tension connections are required. Commonly used as ridge
ties and at wall intersections.
• FB fixing band is for all general light strapping needs. Perfect for DIY, industrial and
agricultural applications. Comes in convenient 10 metre rolls. LSTA9
Material: See table. Pre-galvanised mild steel (FB20S: Stainless steel).

• FB can be easily bent or twisted for many versatile installations. No load rating
provided, and not recommended for structural applications.
• Members must have the same number of installed nails at each end. Otherwise, the
75
load is limited by the least number of nails in either member.
Strap Tie Item Codes and Performance Values

Dimensions (mm)
Model Material Qty Fasteners SWL Characteristic
No. Thickness (3.75 x 30mm) (Long Term) Capacity (kN) FB20 MTS
Width Length
Twisted Straps
LTS18 1.2 32 457 12 2.07 2.89
MTS12 1.5 32 302 12 2.41 4.02
Straight Straps
LSTA9 1.0 32 228 8 1.40 -
LSTA18 1.0 32 457 14 2.45 -
LSTA24 1.0 32 610 18 3.15 -
FB20 0.9 20 10M - - -
FB20S 1.0 20 10M - - -
159
Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties

C2K Crocodile Wall Extension Profile
The UK’s most popular solution to the tying-in of new walls to existing
33
masonry walls/columns. The only system with “snap out” ties which can
be positioned anywhere along the channel for a universal fit.
The C2K Crocodile Wall Starter is a quality engineered wall connector

system that has been developed for use with most brick and block
modules. This system has been designed for multi-purpose use where
reliability and durability are important requirements. It provides lateral
support to masonry wall panels in conversion, extension and new
building work.
• BBA Approved for up to 8m, 3 storey work.

• Accommodates 10mm of vertical movement.
• Adjustable anchor ties to accommodate variation in brick courses.
• All fixings and ties provided within the packs.
The multi-purpose ‘no flange profile’ that has been designed to cater
for brick and block walls of widths from 60 to 250mm. Ideal for internal
and external applications where both sides of the new wall are to be fair
faced.
Material: 2236
Stainless Steel Profiles: Austenitic stainless steel.

Mild Steel Profiles: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Coach Screws: M6 x 50mm
Masonry Plugs: High density polythene.
Finish: Stainless steel or pre-galvanised mild steel with epoxy coating.
Installation:

• Fasteners must be spaced evenly, unless otherwise specified, and
installed into the bricks or block and not into mortar joints.
2203
• Insert wall ties provided at maximum 300mm centres, bedding the

ties into the mortar joints.
Fixing
• Detailed site work instructions are provided with each wall Positions
connector system.
• In exposed locations it may be necessary to incorporate additional
protection, for example the insertion of a vertical dpc.
Typical C2K
Installation
The appropriate
fixings and
fastenings are
included in the
C2K packaging.
Model No. Connector Total New Wall

No. Shear
Width Length Thickness
Fixings Strength1
Galvanised Stainless Steel (mm) (mm) (mm)
C2KG C2KS 6 33 2236 60 - 250 3.5kN
1. The design shear strength given relates to existing masonry of autoclave aerated concrete blocks with a minimum crushing of strength 3.5 N/mm2.
160

1FUR/1EXT/1MPP/1MPS Wall Extension Profiles
A time saving solution to the tying-in of new walls to existing masonry walls/
columns (flanged options).
A quality engineered wall connector system that has been developed for use with
most brick and block modules. This system has been designed for multi-purpose
use where reliability and durability are important requirements. It provides lateral
support to masonry wall panels in conversion, extension and new building work.
• Suitable for up to 8m, 3 storey work.

• Accommodates 10mm of vertical movement.
• Adjustable anchor ties to accommodate variation in brick courses.
• All fixings and ties provided within the packs.
Double flange profiles:

Double flange profiles provide the benefit of a channel within which to build the
new wall, giving substantial support to finished walls where the inside and outside
1FUR
faces are to be plastered/rendered.
Single flange profiles:

A single flange return provides an edge that, once plumbed, can be used for a
construction guide as well as giving support for walls to be fair faced on one side.
Profiles without flanges:

The multi-purpose no flange profile is designed for brick/block widths of 60 to
250mm and greater, being ideal for internal and external applications where both
sides of the new wall are to be fair faced.
Material:
Stainless Steel Profiles: Austenitic stainless steel.
Mild Steel Profiles: Pre-galvanised mild steel.
Coach Screws: M6 x 50mm 1EXTS
Masonry Plugs: High density polythene.
Finish: Stainless steel or pre-galvanised mild steel with epoxy coated powder
finish.
Installation:
• Fasteners must be spaced evenly, unless otherwise specified, and installed
into the bricks or block and not into mortar joints.
• Insert wall ties provided at maximum 300mm centres, bedding the ties into
the mortar joints.
• Detailed site work instructions are provided with each wall connector
system.
• In exposed locations it may be necessary to incorporate additional
1MPN
protection, for example the insertion of a vertical dpc.
Model No. Total New Wall

Connector
Qty Fixings Length Thickness Shear Strength1
Width (mm)
Galvanised Stainless Steel (mm) (mm)
Double Flange
1FUR5100 - 5 100 2315 100 6.0kN
Single Flange
1EXT100S 1FUR100S 5 85 2315 85 - 150 5.OkN
No Flange
1MPP056N 1MPS056N 5 56 2275 60 - 250 4.0kN
1. The design shear strength given relates to existing masonry of solid aerated concrete blocks of minimum crushing strength 5.0 N/mm2.
161

WTS Stainless Steel Masonry to Masonry Wire Tie
Type 2 and Type 4 Stainless Steel Masonry to Masonry Wall Ties.
WTS2: Type 2 Wall Ties: Masonry General Purpose

Type 2 wall ties are suitable for general purpose applications such as domestic and small commercial buildings up
to 15m in height. They can also be used in buildings with heights exceeding 15m, but should only be used in those
situations if shown to be of adequate performance by calculation. Use in flat sites where the basic wind speed is up to
31 m/s and the altitude is not more than 150m above sea level.
IRC001
• Suitable for use with
all cavity wall ties.
• Used to hold
insulation material
back to structure.
WTS4: Type 4 Wall Ties: Masonry Light Duty

Type 4 wall ties are light duty, suitable for box-form dwellings up to 10 metres high with leaves of similar
thickness, including internal separating cavity walls. Use in flat sites in towns and cities where the basic wind speed
does not exceed 25 m/s and the altitude is not more than 150m above sea level.
WTS4: Type A Approval

WTS4-200 and WTS4-225 ties meet the requirements of Approved Document E: Resistance to the Passage of Sound and are
suitable for use in separating party walls of new build attached dwellings.
WTS2 and WTS4 Performance Values

Minimum Mortar Tensile Strength at Declared Compressive
WTS Type Declared Tensile
Class 1mm Displacement Compressive Strength at 1mm
Type Classification(1) Strength (N)
and Designation (N) Strength (N) Displacement (N)
WTS2 Type 2 M2 (iv) 2060 950 2040 1650
WTS4 Type 4 M2 (iv) 1350 530 460 290
Recommended Masonry to Masonry Tie Length
Length of
Cavity Width
Item Code Wall Tie
(mm)
(mm)
WTS2-200
50-75 200
WTS4-200
WTS2-225
76-100 225
WTS4-225
WTS2-250
101-125 250
WTS4-250
WTS2-275
126-150 275
WTS4-275
162
Recommended Positioning and Density

For walls in which both leaves are 90mm or
thicker, masonry ties need to be placed at
not less than 2.5 per square metre (900mm
horizontal x 450mm vertical centres).
The ties should be evenly distributed

throughout the wall area, with the
exception of around openings and should be
staggered where possible.
Insulation Board
Where insulation board is installed within the

cavity and restrained by ties with insulation
retaining clips
(Simpson Strong-Tie ref. IRC001), it may be
necessary to reduce the
horizontal spacing of the ties to 600mm.
At vertical edges of an opening,

unreturned or unbonded edges, and vertical
expansion joints - additional ties should be
used at a rate of one per 300mm (height) and
located not more than 225mm from the edge. Please note: ties should be embedded into
the mortar. Not shown above for clarity.
Length of Tie and Embedment

Wall ties should be of the correct length to ensure
they are fully embedded in the masonry.
The tie should have a minimum embedment

of 50mm in each leaf, but also allow for site
tolerances relating to the cavity width and centring
of the tie.
The recommended tie lengths will therefore

achieve an embedment of between 62.5mm and
75mm.
For the most suitable tie length, see the

“Recommended Masonry to Masonry Tie Length”
table (previous page).
Sound Resistance: As stated within the Approved Document E 2003 - Resistance to the Passage of Sound - wall ties used
in external and separating cavity walls have to have a minimum value of dynamic stiffness to reduce the transmission of airborne
noise. Ties are separated into Type A and Type B.
• Type A: Can be used in separating walls and external walls subject to them also having the required structural capacity. They
can be butterfly ties or other ties with a dynamic stiffness of less than 4.8 MN/m3.
• Type B: Can only be used in external cavity walls subject to them also having the required structural capacity. They can be
butterfly ties or other ties with a dynamic stiffness of less than 113 MN/m3.
163

CWT Cavity Wall Tie
CWT is a strip cavity tie with a designed embedment length of 62.5mm.
• Suitable for use with cavities 50 - 150mm.

• Conforms to PD 6697:2010 as a Type 1 wall tie which can be used for all
types of building of any height and location in the British Isles.
• Deep 'V' profiled drip reduces mortar build up during construction and
prevents water from crossing the inner leaf of the masonry.
Material: L
Astenitic stainless steel.
Installation:
For cavity walls with a leaf thickness of 90mm
B (450mm
or more, unless otherwise specified place ties at 900mm centres horizontally, 0.5 ) centres vertically and staggered
where possible to a minimum density to be 2.5 ties per square metre.
Additional ties should be used at the unbonded vertical edges of an opening or at movement control joints. These should
be placed 225mm from the joint, or opening, edge and at a maximum of 300mm centre to centre.
Ties should be embedded into each leaf by at least 50mm, however to allow for normal tolerances of cavity widths this is
usually increased. When using insulation batts, it may be necessary to reduce the horizontal tie spacing to 600mm centres.
CWT Performance Values
Minimum Mortar Tensile Strength at Declared Compressive

Type Declared Tensile
Class 1mm Displacement Compressive Strength at 1mm
Classification(1) Strength (N)
and Designation (N) Strength (N) Displacement (N)
Type 1 M2 (iv) 3020 1470 2630 2133
1. In accordance with PD6697.

Length (L) of
Cavity Width
Item Code Wall Tie
(mm)
(mm)
CWT50 50 175
CWT75 51 -75 200
CWT100 76 - 100 225
CWT125 101 - 125 250
CWT150 126 - 150 275
CWT175 151 - 175 300
Typical CWT installation.

Please note: tie should be
embedded into the mortar. Not
shown above for clarity.
164

LWTS/IRC Cavity Wall Tie and Insulation Clip
Improve the effective thickness of a wall
under load. Maintain the moisture break and
thermal/sound insulation characteristics of
cavity walls. Designed, manufactured and
tested to the BS requirements of DD140
parts 1 and 2.
L
LWTS: Type 3 Cavity Ties:

General purpose ties suitable for cavity
widths up to 75mm. Suitable for use in
masonry cavity walls of domestic houses
LWTS
and small commercial buildings up to 15m
in height, where the basic wind speed does
not exceed 44m/s.
Material: Cavity Wall Ties: Austenitic

stainless steel. Insulation Clip: Black plastic.
Installation:
For cavity walls with a leaf thickness of
90mm or more, unless otherwise specified
place ties at 900mm centres horizontally,
450mm centres vertically and staggered
where possible to a minimum density to be
2.5 ties per square metre.
Additional ties should be used at the

unbonded vertical edges of an opening or at
movement control joints. These should be
placed 225mm from the joint, or opening,
IRC001
edge and at a maximum of 300mm centre
to centre. • Suitable for use with
all cavity wall ties.
Ties should be embedded into each leaf by • Used to hold
at least 50mm, however to allow for normal insulation material
tolerances of cavity widths this is usually back to structure.

increased. When using insulation batts, it • 75mm diameter.
may be necessary to reduce the horizontal
tie spacing to 600mm centres.
LWTS Performance Values

Declared Tensile Declared Compressive
Minimum
Cavity Tensile Strength Compressive Strength
Wall Tie Length Type Mortar Class
Model No Width Strength at 1mm Strength at 1mm
(mm) Classification(1) and
(mm) Displacement Deflection
Designation
(N) (N) (N) (N)
LWTS 50 - 75 205 Type 3 M2 (IV) 1330 600 2050 1125
1. In accordance with PD6697.
165

FTC Cavity Frame Tie
FTC is a cavity frame tie which can be used for masonry to masonry Ø8mm x 30mm
or concrete to masonry or steel to masonry construction.
50mm
• 8mm diameter vertical slot to accomodate M6 fixings.

• Suitable for use on cavities ranging from 50mm to 150mm.
• Deep 'V' profiled drip reduces mortar build up during
construction and prevents water from crossing the cavity to the
building's inner leaf.
L
Material: Austenitic stainless steel.
Installation:
• Install to concrete with mechanical or resin anchors; to steel with self drilling screws and to masonry with
suitable plugs and screws.
• Minimum 18mm diameter washer required in all instances. For stated tension loads to apply, the fixing must
be installed at the bottom of the slot.
• Isolation pads or sleeves are required to isolate stainless steel frame ties from mild steel support or fixings.
FTC Performance Values
Declared Compressive
Cavity Widths Declared Tensile Tensile Strength at
Compressive Strength at 1mm
(mm) Strength (N) 1mm Displacement (N)
Strength (N) Displacement (N)
Up to 75 3080 1026
1670 556
76 - 150 2410 1011
1. Fasteners not specidied. Installer to select own fastener. Tensile capacity to be a minimum of SST declared load or fastener tensile/pull-out load.

Please note: tie should
Length (L) be embedded into the
Cavity Width
Item Code Wall Tie mortar. Not shown for
(mm)
(mm)
clarity.

FT175C C ( 0.3 ) 50 125
FT200C 75 150
FT225C 100 175
FT250C 125 200
FT275C 150 225
Brick to block work installation.
Brick to steel installation. Masonry to Concrete installation.
166
BTS/SWT Brick to Timber and Brick to SIP Tie

The BTS and SWT are wall ties used to restrain the external brickwork back to the building structures, while
maintaining a clear cavity.
The BTS and SWT offer an outstanding combination of performance and cost in a wall tie for use with timber frame or
SIP (Structural Insulated Panels). Manufactured from austenitic stainless steel.
A Type 6 wall tie is suitable for use in timber frame and SIP structures allowing up to 24mm of movement.
Location Density of Ties Spacing (mm)
All South East England and Town and

City sites where basic wind speed does 4.4 ties per m 2 600 x 375
not exceed 52m/sec
All sites where basic wind speed

7 ties per m 2 600 x 225
exceeds 52m/sec
Timber Frame Installation

Use 3.35mm x 50mm stainless steel annular ring shank nails (supplied with tie).
BTS50N BTS75N BTS100N
BTS Compressive Load Capacity 414N.

BTS Tensile Load Capacity 600N.
BTS Installation
SIP Installation
Due to having to fix to OSB alone, when building with SIP, a stainless steel screw (supplied with the tie)
is required to maintain the strength of the connection.
SWT Screw
SWT50 SWT75 SWT100 (Supplied)
SWT Compressive Load Capacity 414N.

SWT Tensile Load Capacity 714N.
FT Frame Tie
When fastening windows, door frames etc. to masonry the frame
tie provides enhanced mortar keying and reduces the risk of injury
from sharp edges. Frame Tie
would be fully
embedded into
mortar.
Item Code Item Code L
(Galvanised) (Stainless Steel) (mm)
FT150 FT150S 150

FT175 FT175S 175 L
FT200 FT200S 200
FT225 FT225S 225
FT250 FT250S 250
167
Bead and Mesh

PVC-u Bead
Description SST Code More plastering
Angle Bead 2mm x 2.5m - White PAB0225W
professionals are
turning to
Internal Angle Bead 2mm x 3.0m - White PAB0230W
PVC-u bead...
Beads Arch Angle Bead 2mm x 2.5m - White PAAB0225W
Simpson Strong-Tie® PVC-u
Arch Angle Bead 2mm x 3.0m - White PAAB0230W plasterers beads are manufactured
from high impact and ultra violet
Angle Bead 6mm x 3.0m - White PSAB0630W resistant PVC-u for extruded profiles
and in fire conditions to BS476 part
Angle Bead 10mm x 2.5m - White PSAB1025W 12: 1991.
Angle Bead 10mm x 3.0m - White PSAB1030W

PVC-u beads are available in lengths
that differ to steel manufactured
Angle Bead 10mm x 3.0m - Ivory PSAB1030I
Angle alternatives, please contact the Sales
Office for more information.
Angle Bead 15mm x 2.5m - White PSAB1525W
Bead Angle Bead 15mm x 3.0m - White PSAB1530W • Superior corrosion resistance.
• Convenient, easy to cut lengths
Angle Bead 15mm x 3.0m - Ivory PSAB1530I on site.
• Light and easy to transport.
Angle Bead 20mm x 3.0m Wide Wing - White PSAB2030WW
• Resistant to breakage
• UV resistant.
Angle Bead 20mm x 3.0m Wide Wing - Ivory PSAB2030WI
Bellcast Bead 15mm 3.0m - White PBC1530W

Simpson Strong-Tie Codes
Explained
Bellcast Bead 15mm 3.0m - Ivory PBC1530I Our bead and mesh codes follow a specific
Bellcast system to help identify the correct type,
Bellcast Bead 20mm 3.0m - White PBC2030W for example PSAB1030W describes the
Bead Bellcast Bead 20mm 3.0m - Ivory PBC2030I
following:
Material Type
Bellcast Bead 4mm 30m - White PBC0430W
PSAB1030W: P=Plastic
Stop Bead 10mm x 3.0m - White PPSB1030W
Abbreviated Description

Stop Bead 10mm x 2.5m - White PPSB1025W PSAB1030W SAB=Standard Angle Bead
Stop Bead 10mm x 3.0m - Ivory PPSB1030I
Stop Bead 15mm x 2.5m - White PPSB1525W Size and Length

Stop Bead PSAB1030W 1030=10mm x 3.0m
Stop Bead 15mm x 3.0m - Ivory PPSB1530I

Colour
PSAB1030W W=White
Stop Bead 20mm x 3.0m - Ivory PPSB2030I Wide Wing Options: These are defined by
a “W” after the size and before the colour,
Movement Bead 10mm 2.5m - White PMB1025W
e.g. PSAB1030WW is the wide wing (55mm)
Movement equivalent to PSAB1030W (45mm).
Movement Bead 15mm 2.5m - White PMB1525W
Bead Movement Bead 15mm 2.5m - Ivory PMB1525I
168
Bead and Mesh
A range of Beads, Mesh and Archformers to satisfy the requirements of modern ERS External Render Stop Bead
building design, along with the needs of traditional repair and maintenance work.
We strongly recommend the use of Stainless Steel

or PVC-u products in external applications.
Corrosion Protection
• In normal circumstances matured plasterwork may be regarded as dry
and therefore non-corrosive. Where galvanised beads are used the initial
plaster drying out period should be kept to a minimum to reduce the risk of
possible corrosion of the steel.
• Stainless steel beads are specifically designed for cement based renders
and should not be used with gypsum based plasters.
• To prevent bimetallic corrosion ensure all metal fixings used in the
installation are of the same material or are separated with a suitable plastic
sheathing. SAB Angle Bead
• In general, metal beads should be kept dry and stored flat. Care should also
be taken to prevent accidental damage to the galvanised coating.
• The use of water contaminated with soluble salts in plastering mixes should
be avoided as should soluble chlorides as they are likely to increase the risk
of metal corrosion.
Material: Simpson Strong-Tie Plastering Accessories are manufactured from

either:Pre-Galvanised Mild Steel or Austenitic Stainless Steel
MILD STEEL GALVANISED TO Z275 IS NOT SUITABLE FOR EXTERNAL

APPLICATIONS. STAINLESS STEEL SHOULD ONLY BE USED IN EXTERNAL
APPLICATIONS WITH THE APPROPRIATE CEMENT BASED RENDERS.
British Standards - Relevant current British Standards are as follows;

• BS EN 14353:2007 + A1: 2010.
RBL Rib Lath
• BS EN 13658-1: 2005: Part 1 - Metal Lath and Beads: Internal Plastering.
• BS EN 13658-2: 2005 Part 2 - Metal and Lath Beads: External Rendering.
• BS EN 13914-1: 2005 - External Rendering.
• BS EN 13914-2: 2005 - Internal Plastering.
• BS8212: 1995 - Code of Practice for Dry lining and Partitioning using
Gypsum Plaster.
General Installation Notes:

• The most appropriate bead should be specified in accordance with
the application, required plaster depth and desired finish. In external
applications, we recommend the use of stainless steel products.
• Ensure that all metal components used in a given installation are of the
same material type.
• Always wear gloves when cutting or handling to prevent injury from sharp
edges.
• Beads and Mesh may be cut to size as required by using snips across the
mesh and a hacksaw across the beads noses. Installation of
• Beads should be fixed in accordance with one of the following methods. Pre-Formed Archframes
1. Pressing the bead’s wings firmly into plaster dabs placed at approxi-
mately 600mm centres both sides of the arris.
2. The wings may be embedded into the first coat of plaster for normal
two coat work.
3. Nailing to a background with galvanised, or stainless steel nails.
• When beads are used in conjunction with metal lath backgrounds,

galvanised or stainless steel tying wire may be used. Ensure the wire
material matches the bead and lath materials. All wire should be twisted
tightly and the ends bent away from the finished face of the coating. (For
lath fixing details refer to DML and RBL sections of catalogue).
• Avoid damage to beads when trowelling plaster or render.
169
Bead and Mesh

PSB/PEB/MVB/ERS Edge Beads
Plastering and rendering made simple.
PSB Thin Coat Plaster Stop Bead
• Products simply fixed with plaster dabs or nails. (Perforated Wing)
• Edges, arrises, corners, joints and abutments all easier to form.
• Designed to minimise potential chipping, cracking and associated damage.
Thin coat plaster stop bead (30mm Perforated Wing)

• Provides a neat finished thin coat plaster edge wherever required.
• Numerous applications internally including those at openings, abutment of walls and for
ceiling finishes.
Plaster stop bead (65mm Mesh Wing)

• Provides a neat finish plaster/render edge wherever required.
• Numerous applications internally and externally including those at openings, abutment of
walls and for ceiling finishes.
PSB Plaster Stop Bead (Mesh Wing)
Plasterboard edge bead (25mm Wing)
• Provides reinforcement for plasterboard edges.
• Suitable for 9.5mm or 12.5mm plasterboard.
Movement bead (140mm overall width, 65mm wing)

• Movement Bead consists of two lengths of Stop Bead linked with a white PVC extrusion.
• Allows +/-3mm differential expansion or settlement movement between adjoining surfaces.
External render stop bead (16mm-19mm Render Depth, 45mm Wing)

• Designed to provide an aesthetic, enhanced weathering detail.
• Provides reinforcement to resist impact damage.
• Use stainless steel for average or high exposure conditions and coastal areas.
PEB Plasterboard Edge Bead

Material: Austenitic stainless steel or pre-galvanised steel
Installation: Edge beads may be fixed by dabs or by masonry nails of similar material.
Plasterboard Edge Bead: Fix the perforated wing flush to the board face before applying final
skim coat. The bead may be reversed if required by fixing the wing to the board’s inner surface.

Model No. We strongly
Dimensions
Galvanised Stainless Steel recommend the use
Thin Coat Perforated Stop Bead of Stainless Steel or
PSB0324 - 3mm x 2.4m
PVC-u products in
external applications. MVB Movement Bead
PSB0330 - 3mm x 3.0m
PSB0624 - 6mm x 2.4m
PSB0630 - 6mm x 3.0m
Plaster Stop Bead (Mesh Wing)
PSB1024 - 10mm x 2.4m
PSB1030 PSB1030S 10mm x 3.0m
PSB1324 - 13mm x 2.4m
PSB1330 PSB1330S 13mm x 3.0m
PSB1624 - 16mm x 2.4m
PSB1630 PSB1630S 16mm x 3.0m
PSB1930 PSB1930S 19mm x 3.0m
Plasterboard Edge Bead
PEB1030 - 9.5mm x 3.0m
ERS Render Stop Bead
PEB1330 - 12.5mm x 3.0m
PEB1530 - 14.5mm x 3.0m
Movement Bead
MVB1030 - 10mm x 3.0m
MVB1330 - 13mm x 3.0m
MVB1630 MVB1630S 16mm x 3.0m
Render Stop
ERS24 - 2.4m
ERS30 ERS30S 3.0m
170
Bead and Mesh

SAB/TCB/MMB Corner Beads
Angle Bead (45mm wing, 13mm plaster depth)
SAB Angle Bead
• Helps for a true, straight arris
• Designed to prevent chipping and cracking to vulnerable corners.
• Use with two coat plaster application.
Thin Coat Bead (25mm wing, 3mm plaster depth)

• Designed for use with one coat plaster work down to a 3mm finish.
• Perforated wings to provide an excellent plastering key.
Mini Mesh Bead (25mm wing, 3mm plaster depth)

• Designed for use with one coat plaster work down to a 3mm finish.
• Fine mesh wings to provide an excellent plastering key.
Material (for item codes specified below):

Austenitic stainless steel or pre-galvanised steel.
TCB Thin Coat Bead
Installation: Installation usually achieved by pressing the wings firmly into plaster dabs placed at ap-
proximately 600mm centres both sides of the arris. The wings may alternatively be embedded into the first
coat of plaster for normal two-coat work.
Beads may be cut to size as required by using a hacksaw and snips. Beads should be stored off the
ground and in dry conditions during site work.
Please note: where SAB

Model No.
Length is required with 53mm
(M) flange, model numbers
Galvanised Stainless Steel
suffixed “W” ie. SAB24W
Angle Bead are applicable.
SAB24 - 2.4
MMB Mini Mesh Bead
SAB24W SAB24SW 2.4
SAB30 SAB30S 3.0
SAB30W SAB30SW 3.0
Thin Coat Bead
TCB2404 - 2.4
TCB3004 - 3.0
Mini Mesh Bead

MMB24 - 2.4
MMB30 - 3.0
We strongly recommend the use of stainless steel or

PVC-u beads in external applications.
CBR Masonry Reinforcement Mesh

Provide added strength and stability.
• Galvanised or stainless steel finish.

• Assists resistance to tensile stresses where settlement occurs. Easily incorporated into mortar
course, coiled for ease of handing.
Material: Austenitic stainless steel or pre-galvanised Steel
Installation: All metal components used in any particular application must be of the same material type. CBR Masonry
Gloves should be worn to protect hands from sharp metal edges. Position the mesh within the masonry Reinforcement Mesh
bed joints, providing a minimum of 25mm cover to external faces. Overlap by a minimum of 75mm if join- Primarily used to resist local
ing two lengths together. The mesh can be laid every third brickwork course for most reinforcement. cracking under and over
wall openings.
Model No.
Dimensions
Galvanised Stainless Steel
CBR2063 CBR2063S 63mm x 20m

CBR20112 CBR20112S 112mm x 20m
CBR20175 CBR20175S 175mm x 20m
CBR20228 CBR20228S 228mm x 20m
CBR20305 - 305mm x 20m 171
Bead and Mesh
TTCB Toothed Thincoat Bead

Save time and money: install thin coat bead without nails or screws - just
push and tap into place.
TTCB is pre-toothed thin coat bead that needs no nails or screws, just
push and tap it on to the corner of the wall and get plastering.
TTCB (toothed thin coat bead), features tiny teeth spaced at 40mm
intervals which grip the plaster board, holding the bead firmly in place.
Easy to install, just push and tap into place for a firm fit to the plaster
board...
• Save money on nails and screws, you won’t be needing them.

• Pre-toothed at 40mm intervals.
• Save time, just tap into place and get started with the plaster
application.
• Convenient - easy to dismount and reposition without damaging the
bead or plaster board.
• Flexible - can be used in long or short lengths due to regular tooth
spacing. You can still use traditional fixing methods in awkward areas
if preferred.
• Available in 2.4m, 2.7m and 3.0m lengths.
Model No. Length (mm)
TTCB2404 2.4m
TTCB2704 2.7m
TTCB3004 3.0m
172
Bead and Mesh

DML Expanded Metal Lathing DML Expanded Metal Lathing
Ideal for use as a general reinforcement mesh. DML Expanded Metal Lathing is widely used as a
backing to help prevent cracks occurring where different materials meet. Available in galvanised and
stainless steel.
Installation: All metal components used in any particular application must be of the same material
type. Fix with the mesh length running across the supports (at max 350mm centres) with strand sloping
downwards and away from the face of the coating. Fixing installed at an angle to give
Timber: Using 7mm headed plasterer’s nails 38mm long, or 32 x 2mm staples, fix to each support necessary tension.
starting from the centre of sheet. Angle fixings away from the centre to give the lath the necessary
tension. Steel: Bend 1.2mm tying wire into long “U”shapes and tie lath at 100mm centres by pulling tight
and twisting. When cutting wire ends, ensure that they are not left near the surface of the plaster. Sheet
ends should be overlapped by 50mm on supports and wired together at 150mm centres. Sheet sides
should be overlapped by a minimum of 25mm and wired together at 150mm centres in timber and steel
applications.
We strongly recommend the

Model No.
Dimensions (mm) use of Stainless Steel for
Galvanised Stainless Steel external applications.
DML26/10 DML26S/5 2400 x 700 x 0.40
End laps
Fixing to supports
should lap 50mm
on supports. should be at General Fixing Fixing Expanded
100mm centers.
Information for Fixing Metal Lathing to Solid
to Metal /Timber
Supports Backgrounds
End laps
should be 100mm
wired
together
at 150mm
intervals
25mm
Side laps should be not less than

25mm and should be wired
together at 150mm intervals.
RBL Rib Lath RBL Rib Lath

Plaster backing for walls, ceilings and partitions. RBL Rib Lath provides plaster backing and is also
suitable for the refurbishing of damaged or deteriorated face of masonry walls. Available in galvanised and
stainless steel.
Installation: Fixing of lath should follow BS EN 13914-1:2005 Internal Plastering and BS EN 13914-
2:2005 External Rendering.The apex of rib lath should always be in contact with the fixing background.
Fixing of lath should follow BS EN 13914-1:2005 Internal Plastering and BS EN 13914-2:2005 External
Rendering.The apex of rib lath should always be in contact with the fixing background.
Fixing to metal or timber supports:

Timber: Use 38 x 7mm plasterer’s nails or 32 x 2mm staples to fix with ribs running at 90° to timber studs which should be
at a maximum 600mm centres. Metal: Use 1.63mm or two strands of 1.22mm galvanised mild steel wire to tie around the rib
where it crosses each steel stud. Steel studs should be at maximum 600mm centres. To join sheets of Rib Lath, the edge ribs
should be overlapped and the edges tied at 150mm centres with 1.22mm tying wire. Where the ends of the lathing finish in
front of a support, overlap by 50mm, otherwise sheets should be overlapped by 100mm with two 1.63mm ties used with each
overlapping rib. Fixing to solid backgrounds: The ribs of the lath should be held firmly against the background by the use of
fixings placed at 600 mm centres. End edges should be overlapped by 50mm, side edges by 25mm and tied or screwed at
150mm centres. We strongly recommend the use of Stainless Steel for external applications.
Fixing RBL to Timber Supports Fixing RBL to Timber Supports Fixing RBL to Metal Supports
Model No. Dimensions (mm) using 38mm Staple using 38mm Nail using Wire Tie
RBL4 (Galvanised)
2460 x 600 x 0.4
RBL4S (Stainless)
173
Bead and Mesh
SML/H Security Mesh

SML (Security Mesh Light) and SMH (Security Mesh Heavy) are a low profile flattened
mesh ideal for sandwiching between plasterboard and structural studs or joints to improve
resistance to intrusion.
• Diamond shape restricts the use of hand tools for cutting.

• Strands are rolled flat for uniform thickness.
• Continuous mesh manufactured from a single sheet eliminates broken or weak joints. Security Mesh in
Masonry Wall
Installation:
Fix at maximum 450mm centres to supporting structures as follows:
• Timber Studs: 38mm galvanised staples, nails or screws with a 25mm diameter washer.
• Metal Studs: 30mm self-tapping screws with 25mm diameter washer.
• Brickwork: 50mm screw and plug with 25mm diameter washer.
Ceiling Panel Stud Wall Roof
Security Mesh Item Codes

Dimensions (mm)
Weight
Item SD
per Sheet
Code Mtl LW SW SD
Sheet Size (kg)
Thickness Aperture Aperture Depth SW

SML 1250 x 2400 1.14 43.4 18.0 2.3 5.78
SMH 2440 x 1200 2.69 42.9 14.2 4.6 25.5
LW
SVM Stainless Steel Soffit Vent Mesh

A 75mm wide, fine stainless steel mesh on a 30m roll. Easy to cut and install. Allows roof space ventilation,
helps prevent birds and insects from gaining access via soffits
Security Mesh Item Codes

Item Code Dimensions (mm)
SVM3075 30m x 75
174
Bead and Mesh

Archformers
A high quality yet cost effective solution to creating internal
arches in masonry walls.
Material: Pre-galvanised Mild Steel
Installation: Arch formers are non-load bearing. If creating a

new opening a lintel will be necessary.
Selection: Measure the brick to brick width and thickness of

gap. If necessary, cut arch using snips and a hacksaw or use a
bridging section (ref BSP450). If wall thickness exceeds 150mm,
select extra Soffit Piece (ref ESP295) for wall thickness up to
400mm.
Fixing: Remove plaster down to brickwork and mark centre point

of the gap on both sides. Nail arch segments into place using, Archformer installation where new
masonry nails provided, connecting beads at centre with joining opening is being created.
pieces supplied.
If provided, fit Soffit pieces between segments with screws, nails

and joining pieces.
For walls of thickness less than 150mm join overlapping fixed
soffits with self-tapping screws provided. For walls thicker than
150mm use extra soffit piece (ref ESP295) in the same way as
above. To adapt an arch to fit between two parallel walls, cut and
use wooden battens as shown in the illustration on the right.
Plastering: When the arch frame is fully secured to the wall, use
standard angle bead on vertical corners as usual and apply
plaster directly to the mesh.
Suits wall thickness of 90mm to 150mm without cutting.

Solid bead for durability and ease of plastering.
Wide variety of styles and sizes available.
Fixings and instructions included.
Archformer Type Model No Width (mm) Rise (mm)
WP0750 750 375

WP0800 800 400 R
WP0850 850 425 W
Warwick Semi Circle WP0900 900 450

WP1000 1000 500
WP1200 1200 600
R
WP1500 1500 750
W
Semi-Circle Corners COR0750 375 375
Archmaker Semi-Circle AM0750 75-1200 375
CP1050 1050 265
R
CP1200 1200 280 W
Classic Oval CP1500 1500 330

CP1800 1800 375
CP2400 2400 375
295 X 1220mm for walls

Extra Soffit Piece ESP295
Thicker than 150mm R
W
Extends the span of warwick and classic arches
Bridging Section BSP450
by 450mm max
175
Miscellaneous Products
HI Scrolled Hip Iron
Material:
Material
Model No
Thickness
Mild steel.
25
HI3 3mm
150
Finish: HI4 4mm
300
Hot-dip galvanised. HI5 5mm
NS Nail Stopper
Prevent nails from piercing water pipes and electrical NS Nail Stopper
cables.
Installation: Installs over utilities passing through timber

studs. Use specified fasteners.
Typical NS Installation
Model No Length (mm) Fastners1
NS1 75 2 - 3.75 x 30mm
NS2 150 2 - 3.75 x 30mm
1. Square Twist Nail.
1ARBGAL Arrisrail Bracket

The 1ARBGAL is a 300mm long arrisrail bracket for connecting arrisrails to wooden posts. Suitable
for use on 75mm Arrisrails.

m
300 m
WBT Window Board Tie

Attaches window boards to masonry wall. 21
Ø4 Ø6
Item code WBT06 (150mm length).

12
176
Miscellaneous Products
DBT Deck Board Tie
The DBT deck board tie provides a nail free surface fastening system for deck boards.
Typical DBT Installation

Designed for use with 35mm thick decking timber. Using the DBT eliminates:
• Countersinking
• Hammer dents
• Nail popping
• Water puddling
• Ugly nail heads
• Rust stains on the surface
Installation:
Position the DBT with the locator prongs and install with a single 3.75 x 30mm square twist nail. Using dry
timber will minimise deck board movement after installation.
SPWG Square Plate Washer

Model No Dimensions (mm) Bolt Size
SPWG 50 x 50 x 2.5 M12
MP Mending Plate
Easy to use connector for timber splices, no nails required. For non-structural
applications only; not for truss applications.
L
Dimensions
ME
Model No
ND
NO
IN
Width (mm) Length (mm)

T
G
FO
PL
R
AT
TR
E
US
MP14 25 100 W
SE
S
MP24 50 100
MP36 75 150
MP Installed
MENDING PLATE
NOT FOR TRUSSES
177
Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems
Anchoring Principle
Cracked Concrete
Non-Cracked
Concrete
Masonry
Hollow
Type
BOAX-II • •
WEDGE ANCHOR •
UNDERCUT ANCHOR • •
POLY-GP •
AT-HP • •
SET-XP • •
Expansion Anchor Systems Adhesive Anchor Systems Undercut Anchor Systems
This type of anchor transfers load into the base This type of anchor consists of a chemical mortar and a This type of anchor transfers load into the base material through
material through friction grip that is established threaded metal stud. After installation a chemical reaction mechanical interlock with an undercut that is formed in the base
between the anchor’s expansion sleeve and the takes place that secures the stud in place and the material. The undercut can be formed before or during setting of
sidewalls of the drilled hole. chemical bonds to the sidewalls of the drilled hole. the anchor.
This occurs when the anchor is set and the cone is This system does not produce expansion forces, and These systems have very high reliability and performance.

drawn into the expansion sleeve. Expansion anchors therefore allows for smaller edge distances and spacings.
provide a reliable and economical fixing system.
Tension Zone Anchor Compression Zone Hollow Masonry Solid Masonry European European
This anchor is suitable Anchor This anchor is suitable This anchor is suitable Technical Approval Conformity Mark
and approved for use This anchor is suitable and approved for use and approved for use This anchor has This product meets
in cracked (tension and approved for in hollow masonry. in solid masonry. been approved the requirements
zone) and non-cracked use in non-cracked for construction of the European
(compression zone) (compression zone) applications in Technical Approval and
concrete. concrete. accordance with can be used without
European Technical restriction in the
Approval Guidelines European Union.
(ETAG).
178
Calculation Software
ETA-Approval
Load Range
Zinc Plated
Resistance
Resistance
Sprinklers
Corrosion
Masonry
Steel,
Solid
Fire
1.8–21.4
Option 1 • • • • •
kN
3.4–26.7
Option 7 • •
kN
2.4–30.8
Option 1 • • • •
kN
0.3–0.7
• Masonry • •
kN
Option 8, Masonry 9.1–54.8
• • • •
and Rebar kN
5.4–57.4
Option 1 • • •
kN
Corrosion Resistance Approved Anchors
Corrosion is the destruction of metal through chemical or electrochemical attack by the To ensure that an anchor is capable of resisting the intended external loads, the anchor must be
environment. In most indoor conditions carbon steel anchors with zinc plating provide suitable for the intended application and installed in accordance with the manufacturer’s
sufficient corrosion resistance. Stainless steel (A4) anchors are usually suitable for outdoor recommended installation instructions.
or damp indoor conditions. Stainless steel anchors with special corrosion resistant
properties are necessary for aggressive conditions such as roadway tunnels or chloride Anchors with independent technical approvals (such as an ETA) have demonstrated suitable
atmospheres. behavior and performance for use in construction applications.
Fire Resistance This anchor meets the Available in carbon steel, Permissible tension load. Calculation software. Corrosion Resistance.
Suitable for use in fire requirements of VdS zinc plated and blue
protection applications. CEA 4001. passivated.
179
WA Wedge Anchor Bolt

ETA Option 7 Approved throughbolt for simple and economical applications.
The WA Throughbolt range. Provides an economical yet high performance

fixing for installations with small space and edge distances in non-cracked
concrete.
• ETA Option 7 Approved (Non-Cracked Concrete).

• Wide range of sizes from M6 to M20.
• M6 to M10 sizes require 100mm concrete thickness.
• High load capacity.
• Optimised design for fast installation.
• Suitable for small spacings between anchors.
• Suitable for small edge distances.
Installation
90°
Drill hole Clean hole (blowing) Insert anchor Apply

through the fixture recommended
installation torque
with a calibrated
torque wrench
180
Material: Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated and Passivated

Thread size M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 (4)
Effective embedment depth (hef) [mm] 40 45 50 65 80 100
Model WA 6/… WA 8/… WA 10/… WA 12/… WA 16/… WA 20/…
Recommended tension loads for single anchors with no edge distances or spacings 1) 5)
C20/25 [kN] 4.3 5.7 7.6 12.6 17.2 19.9

Non-cracked C30/37 [kN] 4.6 7.0 9.3 15.4 21.0 19.9
Nrec
concrete 3) C40/50 [kN] 5.0 8.1 10.7 17.8 24.3 19.9
C50/60 [kN] 5.3 8.9 11.8 19.5 26.7 19.9
Recommended shear load for single anchors with no edge distances or spacings 1) 2)
C20/25 [kN] 3.4 5.4 8.5 14.3 26.9 26.7

Non-cracked C30/37 [kN] 3.4 5.4 9.7 14.3 26.9 26.7
Vrec
concrete 3) C40/50 [kN] 3.4 5.4 9.7 14.3 26.9 26.7
C50/60 [kN] 3.4 5.4 9.7 14.3 26.9 26.7
1. The recommended loads have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in ETA-approval(s) and with a partial safety factor for actions of γᵧF=1.4. The loading figures
are valid for unreinforced concrete and reinforced concrete with a rebar spacing s ≥ 15 cm (any diameter) or with a rebar spacing s ≥ 10 cm, if the rebar diameter is 10 mm or smaller.
2. The figures for shear are based on a single anchor without influence of concrete edges. For anchorages close to edges (c ≤ max [10 hef; 60d]) the concrete edge failure shall be checked per
ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A.
3. Concrete is considered non-cracked when the tensile stress within the concrete is σσL + σσR ≤ 0. In the absence of detailed verification σσR = 3 N/mm² can be assumed (σσL equals the tensile
stress within the concrete induced by external loads, anchors loads included).
4. Not included in the approval ETA-11/0080 - Option 7.
5. For combined tension and shear loads or anchor groups and/or in case of edge influence, a calculation per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A shall be performed. For details see
With Hex Nut and Washer - Material: Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated and Blue Passivated
Ø × Depth of Max. Fixture Ø Fixture Eff. Embedment Thread
Length
Item Thread Drilled Hole Thickness Hole Depth Length
Type ETA
Code Size do x h1 tfix df hef L F
mm mm mm mm mm mm
WA 6/5 (M6 x 60) WA06060 • 5 60 30
WA 6/10 (M6 x 65) WA06065 • 10 65 30
M6 6 x 55 7 40
WA 6/20 (M6 x 75) WA06075 • 20 75 35
WA 6/30 (M6 x 85) WA06085 • 30 85 40
WA 8/5 (M8 x 68) WA08068 • 5 68 40
WA 8/10 (M8 x 73) WA08073 • 10 73 45
WA 8/20 (M8 x 83) WA08083 • 20 83 45
WA 8/30 (M8 x 93) WA08093 • 30 93 50
M8 8 x 65 9 45
WA 8/40 (M8 x 103) WA08103 • 40 103 50
WA 8/50 (M8 x 113) WA08113 • 50 113 60
WA 8/70 (M8 x 133) WA08133 • 70 133 85
WA 8/100 (M8 x 163) WA08163 • 100 163 100
WA 10/5 (M10 x 78) WA10078 • 5 78 40
WA 10/10 (M10 x 83) WA10083 • 10 83 40

WA 10/20 (M10 x 93) WA10093 • 20 93 50
WA 10/30 (M10 x 103) WA10103 • 30 103 50
M10 10 x 70 12 50
WA 10/40 (M10 x 113) WA10113 • 40 113 60
WA 10/50 (M10 x 123) WA10123 • 50 123 60
WA 10/70 (M10 x 143) WA10143 • 70 143 70
WA 10/100 (M10 x 173) WA10173 • 100 173 80
WA 12/5 (M12 x 104) WA12104 • 5 104 60
WA 12/10 (M12 x 109) WA12109 • 10 109 60
WA 12/20 (M12 x 119) WA12119 • 20 119 70
WA 12/30 (M12 x 129) WA12129 • 30 129 70
WA 12/40 (M12 x 139) WA12139 • 40 139 80
WA 12/50 (M12 x 149) WA12149 • M12 12 x 90 50 14 65 149 100
WA 12/80 (M12 x 179) WA12179 • 80 179 110
WA 12/100 (M12 x 199) WA12199 • 100 199 110
WA 12/120 (M12 x 219) WA12219 • 120 219 125
WA 12/140 (M12 x 239) WA12239 • 140 239 125
WA 12/160 (M12 x 259) WA12259 • 160 259 125
WA 16/30 (M16 x 151) WA16151 • 30 151 80
WA 16/50 (M16 x 171) WA16171 • 50 171 80
WA 16/80 (M16 x 201) WA16201 • M16 16 x 110 80 18 80 201 100
WA 16/100 (M16 x 221) WA16221 • 100 221 100
WA 16/140 (M16 x 261) WA16261 • 140 261 110
WA 20/30 (M20 x 173) WA20173 30 173 100
WA 20/50 (M20 x 193) WA20193 50 193 100
M20 20 x 130 22 100
WA 20/80 (M20 x 223) WA20223 80 223 125
WA 20/120 (M20 x 263) WA20263 120 263 150
Spacing, Edge Distance and Member Thickness
M6 M8 M10 M12 M16 M20(4)
Effective Embedment Depth hef mm 40 45 50 65 80 100

Characteristic Spacing Scr,N mm 120 135 150 195 240 300
Minimum Spacing Smin mm 30 40 50 70 90 120
Characteristic Edge Distance Ccr,N mm 60 67.5 75 97.5 120 150
Minimum Edge Distance Cmin mm 40 40 50 70 90 120
Minimum Member Thickness hmin mm 100 100 120 140 170 180 181
BOAXII Throughbolt
For simple and economical applications.
BOAX-II is ETA Option 1 approved.
Function: Application of the installation tor-

que draws the cone end of the stud into the
expansion clip. The expansion clip expands
and develops a frictional grip with the side-
walls of the hole. This gives the anchor its
resistance to tension loads.
• Economical anchor for medium-duty

loads
• Approved for use in cracked and non-

cracked concrete
182
CONSTRUCTION:
BoAX-II with hex nut and washer
Material: R 120
Carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated

A4 stainless steel
Base Material:
Cracked and non-cracked concrete: C20/25 to C50/60 (B25 to B55)
Also suitable for high density natural stones (σD ≥ 25 N/mm2)
Approvals:
ETA-08/0276 - Option 1: M8-M16, carbon steel, zinc plated
ETA-08/0276 - Option 1: M8-M16, A4 stainless steel
Load Range:
Tension: Nperm = 1.8 - 21.4 [kN]
Shear: Vperm = 1.8 - 22.4 [kN]
Product Range:
BoAX-II: M8 - M16, carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated
BoAX-II A4: M8 - M16, A4 stainless steel
Applications:
Steel construction Facades
Railing Cable trays
Brackets Ladders
Benefits:
Economical anchor for medium duty loads

Less drilling effort: Anchor diameter = Drill bit diameter
PRODUCT DESCRIPTION:
The throughbolt anchor is installed through the fixture
Torquing draws the cone end of the stud into the expansion clip. The expansion clip expands and
develops a frictional grip with the sidewalls of the hole.
INSTALLATION:
Through-fix installation
90°
Drill hole Clean hole (blowing) Insert anchor Apply

through the fixture recommended
installation torque
with a calibrated
torque wrench
183
Carbon steel, zinc plated

THROUGHBOLT BOAX-II
With hex nut and washer
Material: Carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated
Approval: ETA-08/0276 (M8 - M16) - Option 1
Øx Max. Eff.
Ø Fixture Total Thread
Thread Depth of Fixture Embedment
Hole Length Length
Type Item Code Size Drilled Hole Thickness Depth
do x h1 tfix df hef L f
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BoAX-II 8/10 BOAXII08045010 M8 8 x 60 10 9 45 72 32
BoAX-II 8/30 BOAXII08045030 M8 8 x 60 30 9 45 92 52
BoAX-II 8/50 BOAXII08045050 M8 8 x 60 50 9 45 112 72
BoAX-II 8/85 BOAXII08045085 M8 8 x 60 85 9 45 147 107
BoAX-II 10/10 BOAXII10060010 M10 10 x 75 10 12 60 92 47
BoAX-II 10/20 BOAXII10060020 M10 10 x 75 20 12 60 102 57
BoAX-II 10/30 BOAXII10060030 M10 10 x 75 30 12 60 112 67
BoAX-II 10/50 BOAXII10060050 M10 10 x 75 50 12 60 132 87
BoAX-II 10/80 BOAXII10060080 M10 10 x 75 80 12 60 162 115
BoAX-II 12/5 BOAXII12070005 M12 12 x 90 5 14 70 103 53
BoAX-II 12/20 BOAXII12070020 M12 12 x 90 20 14 70 118 68
BoAX-II 12/30 BOAXII12070030 M12 12 x 90 30 14 70 128 78
BoAX-II 12/50 BOAXII12070050 M12 12 x 90 50 14 70 148 98
BoAX-II 12/65 BOAXII12070065 M12 12 x 90 65 14 70 163 113
BoAX-II 12/80 BOAXII12070080 M12 12 x 90 80 14 70 178 115
BoAX-II 16/5 BOAXII16085005 M16 16 x 110 5 18 85 123 65
BoAX-II 16/20 BOAXII16085020 M16 16 x 110 20 18 85 138 80

BoAX-II 16/50 BOAXII16085050 M16 16 x 110 50 18 85 168 110
BoAX-II 16/60 BOAXII16085060 M16 16 x 110 60 18 85 178 115
184
Carbon steel, zinc plated
Permissible loads for single anchors with no influencing edge distances or spacings. Loads are calculated using
partial safety factors from ETAG 001 and the characteristic anchor and installation data from this catalogue.
Material: Carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated.

Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16
Effective embedment depth (hef) [mm] 45 60 70 85
Type BoA-... BoAX-II 8/… BoAX-II 10/… BoAX-II 12/… BoAX-II 16/…
Permissible tension loads1) 4)

Cracked C20/25 [kN] 2.0 3.6 4.8 9.5
Concrete
C30/37 [kN] 2.2 4.0 5.3 10.5
C40/50 [kN] 2.4 4.3 5.8 11.4
C50/60 [kN] 2.6 4.6 6.1 12.2
Nperm
Non-cracked C20/25 [kN] 3.6 6.3 7.9 16.7
concrete3)
C30/37 [kN] 3.9 6.9 8.7 18.4
C40/50 [kN] 4.3 7.6 9.5 20.0
C50/60 [kN] 4.6 8.1 10.1 21.4
Permissible shear loads1) 2) 4)

Cracked C20/25 [kN] 4.8 8.7 11.0 21.0
Concrete
C30/37 [kN] 4.8 8.7 11.0 21.0
C40/50 [kN] 4.8 8.7 11.0 21.0
C50/60 [kN] 4.8 8.7 11.0 21.0
Vperm
Non-cracked C20/25 [kN] 4.8 8.7 11.0 21.0
concrete3)
C30/37 [kN] 4.8 8.7 11.0 21.0
C40/50 [kN] 4.8 8.7 11.0 21.0
C50/60 [kN] 4.8 8.7 11.0 21.0
Permissible bending moments1)

Mzul4) [Nm] 10.0 22.9 34.3 88.6
Spacings, edge distances and member thicknesses
Effective embedment depth hef [mm] 45 60 70 85

Characteristic spacing4) scr,N [mm] 135 180 210 255
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 50 55 60 70

Characteristic edge distance4) ccr,N [mm] 68 90 105 128
Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 50 50 55 85
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 100 120 140 170
Installation data
Drill hole diameter d0 [mm] 8 10 12 16

Drill hole depth h1 [mm] 60 75 90 110
Clearance hole in the fixture df [mm] 9 12 14 18
Width across flats sw [mm] 13 17 19 24
Installation torque Tinst [Nm] 20 35 50 120
Installed anchor
1) The permissible loads have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in the ETA-approval and a partial
safety factor for actions of γF = 1.4.
The permissible loads are valid for unreinforced concrete and reinforced concrete with a rebar spacing s ≥ 15 cm and reinforced
concrete with a rebar spacing s ≥ 10 cm if the rebar is 10 mm
2) The permissible shear loads are based on a single anchor without influencing concrete edges. For shear loads applied close to an edge
(c < 10 hef or < 60 d) concrete edge failure must be checked per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A.
3) Concrete is considered non-cracked when the tensile stress within the concrete is σL + σR ≤ 0. In the absence of detailed verification σR =
3 N/mm2 can be assumed (σL equals the tensile stress within the concrete as a result of external loads, forces on anchors included).
4) For combined tension and shear loads or anchor groups and/or in case of edge influence, a calculation per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A 185
shall be performed. For details see ETA - approval(s).
A4 stainless steel
Throughbolt BOAX-II A4
With hex nut and washer
Material: A4 stainless steel
Approval: ETA-08/0276 (M8 - M16) - Option 1
Øx Max. Eff.
Ø Fixture Total Thread
Thread Depth of Fixture Embedment
Hole Length Length
Size Drilled Hole Thickness Depth
Type Order Code
do x h1 tfix df hef L f
[mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm] [mm]
BoAX-II 8/10 A4 BOAXII08045010A4 M8 8 x 60 10 9 45 72 32
BoAX-II10/50 A4 BOAXII10060050A4 M10 10 x 75 50 12 60 132 87
186
A4 stainless steel
Permissible loads for single anchors with no influencing edge distances or spacings. Loads are calculated using
partial safety factors from ETAG 001 and the characteristic anchor and installation data from this catalogue.
Design calculations shall follow the requirements of ETA-08/0276.
Material: A4 stainless steel.
Thread size M8 M10 M12 M16

Effective embedment depth (hef) [mm] 45 60 70 85
Type BoA-... BoAX-II 8/… BoAX-II 10/… BoAX-II 12/… BoAX-II 16/…
Permissible tension loads1)

Cracked C20/25 [kN] 2.0 3.6 4.8 9.5
Concrete C30/37 [kN] 2.2 4.0 5.3 10.5
C40/50 [kN] 2.4 4.3 5.8 11.4
C50/60 [kN] 2.6 4.6 6.1 12.2
Nperm
Non-cracked C20/25 [kN] 3.6 6.3 7.9 16.7
concrete3) C30/37 [kN] 3.9 6.9 8.7 18.4
C40/50 [kN] 4.3 7.6 9.5 20.0
C50/60 [kN] 4.6 8.1 10.1 21.4
Permissible shear loads1) 2)

Cracked C20/25 [kN] 5.2 8.1 11.9 22.4
Concrete C30/37 [kN] 5.2 8.1 11.9 22.4
C40/50 [kN] 5.2 8.1 11.9 22.4
C50/60 [kN] 5.2 8.1 11.9 22.4
Vperm
Non-cracked C20/25 [kN] 5.2 8.1 11.9 22.4
concrete3) C30/37 [kN] 5.2 8.1 11.9 22.4
C40/50 [kN] 5.2 8.1 11.9 22.4
C50/60 [kN] 5.2 8.1 11.9 22.4
Permissible bending moments1)

Mzul4) [Nm] 10.5 21.4 37.6 95.2
Spacings, edge distances and member thicknesses

Effective embedment depth hef [mm] 45 60 70 85
Characteristic spacing4) scr,N [mm] 135 180 210 255
Minimum spacing smin [mm] 50 55 60 70
Characteristic edge distance4) ccr,N [mm] 68 90 105 128
Minimum edge distance cmin [mm] 50 50 55 85
Minimum member thickness hmin [mm] 100 120 140 170
Installation data
Drill hole diameter d0 [mm] 8 10 12 16

Drill hole depth h1 [mm] 60 75 90 110
Clearance hole in the fixture df [mm] 9 12 14 18
Width across flats sw [mm] 13 17 19 24
Installation torque Tinst [Nm] 20 35 50 120
Installed anchor
1) The permissible loads have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in the ETA-approval and a partial safety
factor for actions of γF = 1.4.
The permissible loads are valid for unreinforced concrete and reinforced concrete with a rebar spacing s ≥ 15 cm and reinforced concrete with
2) The permissible shear loads are based on a single anchor without influencing concrete edges. For shear loads applied close to an edge (c <
10 hef or < 60 d) concrete edge failure must be checked per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method A.
3) Concrete is considered non-cracked when the tensile stress within the concrete is σL + σR ≤ 0. In the absence of detailed verification σR = 3 N/
mm2 can be assumed (σL equals the tensile stress within the concrete as a result of external loads, forces on anchors included).
4) If spacings or edge distances become smaller than the characteristic values (i.e. s ≤ scr,N and/or c ≤ ccr,N) a calculation per ETAG 001, Annex C,
design method A must be performed.
187
Poly-GP - General Purpose Resin

POLY-GP is a styrene-free
polyester resin specially
formulated for light or medium
duty fixings in hollow or solid
base materials.
Easy to use and fast curing,

it enables good performance
when used in applications such
as fixing architectural steelwork,
cable trays, hand rails and
gates.
• Styrene free.
• Use in solid or hollow
masonry products.
• Non-flammable.
188
POLY-GP™ is a styrene-free polyester resin specially formulated to light or medium duty fixings in
hollow or solid base materials. It's easy to use and fast curing. It enables good performance when
used in basic jobs such as fixing satelllite dish, a boiler, shelves or a gate.
POLY-GP™ is non-flammable product.
Cartridges available are adapted to the needs of anyone who has a universal manual dispensing
tool (such as a silicone dispensing tool) with the 300 ml cartridge.
DAZ 0816/1
Reference Contents POLY-GP™ Beige
POLY-GP300-UK 300 ml 300 ml Colour
Two mixers are supplied with each cartridge.
BENEFITS: CERTIFICATION: SOCOTEC Hollow blocks DAZ

• Fast curing 0816/1
• Low odour
MATERIAL:
• Non-flammable product
Hollow or solid bricks
• Good performance in hollow and solid base
Applications:
material
• Blinds
• Hinges
• Air-conditioners
• Satellite dishes
• Boilers LMAS
Curing Schedule Zinc-plated steel
Let anchor fully cure without disturbing See page 31.
Temp. of Resin °c Temp. of Support °c Working Time Curing time
+5°c -5°c 25 mins 4h
+5°c 0°c 15 mins 3h
+5°c +5°c 12 mins 2 h 30 mins Graduated mixer MN1
+10°c +10°c 8 mins 1 h 15 mins
+15°c +15°c 7 mins 55 mins
+20°c +20°c 4 mins 30 mins
+30°c +30°c 2 mins 20 mins
Working Loads
Working loads limit performance details have been determined from minimal values of tests carried out in
Laboratories. Those minimal values take into account a minimal safety of 4 (SOCOTEC-DAZ 0816/1). Sleeve SH
Strength limits take into account the position of the anchors in the material and the respect of the installation See Page 30
instructions. For hollow materials of unknown resitance, tests on construction sites are necessary (according to
BS 8539). SH sleeve should be used when fixing into hollow blocks or concrete.
Tension Hollow block (kN) Hollow concrete (kN)

Threaded Rod (M8 - M10 - M12) 0.6 0.9
Shear Hollow block (kN) Hollow concrete (kN)
Threaded Rod (M8 - M10 - M12) 1.5 1.5
Installation Data
Threaded Rod Sleeve Tightening torque Number of
Material Drill diam (mm) Drill depth (mm)
diam xL (mm) diam xL (mm) (Nm) pressure
Hollow block M8x140 16 16x85 90 4 8

Hollow block M10x140 16 16x85 90 6 8
Hollow block M12x140 16 16x85 90 8 8
Hollow concrete M8x160 16 16x130 135 4 13
Safety and Environment

We care about developing products that are user-safe and environmentally respectful
when properly handled and disposed of. Once empty, dispose of this cartridge in a
hazardous waste disposal skip.
Xi irritant O Oxidising
Observe these safety precautions (Contains dibenzoyl peroxide):
R52/53 Harmful to aquatic organisms, may cause long-term adverse effects in the aquatic environment (A). R43
May cause sensitisation by skin contact (B). R7 May cause fire (B). S3/14 Keep in a cool place away from-com-
bustible or reducing materials-acids-oxidation catalysts (B). S36/37/39 Wear suitable protective clothing, gloves
and eye/face protection (B). S7 Keep container tightly closed (B). S60 This material and its container must be
disposed of as hazardous waste (B).
189
AT-HP - High Performance Resin

Methacrylate resin for threaded rod and rebar
AT-HP is a styrene free
methacrylate resin suitable for
threaded rod and rebar into
concrete and threaded rod into
masonry.
Easy to dispense and fast

curing, specially designed
for structural fixings and
construction uses.
Applications for metallic racking

or work in reinforced concrete.
• ETA approved for threaded

rod and rebar installations.
• Fast curing.
• Low odour.
• Non-flammable.
190
AT-HP™ is a styrene free methacrylate resin suitable for high performance fixing
applications of threaded rod and rebar into concrete. Easy to dispense and fast
curing, specially designed for structural fixings and very technical construction
sites. Applications for metallic racking or for work in reinforced concrete.
Cartridges available are adapted to the needs of a craftsman who uses from time
to time chemical anchors (such as a peeler cartridge 160 ml with a silicone gun)
or to the needs of a professional accustomed to chemical fixing and who uses a
coaxial cartridge in 380 ml.
AT-HP™ AT-HP™
ETA-13/0416 160 ml 280 ml
ETA-11/0150
ETA-11/0151
Reference Contents
AT-HP160-UK 160 ml
AT-HP280-UK 280 ml
AT-HP380-UK 380 ml
Two mixing nozzles are supplied with each cartridge.
BENEFITS: CERTIFICATION:
• Fast curing • ETA for threaded rod (Option 8) AT-HP™ Grey
• low odour to concrete 380 ml
• Non-flammable • ETA for rebar to concrete
• ETA for threaded rod to
MATERIAL: masonry.
Non-Cracked Concrete
Solid Bricks WRAS
Hollow Blocks MA3404/E
0706528
AAC Blocks
Applications:
• Threaded rod and rebar
connections
• Racking Graduated mixer MN1
• Balconies
• Facade
Curing Schedule:
Let anchor fully cure without disturbing
Temperature of Anchorage Base Working Time Curing Time

T anchorage base tgel tcure
-5°C 45 min 9h
0°C 15 min 4h
+5°C 12 min 1 h 30 min
+10°C 9 min 60 min
+20°C 4 min 30 min
+30°C 1 min 20 min
Note: temperature of the resin ≥ 5°C.
Method of Cleaning holes in solid base materials:

Normal diameter All diameter
2 blow
+ 2 brush
Method of cleaning hole + 2 blow
+ 2 brush
+ 2 blow
191
Material: Carbon steel, Grade 5.8, zinc plated and blue passivated; A4-70 stainless steel / AT-HPTM
Technical data for threaded rod for fixings in concrete

Installation Parameters
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Drill hole diameter, d0 mm 10 12 14 18 22
Drill hole depth, h0 mm 64 96 80 120 96 144 128 192 160 240

Clearance hole in the fixture, df
mm 9 12 14 18 22
Width across flats, sw mm 13 17 19 24 30 LMAS

Installation torque, Tinst Nm 10 20 40 80 150 Zinc-Plated Steel
Spacings, Edge Distances and Member Thicknesses

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20
Effective embedment depth, hef mm 64 96 80 120 96 144 128 192 160 240
Characteristic spacing 4), scr,N mm 128 192 160 240 192 288 256 384 320 480
Minimum spacing, smin mm 35 48 40 60 48 72 64 96 80 120
Characteristic edge distance 4), ccr,N mm 64 96 80 120 96 144 128 192 160 240
Minimum edge distance, cmin mm 35 48 40 60 48 72 64 96 80 120
Minimum member thickness, hmin mm 100 130 110 150 130 175 160 225 200 280
Recommended Loads Steel 1) 3)

M8 8) M10 8) M12 M16 M20
hef 64 96 80 120 96 144 128 192 160 240
C24/25
C30/37
Tension Nrec 9.1 9.1 14.3 14.4 19.0 19.0 28.6 38.8 35.7 54.8
C40/50
C50/60
kN
C20/25
C30/37
Shear 5) Vrec 4.5 4.5 7.2 7.2 10.4 10.4 19.4 19.4 30.3 30.3
C40/50
C50/60 NOTES :
1. Steel failure decisive.

BENDING MOMENT Mrec 9.0 9.0 18.6 18.6 32.4 32.4 82.4 82.4 2. The design resistances have been
calculated using the partial safety
factors for resistances stated in ETA-
approvals(s).
3. The recommended loads have been
calculated using the partial safety factors
Recommended Loads A4 1) 3) for resistances stated in ETA-approval(s)
and with a partial safety factor for actions
M8 8) M10 8) M12 M16 M20 of ᵧf=1.4.
4. The load figures are valid for reinforced
hef 64 96 80 120 96 144 128 192 160 240 concrete with a rebar spacing ≥ 15cm
C24/25
(any diameter) or with a rebar spacing
≥ 15cm if the rebar diameter is 10mm
C30/37 or smaller.
Tension Nrec 9.8 9.8 14.3 15.4 19.0 22.2 28.6 41.4 35.7 54.8 5. The figures for shear are based on
C40/50 a single anchor without influence of
C50/60 concrete edges. For anchorages close
kN to the edges (c ≤ hef 60d) the concrete
C20/25 edge failure shall be calculated per ETAG
001, Annex C, design method A.
C30/37
Shear 5) Vrec 5.9 5.9 9.3 9.3 13.5 13.5 25.2 25.2 39.3 39.3 6. Concrete is considered non-cracked
C40/50 when the tensile stress within the
concrete is σL +σR ≤ 0. In the absence
C50/60 of detailed verification σR = 3 N/mm2 can
be assumed (σL equals the tensile stress
within the concrete induced by external
BENDING MOMENT Mrec Nm 11.9 11.9 23.8 23.8 42.1 42.1 106.7 106.7 207.9 207.9 loads, anchors loads included).
7. For combined tension and shear loads
or anchor groups and/or in the case of
edge influence, a calculation per ETAG
001, Annex C, design method A shall
be performed. For details see the ETA-
approval(s).
8. Load values for carbon steel hot dip
galvanised for threaded studs with
undersized threads acc EN ISO 10684:
M8: Nrk / Nrd / NRec = 16.5 / 11.1 / 7.9 kN Vrk / Vrd / Vrec = 8.4 / 5.6 / 4.0 kN
M10: Nrk / Nrd / NRec = 26.7 / 17.9 / 12.8 kN Vrk / Vrd / Vrec = 13.5 / 9.0 / 6.4 kN
192
SET-XP Pure Epoxy Resin

Seismic conditions approved
Set-XP is a high
strength epoxy injection
adhesive for fastening
heavy structural fixings
in cracked and non-
cracked concrete.
It's high bond strength

and non-shrinking
formula are suitable for
use in oversized or wet
holes.
• ICC-ES approved
for cracked
concrete.
• ETA option 1
approved.
• Extended working
time.
• High bond
strength.
• Non-shrinking
formula.
• Seismically
approved.
193

SET-XP is a pure epoxy resin suitable for heavy threaded rod fixing applications in both cracked
and non-cracked concrete (ETA Option 1). It's specially designed for highly technical and structural
fixings. This solution is perfect for large diameters and applications in hot weather countries. SET-XP
is tested in seismic conditions.
Cartridges available (650 ml) perfectly adapted for big job sides.
BENEFITS: APPLICATIONS: SET-XP™ Teal

• ETA and ICC-ES for cracked concrete (option • Heavy structural fixings into cracked or non- 650 ml colour
1) cracked concrete
• Extended working time • Oversized holes
• High-bond strength
• Non-shrinking
• Suitable for wet holes CERTIFICATION:
• Easy storage in hot weather countries • ICC-ES for cracked concrete
• ETA 11-0360 (Option 1)
MATERIAL:
Cracked or non-cracked concrete Tested according to
ACI 355.2.
ICC-ES ESR-2508
NSF/ANSI Std. 61
LMAS
Curing Schedule Zinc-plated steel
Let anchor fully cure without disturbing See page 31.
T °C Working time Curing time6)

10 60 min 72 h
21 45 min 24 h
32 25 min 24 h
43 12 min 24 h
Method of Cleaning Holes

Mixer MN2
Normal diameter All diameter
Clean hole by brushing and

blowing alternately with
Method of cleaning hole oil-free compressed air at
minimum 5.5 bar: 2x blow,
4x brush, 2x blow.
194

Material: Carbon steel, Grade 5.8, zinc plated and blue passivated; A4-70 (≤M24) and
A4-50 (>M24) stainless steel / SET-XPTM
Installation Parameters NOTES :
1)
The permissible loads have been
M12 M16 M20 M24 M27
calculated using the partial safety factors
Drill hole diameter, d0 mm 14 18 24 28 30
for resistances stated in the ETA and a
Drill hole depth, h0 mm 70 240 80 320 90 400 100 480 110 540 partial safety factor for actions of γF =
Clearance hole in the fixture, df
mm 14 18 22 26 30 1.4. The permissible loads are valid for
unreinforced concrete and reinforced
Width across flats, sw mm 19 24 30 36 41
concrete with a rebar spacing s ≥ 15
Installation torque, Tinst Nm 40 60 80 100 120 cm and reinforced concrete with a rebar
spacing s ≥ 10 cm if the rebar is 10 mm
or smaller.
Spacings, Edge Distances and Member Thicknesses
M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 2)
The permissible shear loads are based
Effective embedment depth, hef mm 70 240 80 320 90 400 100 480 110 540 on a single anchor without influencing
Characteristic spacing 4), scr,N mm 210 720 240 960 270 1200 300 1440 330 1620 concrete edges. For shear loads applied
Minimum spacing, smin mm 45 60 70 80 90
close to an edge (c ≤ 10 hef and 60d)
concrete edge failure must be checked
Characteristic edge distance 4), ccr,N mm 105 360 120 480 135 600 150 720 165 810
per ETAG 001, Annex C, design method
Minimum edge distance, cmin mm 80 100 115 135 155 A.
Minimum member thickness, hmin mm 100 270 116 356 138 448 156 536 170 600
3)
Concrete is considered non-cracked
when the tensile stress within the
Recommended Values for Resistance to Tension and Shear Loads concrete is σL + σR ≤ 0. In the absence
M12 M16 M20 M24 M27 of detailed verification σR = 3 N/mm² can
hef 70 240 80 320 90 400 100 480 110 540 be assumed (σL equals the tensile stress
Steel A4 Steel A4 Steel A4 Steel A4 Steel A4 Steel A4 Steel A4 Steel A4 Steel A4 Steel A4 within the concrete as a result of external
loads, forces on anchors included).

Permissible tension loads1), for Temperature range: I5) in Cracked concrete3) ≥ C20/25, Nperm
4)
For combined tension and shear loads
kN 5.4 5.4 18.4 18.4 6.1 6.1 24.6 24.6 5.7 5.7 25.6 25.6 7.6 7.6 36.9 36.9 9.5 9.5 46.7 46.7 or anchor groups and/or in case of edge
influence, a calculation per TR 029 shall
be performed. For details see ETA -
Permissible tension loads1), for Temperature range: I5) in Non-cracked concrete3) ≥ C20/25, Nperm
approval(s).
kN 10.0 10.0 20.0 22.5 12.3 12.3 37.6 42.0 14.6 14.6 58.5 65.6 17.1 17.1 84.2 94.3 19.8 19.8 109.0 57.4
5)
Temperature range I: -40°C to +43°C
(max long term temperature: +24°C; max
Permissible shear loads1)2) for Temperature range: I5) in Cracked concrete3) ≥ C20/25, Vperm short term temperature: 43°C).
kN 12.0 13.7 12.0 13.7 17.2 17.2 22.2 25.1 16.1 16.1 34.8 39.3 21.6 21.6 50.2 56.7 26.6 26.6 65.7 34.5

6)
For installation in wet concrete
the curing times shall be doubled
Permissible shear loads1)2) for Temperature range: I5) in Non-cracked concrete3) ≥ C20/25, Vperm (installation in water-filled drill holes is
not allowed).
kN 12.0 13.7 12.0 13.7 22.2 25.1 22.2 25.1 34.8 39.3 34.8 39.3 48.0 48.0 50.2 56.7 55.4 34.5 65.7 34.5
Permissible bending moments1), Mperm
Nm 37.7 42.1 37.7 42.1 94.8 106.6 94.8 106.6 185.7 207.9 185.7 207.9 320.5 359.9 320.5 359.9 475.4 249.7 475.4 249.7
195
VAC/VAS Threaded Rod and Vinylester Capsule System

Vinylester anchoring system for secure fixing
into non-cracked concrete.
Function: After drilling and cleaning the hole, the capsule is

inserted into the hole and the anchor stud is driven with a
rotating/hammering action. This breaks the capsule and
mixes the contents. The resulting chemical reaction creates
a durable expansion pressure free bond between the
anchor stud, the reacted resin, and the concrete.
Benefits:
• Expansion pressure free
• Reduced permissible edge distances and spacings
• Completely seals drilled hole
• This adhesive fixing system consists of a threaded stud and chemical-filled glass capsule.
•

During installation, the capsule is crushed and the rotating and hammering action mixes the contents.
• After the recommended cure time, the fixture can be installed and the fixing can be loaded.
• Capsule has shelf life of 2 years when stored correctly. Don’t use if capsule is damaged or if the contents do not flow
in a honey-like fashion at room temperature.
• The bond strength between the cured chemical and the drilled hole is dependent on the thorough cleaning of the
drilled hole. Follow the installation instructions carefully.
VAC Curing Shcedule
Temperature of Anchorage Curing Time(7)

Base
Tanchorage base tcure
-5° C 480 mins
0° C 240 mins
+5° C 150 mins
+10° C 120 mins
+15° C 90 mins
+20° C 45 mins
+30° C 20 mins
+40° C 10 mins
196

CONSTRUCTION:
VAS Threaded stud
VAC Capsule Setting tool
Material:
VAS: Carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated
VAS A4: A4-70 stainless steel
VAC: Glass capsule with polyester resin, hardener and mineral aggregates
Base Material:
Non-cracked concrete C20/25 to C50/60 (B25 to B55)
Load Range:
Tension: Nperm = 4.0 - 60.0 kN
Shear: Vperm = 4.0 - 60.0 kN
Temperature Range:
Maximum long-term service temperature = +50°C
Maximum short-term service temperature = +80 °C
Range Supplied:
VAS: M8 – M30, carbon steel, zinc plated and blue passivated / A4 stainless steel
Applications:
Brackets Steel construction
Base plates Storage racks
Railings Machines
Benefits:
Causes no expansion pressure.
Stud with hex head for easy installation.
Reduced edge distances and spacings with setting tool.
High capacity in non-cracked concrete.
Completely seals drilled hole
Storage:
Dry, dark, at a temperature between +5°C and +25°C. Avoid direct sunlight.
Shelf Life:
24 months after manufacturing date when stored according to the above recommendations
Information from Koelner Stahl.
Installation:
90°
Drill hole and thoroughly Insert VAS capsule into Spin in VAS stud to the After the specified cure time,
clean (brushing and blowing). drilled hole. embedment depth marking install the fixture and apply
using a rotary hammer drill the recommended fastening
torque with a calibrated
torque-wrench
197

VAS Carbon Steel, Zinc Plated Item Codes and Dimensions
Ø x Depth Max
Ø Fixture Total
of Drilled Fixture
Thread Hole Length
Hole Thickness VAC
Item Code Description Size Effective
Capsule
(mm) df L
d0 x h1 tfix
(mm) (mm)
(mm) (mm)
VAS08110 Threaded Stud-M8x110 M8 10 x 85 10 9 80 110 VAC08
VAS Stainless Steel Item Codes and Dimensions
Ø x Depth Max
Ø Fixture Total
of Drilled Fixture
Thread Hole Length
Hole Thickness VAC
Item Code Description Size Effective
Capsule
(mm) df L
d0 x h1 tfix
(mm) (mm)
(mm) (mm)
VAS8110A4 Threaded Stud-M8x110 Stainless Steel M8 10 x 85 10 9 80 110 VAC08
VAC Capsule Steel Item Codes and Dimensions

Total
Diameter
Item Code Description Length
(mm)
(mm)
VAC08 Glass Capsule 9.3 85
VAS Installation Data
M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Drill Hole Diameter (mm) dc 10 12 14 16 24 28 35
Drill Hole Depth (mm) h1 85 95 115 130 175 215 275
Clearance Hole Diameter in the Fixture (mm) dr 9 12 14 18 22 26 32
Width Across Flats (mm) sw 13 17 19 24 30 36 46
Installation Torq (Nm) Tinst 10 20 40 80 120 180 300
Effective Embedment Depth (mm) hef 80 90 110 125 170 210 270
Characteristic Spacing (mm) Scr, N 240 270 330 375 510 630 675
Minimum Spacing (mm) Smin 40 45 55 63 85 105 135
Characteristic Edge Distance (mm) Ccr, N 120 135 165 190 255 315 340
Minimum Edge Distance (mm) Cmin 40 45 55 63 85 105 135
Minimum Member Thickness (mm) hmin 120 130 140 180 230 270 340
198

M8 M10 M12 M16 M20 M24 M30
Cat 1 Cat 2 Cat 1 Cat 2 Cat 1 Cat 2 Cat 1 Cat 2 Cat 1 Cat 2 Cat 1 Cat 2 Cat 1 Cat 2
hef 80 90 110 125 170 210 270
VAS (Zinc Coated) Characteristic Resistance(1, 5, 8) in Non-Cracked Concrete

C20/25 18.0 18.0 29.0 29.0 42.0 42.0 60.0 60.0 95.0 95.0 140.0 140.0 200.0 200.0
C30/37 18.0 18.0 29.0 29.0 42.0 42.0 62.4 62.4 98.8 98.8 140.0 140.0 200.0 200.0
Tension NRk
C40/50 18.0 18.0 29.0 29.0 42.0 42.0 64.2 64.2 101.7 101.7 140.0 140.0 200.0 200.0
C50/60 18.0 18.0 29.0 29.0 42.0 42.0 65.4 65.4 103.6 103.6 140.0 140.0 200.0 200.0
kN
C20/25 9.0 9.0 14.0 14.0 21.0 21.0 39.0 39.0 61.0 61.0 88.0 88.0 140.0 140.0
C30/37 9.0 9.0 14.0 14.0 21.0 21.0 39.0 39.0 61.0 61.0 88.0 88.0 140.0 140.0
Shear VRk
C40/50 9.0 9.0 14.0 14.0 21.0 21.0 39.0 39.0 61.0 61.0 88.0 88.0 140.0 140.0
C50/60 9.0 9.0 14.0 14.0 21.0 21.0 39.0 39.0 61.0 61.0 88.0 88.0 140.0 140.0
Bending Moment MoRk Nm 19 19 37 37 65 65 166 166 324 324 561 561 1124 1124
VAS (Stainless Steel) Characteristic Resistance (1, 5, 8)

in Non-Cracked Concrete
C20/25 25.0 25.0 30.0 30.0 50.0 50.0 60.0 60.0 95.0 95.0 140.0 140.0 200.0 200.0
C30/37 26.0 26.0 31.2 31.2 52.0 52.0 62.4 62.4 98.8 98.8 140.0 140.0 200.0 200.0
Tension NRk
C40/50 26.0 26.0 32.1 32.1 53.5 53.5 64.2 64.2 101.7 101.7 140.0 140.0 200.0 200.0
C50/60 26.0 26.0 32.7 32.7 54.5 54.5 65.4 65.4 103.6 103.6 140.0 140.0 200.0 200.0
kN
C20/25 13.0 13.0 20.0 20.0 29.0 29.0 55.0 55.0 86.0 86.0 124.0 124.0 196.0 196.0
C30/37 13.0 13.0 20.0 20.0 29.0 29.0 55.0 55.0 86.0 86.0 124.0 124.0 196.0 196.0
Shear VRk
C40/50 13.0 13.0 20.0 20.0 29.0 29.0 55.0 55.0 86.0 86.0 124.0 124.0 196.0 196.0
C50/60 13.0 13.0 20.0 20.0 29.0 29.0 55.0 55.0 86.0 86.0 124.0 124.0 196.0 196.0
Bending Moment MoRk 26 26 52 52 92 92 233 233 454 454 786 786 1574 1574
VAS (Zinc Coated) Design Resistance (1, 3, 5, 8)

C20/25 12.0 11.9 16.7 14.3 27.8 23.8 33.3 28.6 52.8 45.2 77.8 66.7 111.1 95.2
C30/37 12.0 12.0 17.3 14.9 28.0 24.8 34.7 29.7 54.9 47.0 77.8 66.7 111.1 95.2
Tension NRk
C40/50 12.0 12.0 17.8 15.3 28.0 25.5 35.7 30.6 56.5 48.4 77.8 66.7 111.1 95.2
C50/60 12.0 12.0 18.2 15.6 28.0 26.0 36.3 31.1 57.5 49.3 77.8 66.7 111.1 95.2
kN
C20/25 7.2 7.2 11.2 11.2 16.8 16.8 31.2 31.2 48.8 48.8 70.4 70.4 112.0 112.0
C30/37 7.2 7.2 11.2 11.2 16.8 16.8 31.2 31.2 48.8 48.8 70.4 70.4 112.0 112.0
Shear VRk
C40/50 7.2 7.2 11.2 11.2 16.8 16.8 31.2 31.2 48.8 48.8 70.4 70.4 112.0 112.0
C50/60 7.2 7.2 11.2 11.2 16.8 16.8 31.2 31.2 48.8 48.8 70.4 70.4 112.0 112.0
Bending Moment MoRk Nm 15.2 15.2 29.6 29.6 52.0 52.0 133 133 259 259 449 449 899 899
VAS (Stainless Steel) Design Resistance (1, 3, 5, 8)

C20/25 13.9 11.9 16.7 14.3 27.8 23.8 33.3 28.6 52.8 45.2 77.8 66.7 111.1 95.2
C30/37 13.9 12.4 17.3 14.9 28.9 24.8 34.7 29.7 54.9 47.0 77.8 66.7 111.1 95.2
Tension NRk
C40/50 13.9 12.7 17.8 15.3 29.7 25.5 35.7 30.6 56.5 48.4 77.8 66.7 111.1 95.2
C50/60 13.9 13.0 18.2 15.6 30.3 26.0 36.3 31.1 57.5 49.3 77.8 66.7 111.1 95.2
kN
C20/25 8.3 8.3 12.8 12.8 18.6 18.6 35.3 35.3 55.1 55.1 79.5 79.5 125.6 125.6
C30/37 8.3 8.3 12.8 12.8 18.6 18.6 35.3 35.3 55.1 55.1 79.5 79.5 125.6 125.6
Shear VRk
C40/50 8.3 8.3 12.8 12.8 18.6 18.6 35.3 35.3 55.1 55.1 79.5 79.5 125.6 125.6
C50/60 8.3 8.3 12.8 12.8 18.6 18.6 35.3 35.3 55.1 55.1 79.5 79.5 125.6 125.6
Bending Moment MoRk Nm 16.7 16.7 33.3 33.3 59.0 59.0 149 149 291 291 504 504 1009 1009
VAS (Zinc Coated) Recommended Loads (1, 3, 5, 8)

C20/25 8.6 8.5 11.9 10.2 19.8 17.0 23.8 20.4 37.7 32.3 55.6 47.6 79.4 68.0
C30/37 8.6 8.8 12.4 10.6 20.6 17.7 24.8 21.2 39.2 33.6 55.6 47.6 79.4 68.0
Tension NRec
C40/50 8.6 9.1 12.7 10.9 21.2 18.2 25.5 21.8 40.3 34.6 55.6 47.6 79.4 68.0
C50/60 8.6 9.3 13.0 11.1 21.6 18.5 26.0 22.2 41.1 35.2 55.6 47.6 79.4 68.0
kN
C20/25 5.1 6.0 9.2 9.2 13.3 13.3 25.2 25.2 39.4 39.4 56.8 56.8 89.7 89.7
C30/37 5.1 6.0 9.2 9.2 13.3 13.3 25.2 25.2 39.4 39.4 56.8 56.8 89.7 89.7
Shear VRec
C40/50 5.1 6.0 9.2 9.2 13.3 13.3 25.2 25.2 39.4 39.4 56.8 56.8 89.7 89.7
C50/60 5.1 6.0 9.2 9.2 13.3 13.3 25.2 25.2 39.4 39.4 56.8 56.8 89.7 89.7
Bending Moment MRek Nm 10.9 11.9 23.8 23.8 42.1 42.1 106.7 106.7 207.9 207.9 359.9 359.9 720.7 720.7
VAS (Stainless Steel) Recommended Loads(1, 3, 5, 8) in Non-Cracked Concrete

C20/25 9.9 8.5 11.9 10.2 19.8 17.0 23.8 20.4 37.7 32.3 55.6 47.6 79.4 68.0
C30/37 9.9 8.8 12.4 10.6 20.6 17.7 24.8 21.2 39.2 33.6 55.6 47.6 79.4 68.0
Tension NRec
C40/50 9.9 9.1 12.7 10.9 21.2 18.2 25.5 21.8 40.3 34.6 55.6 47.6 79.4 68.0
C50/60 9.9 9.3 13.0 11.1 21.6 18.5 26.0 22.2 41.1 35.2 55.6 47.6 79.4 68.0
kN
C20/25 6.0 6.0 9.2 9.2 13.3 13.3 25.2 25.2 39.4 39.4 56.8 56.8 89.7 89.7
C30/37 6.0 6.0 9.2 9.2 13.3 13.3 25.2 25.2 39.4 39.4 56.8 56.8 89.7 89.7
Shear VRec
C40/50 6.0 6.0 9.2 9.2 13.3 13.3 25.2 25.2 39.4 39.4 56.8 56.8 89.7 89.7
C50/60 6.0 6.0 9.2 9.2 13.3 13.3 25.2 25.2 39.4 39.4 56.8 56.8 89.7 89.7
Bending Moment MRek Nm 11.9 11.9 23.8 23.8 42.1 42.1 106.7 106.7 207.9 207.9 359.9 359.9 720.7 720.7
1. Steel failure decisive.

2. The design resistances have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in ETA-approval(s).
3. The recommended loads have been calculated using the partial safety factors for resistances stated in ETA approval(s) and with a partial safety factor for actions of Fᵞ = 1.4.
4. The load figures are valid for un-reinforced concrete and reinforced concrete with a rebar spacing s ≥ 15cm (any diameter) or with a rebar spacing s ≥ 10cm, if the rebar
diameter is 10cm or smaller.
5. The concrete is considered non-cracked when the tensile stress within the concrete is ρL + ρR ≤ 0. In the absence of detailed verification ρR = 3 N/mm2 can be assumed (q =
the tensile stress within the concrete induced by external loads, anchor loads included).
6. For combined tension and shear loads or anchor groups and/or in case of edge influence, a calculation per TR 029, design method A shall be performed. For details see ETA
- approval(s).
7. For wet concrete, the curing time shall be doubled.
8. Values for the temperature range I: -40°C to +80°C (max. long term temperature: +50°C; max. short term temperature: +80°C)
9. Use CAT 1 for dry or wet concrete. use CAT 2: Flooded holes with the exception of sea water.
199

Dispensing Tools
Simpson Strong-Tie® has developed a line of professional manual applicator guns that are powerful,
strong and pefectly matched to our products. Equipped with a comfortable handle they release a
perfectly adapted pressure during dispensing. We strictly control the quality of the steel rods. Their
hexagonal form makes them keep their shape. The reinforced cradle has been designed for an
optimal positioning of the cartridge. Its anti-corrosive steel coating makes it a solid tool.
DT300
Description Code Cartridges
Extrusion tool DT300 DT300 160/280/300 ml
Extrusion tool DT380 DT380 380 ml
Extrusion tool DT650 DT650 400/650 ml
DT380
High quality steel rod
DT650
Reinforced cradle
Correct pressure level
Comfortable handle
Sleeves
Sleeves are required for fixings in hollow bricks. Various sizes are available depending on the
product to be fixed.
Description Code Dimensions
Sleeve SH 12x50 SH12050-RP10 12x50 mm

Sleeve SH 20x85 SH20085-RP4 20x85 mm Sleeve SH
Mixing Nozzles
Always use the proper Simpson Strong-Tie® mixing nozzle. Always inject the resin starting from
the bottom of the hole and withdrawing gradually as the hole is filled. Ensure that the mixing
MN1
nozzle reaches the bottom of the hole before starting injection. Use extension tubing if needed.
Description Code Products
Mixing nozzle MN1 MN1-RP10 POLY-GP/AT-HP

MN2
Extension Tubes
In case of deep embedments it may be necessary to extend the mixer by attaching an extension
tubes which enables to reach the bottom of the hole.
Name Code Notes MNE
Extension MNE MNE-RP10 For MN1
200

Dust Pump
Dust pumps are «a must» for proper hole cleaning.
Name Code Notes
Dust pump PUMP Solid blocks
Brushes Pump
Wire brushes with nylon bristles are available in two diameters and lengths. Always
brush holes to loosen dust as per the installation instructions.
BR17
Name Code Notes
One pack =
Brushes BR BR17-30 1 BR17 + 1 BR30
(Solid/Hollow blocks) BR30
Rods
LMAS - Zinc-plated steel Grade 5.8
Max
Total thickness Max Ø of the
Embedment Ø x min drill
Threaded length of the item hole for the item
Reference depth (mm) depth (mm)
Rod (mm) to be fixed to fix (mm) LMAS
hef d0 x h1
L (mm) df
tfix
LMAS0810064020 M8 95 20 9 64 10 x 64
LMAS1012080025 M10 120 25 12 80 12 x 80
LMAS1012080060 M10 155 60 12 80 12 x 80
LMAS1214096035 M12 150 35 14 96 14 x 96
LMAS1214096070 M12 185 70 14 96 14 x 96
LMAS1618128020 M16 170 20 18 128 18 x 128
LMAS1618128050 M16 200 50 18 128 18 x 128
LMAS2022160050 M20 240 50 22 160 22 x 160
LMAS A4 - Stainless Steel A4-70
Max
Total thickness Max Ø of the
Embedment Ø x min drill
Threaded length of the item hole for the item
Reference depth (mm) depth (mm)
Rod (mm) to be fixed to fix (mm)
hef d0 x h1
L (mm) df
tfix
LMAS0810064020A4 M8 95 20 9 64 10 x 64
LMAS1012080025A4 M10 120 25 12 80 12 x 80
LMAS1012080060A4 M10 155 60 12 80 12 x 80
LMAS1214096035A4 M12 150 35 14 96 14 x 96

LMAS1214096070A4 M12 185 70 14 96 14 x 96
LMAS1618128020A4 M16 170 20 18 128 18 x 128
LMAS1618128050A4 M16 200 50 18 128 18 x 128
LMAS2022160050A4 M20 240 50 22 160 22 x 160
Metal Sieve SHM

Steel sieve (cut to length required)
Øx
Sieve
Compatible Depth of
Ø Sieve Length
Type Order Code LMAS Drilled Hole
d0
mm mm mm mm
SHM 16/1000* SHM161000 LMAS M10 + M12 16 1000 16
*Not included in approval.
Internally Threaded Sleeve IGH

Steel internally threaded sleeve
Øx
Compatible Sieve Depth of Drilled
Ø Sieve
Type Order Code LMAS Length
d0 x h1
mm mm mm mm
IGH M8x80* IGH08080 LMAS M8 12 80 14 x 90
IGH M10x80* IGH10080 LMAS M10 14 80 16 x 90
IGH M12x80* IGH12080 LMAS M12 16 80 18 x 90
*Not included in approval.
201
Quik Drive™ and
Stainless Steel
Fixings
Applications include:
Decking
Cladding
Drywall
Flooring
Ceilings
Truck Beds
Marine Installations
Oak Framing
Modular Housing
C-FIXINGS-13
+44 (0) 1827 255 600

www.strongtie.co.uk
Fast, Efficient, Ergonmic.

Quik Drive® from Simpson Strong-Tie® is the World’s most advanced autofeed screw system. It significantly
reduces the time and effort required when fixing ceilings, floors, decking and mezzanine floors using screws.
We also offer the UK's widest range of stainless steel screws and nails. To find out more scan the QR code or
visit: www.strongtie.co.uk.
Fast Technical Support and Advice
For the best technical support and practical advice, contact our Technical Support
Team. To help us to help you, try and have the following information to hand:
• Which Simpson Strong-Tie® product are you using?
• What is your load requirement?
• What is the supported member’s width and height?
• What is the supporting member’s width and height?
• What is the supporting member’s material and application?
Call +44(0)1827 255600 or fax +44(0)1827 255616 or

email: uktechnical@strongtie.com
Visit us at: www.strongtie.co.uk
Technical Info On-line Service
• Product Information. • Order Literature and CD’s.

• Technical Bulletins. • Request Technical and Sales Support.
• Installation Videos. • Request details of nearest
• Register for Training. Simpson Strong-Tie® distributor.
• Register for Training.
• 3D Drawings.
• Connector Selector Software.

Connectors for Timber and Masonry Construction
C-14-UK
01827 255600
www.strongtie.co.uk
Connectors for Timber, Masonry and Steel Construction | Anchor Systems | Collated and Corrosion Resistant Fastenings
Simpson Strong-Tie® England Winchester Road Cardinal Point Tamworth Staffordshire B78 3HG Tel: +44(0)1827 255600 Fax: +44(0)1827 255616 www.strongtie.co.uk
Simpson Strong-Tie® Scotland Eastmains Freight Centre 1 Bathgate Road Armadale West Lothian EH48 2PE

SIMPSON Strong-Tie PDF

Uploaded by

Document Information

Original Title

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

SIMPSON Strong-Tie PDF

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Connectors for

Building Better Structures

Structural Screws for Multi-Ply Timbers 19-31

Masonry Hangers for Solid Joists 32-43

Masonry Hanger for I-Joist and Metal Web 44-55

Timber Hangers for Solid Joists 56-63

Connectors for Glulam Timber 64-71

Timber Hangers for I-Joists 72-106

Timber Hangers for Metal Web Joists 107-117

Roof Connectors 118-130

Timber Frame Connectors 132-137

Angle Brackets and Ties 138-145

Timber Connectors 146-147

Columns Caps and Post Bases 148-153

Restraint Straps 154-159

Masonry Connectors and Wall Ties 160-167

Bead and Mesh 168-175

Mechanical and Chemical Anchor Systems 178-201

Prefix Description Page Prefix Description Page

1ARBGAL Arrisrail Bracket 176 ESCRC Countersunk Structural Wood Screw 22

A Angle Tie 139 ETB Concealed Beam Hanger 71

A34/A35 Framing Anchors 138 ETFSS Hold Down Strap 134

ABC Angle Bracket for Cladding 145 FB Fixing Band 159

Archformers Plaster Arch Formers 175 GS Glide Shoe 120

ATF Concealed Beam Hanger 70 H High Wind Tie 146

BOAXII Through Bolt 182 HSA Herringbone Strut 159

BTALU Concealed Beam Hanger 69 HB Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 92

CB Post Base 150 HI Scrolled Hip Iron 176

CBH Concealed Beam Connector 68 IC Insulation Clip 136

C-UK14 © 2014 SIMPSON STRONG-TIE COMPANY INC.

CWT Cavity Wall Tie 164 IHS I-Joist Hole Support 82

E Reinforced Angle Bracket 142 ITSE/MIT Top Flange I-Joist Hanger 88

Prefix Description Page Prefix Description Page

L70 Reinforcing Bracket 139 SAB Standard Angle Bead 171

MH Sacrificial Floor Detail 102 SPA Sole Plate Anchor 133

MP Mending Plate 177 TCP Truss Clip 120

MVB Movement Bead 170 TFLS Levelling System 132

PEB Plasterboard Edge Bead 170 TU Concealed Beam Hanger 65

PWT Party Wall Tie 137 WA Wedge Anchor Bolt 180

RHMSK Skewed Masonry Hanger 41 WBT Window Board Tie 176

RR Ridge Rafter Connector 129 ZS Slotted Z-Clip 86

CE Marking and Construction Connectors

Construction Product Regulations

1. Simpson Strong-Tie® item code

9. Name of Manufacturer and web address

• CPR became effective: 1st July 2013

A34/A35 ETAG015 DoP-e07/0137 IUB/HIUB ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042

ABR ETAG015 DoP-e06/0106 IUBS ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042

APB ETAG015 DoP-e07/0285 IUC ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042

ATF ETAG015 DoP-e07/0290 IUQ ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042

AT-HP ETAG001 DoP-e11/0151 IUSE ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042

AT-HP ETAG001 DoP-e13/0416 JHA ETAG015 DoP-e06/0270

AT-HP ETAG001 DoP-e11/0139 JHM/I EN 845-1 DoP-h06/0002

AT-HP ETAG001 DoP-e11/0150 LBV ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042

B/BI ETAG015 DoP-e04/0042 LES EN 845-1 DoP-h06/0001

BOAXII ETAG001 DoP-e08/0276 LS ETAG015 DoP-e06/0106

BTS/SWT EN845-1 DoP-h07/0002 LSSU ETAG015 DoP-e08/0053

CBH ETAG015 DoP-e07/0245 LSSX EN 14545 DoP-h13/0011

CH/T EN 845-1 DoP-h11/0001 LSTA EN 14545 DoP-h10/0001

DML EN 13658-1 DoP-h08/0002 LSU ETAG015 DoP-e08/0053

DMLS EN 13658-2 DoP-h08/0003 LTS ETAG015 DoP-e07/0137

DSTC/SSTC EN 14545 DoP-h10/0007 LUP ETAG015 DoP-e06/0270

E ETAG015 DoP-e06/0106 LWTS EN 845-1 DoP-h08/0001